Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC) outlines 2025 assets, deposits and loan mix
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. provides a detailed annual overview of its banking operations and balance sheet. As of December 31, 2025, the company had total assets of $5.60 billion, net loans of $4.36 billion, deposits of $4.48 billion and stockholders’ equity of $636.1 million.
Great Southern Bank operates 88 full‑service offices across six states, with major concentrations in Springfield and St. Louis, Missouri. The loan portfolio totals $4.43 billion, dominated by commercial real estate and other residential (multi‑family) credits, while consumer loans remain a small share. Non‑performing loans and classified assets are low relative to total loans, and the bank continues to sell longer‑term fixed‑rate mortgages while retaining most adjustable‑rate loans.
Positive
- None.
Negative
- None.
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended
Commission file number
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
( |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered |
The |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐ |
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No
The aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 30, 2025, computed by reference to the closing price of such shares on that date, was $
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| | | Page | |
ITEM 1. | | BUSINESS | | 2 |
ITEM 1A. | | RISK FACTORS | | 47 |
ITEM 1B. | | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS | | 60 |
ITEM 1C. | | CYBERSECURITY | | 60 |
ITEM 2. | | PROPERTIES. | | 61 |
ITEM 3. | | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. | | 61 |
ITEM 4. | | MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES. | | 62 |
ITEM 4A. | | INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS | | 62 |
ITEM 5. | | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES | | 62 |
ITEM 6. | | [RESERVED] | | 64 |
ITEM 7. | | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS | | 64 |
ITEM 7A. | | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK | | 101 |
ITEM 8. | | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA | | 106 |
ITEM 9. | | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE | | 164 |
ITEM 9A. | | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. | | 164 |
ITEM 9B. | | OTHER INFORMATION. | | 168 |
ITEM 9C. | | DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS | | 168 |
ITEM 10. | | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. | | 168 |
ITEM 11. | | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. | | 168 |
ITEM 12. | | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS | | 168 |
ITEM 13. | | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. | | 169 |
ITEM 14. | | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES. | | 169 |
ITEM 15. | | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. | | 170 |
ITEM 16. | | FORM 10-K SUMMARY | | 173 |
SIGNATURES | | 174 | ||
1
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1.BUSINESS.
THE COMPANY
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp” or “Company”) is a bank holding company, a financial holding company and the parent of Great Southern Bank (“Great Southern” or the “Bank”). Bancorp was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in July 1989 as a unitary savings and loan holding company. The Company became a one-bank holding company on June 30, 1998, upon the conversion of Great Southern to a Missouri-chartered trust company. In 2004, Bancorp was re-incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland.
As a Maryland corporation, the Company is authorized to engage in any activity that is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law and not prohibited by law or regulatory policy. The Company currently conducts its business as a financial holding company. Through the financial holding company structure, it is possible to expand the size and scope of the financial services offered by the Company beyond those offered by the Bank, although the Company has not yet chosen to offer financial services beyond those offered by the Bank. The financial holding company structure provides the Company with greater flexibility than the Bank has to diversify its business activities, through existing or newly formed subsidiaries, or through acquisitions of or mergers with other financial institutions as well as other companies. At December 31, 2025, Bancorp’s consolidated total assets were $5.60 billion, consolidated net loans were $4.36 billion, consolidated deposits were $4.48 billion and consolidated total stockholders’ equity was $636.1 million. For details about the Company’s assets, revenues and profits for each of the last five fiscal years, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The assets of the Company at the holding company level consist primarily of the stock of Great Southern and cash.
Through the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, the Company primarily offers a variety of banking and banking-related services, which are discussed further below. The activities of the Company are funded by retained earnings and through dividends from Great Southern. Activities of the Company may also be funded through borrowings from third parties or sales of additional securities.
The executive offices of the Company are located at 1451 East Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri, 65804, and its telephone number at that address is (417) 887-4400.
Great Southern Bank
Great Southern was formed as a Missouri-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1923, and, in 1989, converted to a Missouri-chartered stock savings and loan association. In 1994, Great Southern changed to a federal savings bank charter and then, on June 30, 1998, changed to a Missouri-chartered trust company (the equivalent of a commercial bank charter). Headquartered in Springfield, Missouri, Great Southern offers a broad range of banking services through its 89 banking centers located in southern and central Missouri; the Kansas City, Missouri area; the St. Louis area; eastern Kansas; northwestern Arkansas; the Minneapolis area and eastern, western and central Iowa. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had total assets of $5.60 billion, net loans of $4.36 billion, deposits of $4.54 billion and equity capital of $610.3 million, or 10.9% of total assets. Its deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) to the maximum levels permitted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
The size and complexity of the Bank’s operations increased substantially in 2009 with the completion of two FDIC-assisted transactions, and again in 2011, 2012 and 2014 with the completion of another FDIC-assisted transaction in each of those years. In 2009, the Bank entered into two separate purchase and assumption agreements (including loss sharing) with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits (excluding brokered deposits) and certain liabilities and acquire certain assets of TeamBank, N.A. and Vantus Bank. In these two transactions, we acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $499.9 million (approximately 18.8% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and $294.2 million (approximately 8.8% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition), respectively, and assumed liabilities with a fair value of $610.2 million (approximately 24.9% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and $440.0 million (approximately 13.2% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition), respectively. They also resulted in gains of $43.9 million and $45.9 million, respectively, which were included in Non-interest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2009. Prior to these
2
Table of Contents
acquisitions, the Company operated banking centers in Missouri with loan production offices in Arkansas and Kansas. These acquisitions added 31 banking centers and expanded our footprint to cover five states – Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas and Nebraska.
In 2011, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (including loss sharing) with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and certain liabilities and acquire certain assets of Sun Security Bank, which added locations in southern Missouri and St. Louis. In this transaction, we acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $248.9 million (approximately 7.3% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and assumed liabilities with a fair value of $345.8 million (approximately 10.1% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition). It also resulted in a gain of $16.5 million, which was included in Non-interest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011.
In 2012, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (including loss sharing) with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and certain liabilities and acquire certain assets of Inter Savings Bank, FSB (“InterBank”), which added four locations in the greater Minneapolis area and represented a new market for the Company. In this transaction, we acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $364.2 million (approximately 9.4% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $458.7 million (approximately 11.9% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition). It also resulted in a gain of $31.3 million, which was included in Non-interest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2012.
In 2014, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (without loss sharing) with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and certain liabilities and acquire certain assets of Valley Bank (“Valley”), which added five locations in the Quad Cities area of eastern Iowa and six locations in central Iowa, primarily in the Des Moines market area. These represented new markets for the Company in eastern Iowa and enhanced our market presence in central Iowa. In this transaction, we acquired assets with a fair value of approximately $378.7 million (approximately 10.0% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $367.9 million (approximately 9.8% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition). It also resulted in a gain of $10.8 million, which was included in Non-interest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Also in 2014, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement to acquire certain assets and depository accounts from Neosho, Missouri-based Boulevard Bank (“Boulevard”), which added one location in the Neosho, Missouri market, where the Company already operated a banking center. In this transaction, we acquired assets (primarily cash and cash equivalents) with a fair value of approximately $92.5 million (approximately 2.6% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition) and assumed liabilities (all deposits and related accrued interest) with a fair value of approximately $93.3 million (approximately 2.6% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at acquisition). This acquisition resulted in recognition of $790,000 of goodwill.
The Company also opened commercial loan production offices in Dallas, and Tulsa, Oklahoma, during 2014. The primary products offered in these offices are commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction loans. The Tulsa office was closed in February 2024 after an analysis of lending priorities and operational efficiencies.
In 2015, the Company announced plans to consolidate operations of 16 of its banking centers into other nearby Great Southern banking center locations. As part of an ongoing performance review of its entire banking center network, Great Southern evaluated each location for a number of criteria, including access and availability of services to affected customers, the proximity of other Great Southern banking centers, profitability and transaction volumes, and market dynamics. Subsequent to this announcement, the Bank entered into separate definitive agreements to sell two of the 16 banking centers, including all of the associated deposits (totaling approximately $20 million), to separate bank purchasers. One of those sale transactions was completed on February 19, 2016 and the other was completed on March 18, 2016. The closing of the remaining 14 facilities, which resulted in the transfer of approximately $127 million in deposits and banking center operations to other Great Southern locations, occurred at the close of business on January 8, 2016.
Also in 2015, the Company announced that it entered into a purchase and assumption agreement to acquire 12 branches, including related loans, and to assume related deposits in the St. Louis area from Cincinnati-based Fifth Third Bank. The acquisition was completed at the close of business on January 29, 2016. The deposits assumed totaled approximately $228 million and the loans acquired totaled approximately $159 million.
3
Table of Contents
The loss sharing agreements related to the FDIC-assisted transactions in 2009, 2011 and 2012 added to the complexity of our operations by creating the need for new employees and processes to ensure compliance with the loss sharing agreements and the collection of problem assets acquired. The loss sharing agreements related to the 2009 and 2011 FDIC-assisted transactions were terminated during 2016. The loss sharing agreements related to the 2012 FDIC-assisted transaction were terminated during 2017.
The Company opened a commercial loan production office in Chicago during 2017. The primary products offered in this office are commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction loans.
In March 2018, the Bank entered into a definitive agreement to sell its four banking centers, including all of the associated deposits (totaling approximately $56 million), in the Omaha, Nebraska market to Lincoln, Nebraska-based West Gate Bank. This sale transaction was completed in July 2018.
The Company opened two commercial loan production offices – one in Denver and one in Atlanta – in late 2018. The primary products offered in these offices are commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction loans.
In March 2019, the Company ceased operating its indirect automobile financing unit. Market forces, including strong rate competition for well-qualified borrowers, made indirect lending through automobile dealerships a significant challenge to efficient and profitable operations over the long term. In addition, indirect loan balances had significantly declined in 2018 and 2019 after tightened underwriting guidelines were implemented by the Company in the latter part of 2016, in response to more challenging consumer credit conditions. The Company continues to offer direct consumer loans through its banking center network.
In April 2019, the Company consolidated its Fayetteville, Arkansas, location into its Rogers, Arkansas, banking center. The Company now operates one banking center in Arkansas. In September 2019, the Company consolidated its Ames, Iowa, banking center into its North Ankeny, Iowa, office. The Company entered the Ames market with only one banking center through the Valley Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition in 2014.
In April 2020, the Company was notified by its landlord that the Great Southern banking centers located inside the Hy-Vee stores at 2900 Devils Glen Rd in Bettendorf, Iowa, and 2351 W. Locust St. in Davenport, Iowa, had to permanently cease operations at those locations due to store infrastructure changes. Customer accounts were transferred to nearby offices. Great Southern operates three banking centers in the Quad Cities market area – two in Davenport and one in Bettendorf.
In August 2020, remodeling of the downtown office at 1900 Main in Parsons, Kansas, was completed, which included the addition of drive-thru banking lanes. With this completion, the nearby drive-thru facility was consolidated into the downtown office, leaving one location serving the Parsons market.
In September 2021, the Company opened a new banking center at 2801 E. 32nd Street in Joplin, Missouri, replacing a nearby leased office. The Company currently has two banking centers serving the Joplin market.
In November 2021, the Company consolidated one banking center in the St. Louis region. The Westfall Plaza banking center was consolidated into a Great Southern office less than three miles away.
In August 2022, the Company consolidated one banking center in the St. Louis region. The Clayton office was consolidated into the nearby Brentwood banking center. The Company continues to operate commercial lending services from the Clayton office building. The Company now operates 17 banking centers serving the greater St. Louis area.
Also in August 2022, a newly-constructed banking center opened in Kimberling City, Missouri. The new banking center replaced the former facility located on the same property.
The Company opened two commercial loan production offices – one in Phoenix and one in Charlotte – in 2022. The primary products offered in these offices are commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction loans.
In March 2023, a leased retail banking center office at 1232 S. Rangeline Road in Joplin, Missouri, was consolidated into a nearby office at 2801 E. 32nd Street. One banking center now serves the Joplin market.
4
Table of Contents
In September 2023, the Company opened Great Southern Express, a modern four-lane drive-through center using only interactive teller machine (ITM) technology to serve customers in Springfield, Missouri. This new facility at 1615 W. Sunshine replaced an outdated razed banking office on the same property. ITMs, also known as video remote tellers, offer an ATM-like interface, but with the enhancement of a video screen that allows customers to speak directly to a service representative in real time and in a highly personal manner during extended business hours seven days a week. Nearly any teller transaction that can be performed in the traditional drive-thru can be performed at an ITM, including cashing a check to the cents. ITMs provide convenience and enhanced access for customers, while creating greater operational efficiencies for the Bank.
In January 2024, in Springfield, Missouri, a retail banking center at 600 W. Republic Road was consolidated into a banking center at 2945 W. Republic Road, a short distance away. For customers’ convenience, an on-site ITM is currently available at the closed facility.
In October 2025, a newly-constructed banking center opened at 723 N. Benton Ave. in Springfield, Missouri. The new banking center replaced the former facility located on the same property. The new facility, designed as a next-generation banking center, features customer-centered designs, tools, and technology, and will allow the Company to test new processes and innovations. The location is one of 12 banking centers the Company operates in Springfield, in addition to a drive-thru Express Center.
In January 2026, the Company consolidated operations of its Edina, Minnesota, banking center, located at 3400 W. 66th St., in Edina, Minnesota, with its banking center at 10880 175th Court in Lakeville, Minnesota. Great Southern operates two additional banking centers in the greater Minneapolis area. A 24-hour deposit ATM will remain at the Edina location to serve customers.
In the first half of 2026, the Company expects to transition its banking center located at 4700 Mid Rivers Mall Dr. in Cottleville, Mo., to its second drive-thru Express Center location.
Great Southern is principally engaged in the business of originating commercial real estate loans, construction loans, other commercial loans, other residential (multi-family) and single-family residential real estate loans and consumer loans and funding these loans by attracting deposits from the general public, obtaining brokered deposits and through borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the “FHLBank”) and others.
For many years, Great Southern has followed a strategy of emphasizing loan originations through residential, commercial and consumer lending activities in its market areas. The goal of this strategy is to be one of the leading providers of financial services in Great Southern’s market areas, while simultaneously diversifying assets and reducing interest rate risk by originating and holding adjustable-rate loans and fixed-rate loans, primarily with terms of five years or less, in its portfolio and by selling longer-term fixed-rate single-family mortgage loans in the secondary market. The Bank continues to emphasize real estate lending while also expanding and increasing its originations of commercial business loans.
The corporate office of Great Southern is located at 218 S. Glenstone, Springfield, Missouri, 65802 and its telephone number at that address is 417-887-4400.
Internet Website
Bancorp maintains a website at www.greatsouthernbank.com. The information contained on that website is not included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Bancorp currently makes available free of charge (other than a user’s internet access charges) on or through its website Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments, if any, to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after Bancorp electronically files such materials with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials are also available free of charge (other than a user’s internet access charges) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov.
Market Areas
The Company currently operates 88 full-service retail banking offices, serving approximately 192,900 customers in six states – Missouri, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Arkansas and Nebraska. The Company also operates commercial loan production offices in Atlanta, Charlotte, Chicago, Dallas, Denver, Omaha, and Phoenix and a mortgage lending office in Springfield, Missouri.
5
Table of Contents
The Company regularly evaluates its banking center network and lines of business to ensure that it is serving customers in the best way possible. The banking center network constantly evolves with changes in customer needs and preferences, emerging technology and local market developments. In response to these changes, the Company opens banking centers and invests resources where customer demand leads, and from time to time, consolidates banking centers when market conditions dictate.
Great Southern’s largest concentrations of deposits and loans are in the Springfield, Missouri, and St. Louis, market areas. Besides the Springfield and St. Louis market areas, the Company has deposit and loan concentrations in the following market areas: Kansas City, Missouri; Sioux City, Iowa; Des Moines, Iowa; Northwest Arkansas; Minneapolis; and Eastern Iowa in the area known as the “Quad Cities.” Deposits and loans are also generated in banking centers in rural markets in Missouri, Iowa, and Kansas.
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s total deposits were $4.48 billion. At that date, the Company had deposits in Missouri of $3.40 billion, which included its two largest deposit concentrations, in the Springfield and St. Louis areas, with $1.97 billion and $528 million, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the Company also had deposits of $674 million in Iowa, $239 million in Kansas, $118 million in Minnesota, $23 million in Nebraska and $29 million in Arkansas.
The Company’s commercial loan production offices generate a significant percentage of the Company’s commercial loan production. Commercial lending groups in our Kansas City, Des Moines, Minneapolis, Springfield and St. Louis banking offices also generate a significant percentage of the Company’s commercial loan production. Our largest concentrations of loans are in Missouri, Texas, Minnesota, Colorado and Iowa. Additional information on lending activities is included in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – General – Loans” in this Report.
Lending Activities
General
From its beginnings in 1923 through the early 1980s, Great Southern primarily made long-term, fixed-rate residential real estate loans that it retained in its loan portfolio. Beginning in the early 1980s, Great Southern increased its efforts to originate short-term and adjustable-rate loans. Beginning in the mid-1980s, Great Southern increased its efforts to originate commercial real estate and other residential (multi-family) loans, primarily with adjustable rates or shorter-term fixed rates. In addition, some competitor banking organizations merged with larger institutions and changed their business practices or moved operations away from the Springfield, Missouri area, and others consolidated operations from the Springfield, Missouri area to larger cities. This provided Great Southern expanded opportunities in residential and commercial real estate lending as well as in the origination of commercial business and consumer loans in the Springfield, Missouri area.
In addition to originating loans, the Bank has expanded and enlarged its relationships with other banks of varying asset sizes to purchase participations (at par, generally with no servicing costs) in loans these other banks originate but are unable to retain the entire balance in their portfolios due to capital or borrower relationship size limitations. The Bank uses the same underwriting guidelines in evaluating these participations as it does in its direct loan originations. At December 31, 2025, the balance of loan participations purchased and held in the portfolio was $329.8 million, or 7.6% of the total loan portfolio. No loan participations were included in non-performing loans at December 31, 2025. The largest aggregate amount of outstanding purchased loan participations acquired from one institution was $87.2 million at December 31, 2025. This amount was comprised of ten loans to six borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Four of these loans were secured by warehouses, five were secured by hotels, and one was secured by multi-family housing in the St. Louis area. These loans also included available lines of credit totaling $9.0 million at December 31, 2025.
One of the principal historical lending activities of Great Southern is the origination of fixed and adjustable-rate conventional residential real estate loans to enable borrowers to purchase or refinance owner-occupied homes. Great Southern originates a variety of conventional residential real estate mortgage loans, principally in compliance with Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae standards for resale in the secondary market. Great Southern promptly sells most of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates. To date, Great Southern has not experienced difficulties selling these loans in the secondary market and has had minimal repurchase requests. Depending on market conditions, the ongoing servicing of these loans is at times retained by Great Southern, but generally servicing is released to the purchaser of the loan. Great Southern retains in its portfolio substantially all of the adjustable-rate mortgage loans that it originates.
6
Table of Contents
Another principal lending activity of Great Southern is the origination of commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and multi-family and commercial construction loans. Since the early 1990s, commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and multi-family and commercial construction loans have collectively represented the largest percentage of the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2025, commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and multi-family and commercial construction loans accounted for approximately 35%, 31% and 6%, respectively, of the total outstanding portfolio. In addition, at December 31, 2025, one- to four-family residential loans accounted for approximately 18% of the total outstanding portfolio.
Great Southern, in recent years, has also increased its emphasis on the origination of other commercial loans and home equity loans, and has issued letters of credit. Letters of credit are contingent obligations and are not included in the Bank’s loan portfolio. See “- Other Commercial Lending,” “- Classified Assets,” and “Loan Delinquencies and Defaults” below.
The percentage of collateral value Great Southern will lend on real estate and other property varies based on factors including, but not limited to, the type of property and its location and the borrower’s credit history. As a general rule, Great Southern will lend up to 95% of the appraised value on one-to four-family residential properties. Typically, private mortgage insurance is required for loan amounts above the 80% level. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans secured by second liens on residential properties were $94.0 million, or 2.1%, and $87.9 million, or 1.8%, respectively, of our total loan portfolio. For commercial real estate and other residential real property loans, Great Southern may loan up to 85% of the appraised value. The origination of loans secured by other property is considered and determined on an individual basis by management with the assistance of any industry guides and other information which may be available. Collateral values are reappraised or reassessed as loans are renewed or when significant events indicating potential impairment occur. On a quarterly basis, management reviews individually evaluated loans to determine whether updated appraisals or reassessments are necessary based on loan performance, collateral type and guarantor support. While not specifically required by our policy, we seek to obtain cross-collateralization of loans to a borrower when it is available; this is most frequently done on commercial real estate loans.
Loan applications are approved at various levels of authority, depending on the type, amount and loan-to-value ratio of the loan. These authorities are reviewed annually and updated as needed. This includes individual loans and aggregate exposures that require loan committee approval. The loan committee is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, the Chief Credit Officer (chairman of the committee), Chief Lending Officer, Director of Commercial Lending, Director of Credit Underwriting, and other Regional Managing Directors of the Bank involved in lending activities. All loans, regardless of size or type, are required to conform to certain minimum underwriting standards to ensure portfolio quality. These standards and procedures include, but are not limited to, an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition, collateral, repayment ability, inquiry and analysis of liquid assets and credit history as required by loan type. It has been, and continues to be, our practice to verify information from potential borrowers regarding assets, income or payment ability and credit ratings as applicable and as required by the authority approving the loan. Underwriting standards also include loan-to-value ratios that vary depending on collateral type, debt service coverage ratios or debt payment to income ratios, where applicable, credit histories, use of guaranties and other recommended terms relating to equity requirements, amortization, and maturity. Generally, deviations from approved underwriting standards may only be allowed when doing so is not in violation of regulations or statutes and when appropriate lending authority is obtained. The loan committee reviews all new loan originations in excess of lender approval authorities. For secured loans originated and held, most lenders have approval authorities of $250,000 or below while thirteen Senior Managers have approval authority of varying amounts up to $2 million. Lender approval authorities are also subject to loans-to-one borrower limits of $500,000 or below for most lenders and of varying amounts up to $5 million for Senior Managers and Underwriters.
In general, state banking laws restrict loans to a single borrower and related entities to no more than 25% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. As computed on the basis of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus at December 31, 2025, this limit was approximately $173 million. See “Government Supervision and Regulation.” At December 31, 2025, the Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limit. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s largest relationship for purposes of this limit consisted of 19 loans totaling $98.7 million. This amount represents the total commitment for this relationship at December 31, 2025; the outstanding balance at that date totaled $81.1 million. Seven of these loans had fully disbursed credit lines. The collateral for the loans consists of multiple real estate projects on which a full personal guarantee from the principal owner of the borrowing entities was obtained. All loans included in this relationship were current at December 31, 2025. Including this relationship, we had ten loan relationships that each equaled or exceeded $50 million at December 31, 2025. Our policy does not set a loans-to-one borrower limit that is below the legal limits described; however, we do recognize the need to limit credit risk to any one borrower or group of related borrowers upon consideration of various risk factors. Extensions of credit to borrowers whose past due loans were charged-off or whose loans are classified as substandard require special lending approval.
7
Table of Contents
Great Southern is permitted under applicable regulations to originate or purchase loans and loan participations secured by real estate located in any part of the United States. In addition to the market areas where the Bank has offices, the Bank has made or purchased loans, secured primarily by commercial real estate, in other states, primarily Florida, Tennessee, South Carolina, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Ohio. At December 31, 2025, loans in these seven states comprised approximately 11.7% combined of the total loan portfolio.
Loan Portfolio Composition
The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowance for credit losses) as of the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is qualified by reference to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this report.
Great Southern Loan Portfolio Composition:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||||||||||||
| | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | |||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Real Estate Loans: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four- family(1) | | $ | 788,323 |
| 17.8 | % | $ | 839,684 |
| 17.6 | % | $ | 895,675 |
| 19.2 | % | $ | 908,214 |
| 19.8 | % | $ | 690,328 |
| 16.9 | % |
Other residential | |
| 1,387,410 |
| 31.3 | |
| 1,549,249 |
| 32.5 | |
| 942,071 |
| 20.2 | |
| 781,761 |
| 17.0 | |
| 697,903 |
| 17.1 | |
Commercial(2) | |
| 1,565,674 |
| 35.3 | |
| 1,555,086 |
| 32.6 | |
| 1,533,080 |
| 32.8 | |
| 1,543,515 |
| 33.7 | |
| 1,490,433 |
| 36.5 | |
Residential construction: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
One- to four- family | |
| 65,262 |
| 1.5 | |
| 67,158 |
| 1.4 | |
| 59,888 |
| 1.3 | |
| 82,051 |
| 1.8 | |
| 62,161 |
| 1.5 | |
Other residential | |
| 152,148 |
| 3.4 | |
| 210,676 |
| 4.4 | |
| 562,112 |
| 12.1 | |
| 518,407 |
| 11.3 | |
| 480,474 |
| 11.8 | |
Commercial construction | |
| 131,751 |
| 3.0 | |
| 167,857 |
| 3.5 | |
| 182,408 |
| 3.9 | |
| 264,761 |
| 5.8 | |
| 177,693 |
| 4.3 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate loans | |
| 4,090,568 |
| 92.3 | |
| 4,389,710 |
| 92.0 | |
| 4,175,234 |
| 89.5 | |
| 4,098,709 |
| 89.4 | |
| 3,598,992 |
| 88.1 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other Loans: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Consumer loans: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Automobile, boat, etc. | |
| 46,124 |
| 1.0 | |
| 52,443 |
| 1.1 | |
| 57,489 |
| 1.2 | |
| 70,236 |
| 1.5 | |
| 86,074 |
| 2.1 | |
Home equity and improvement | |
| 128,029 |
| 2.9 | |
| 115,836 |
| 2.4 | |
| 115,883 |
| 2.5 | |
| 123,242 |
| 2.7 | |
| 119,965 |
| 2.9 | |
Other | |
| 807 |
| — | |
| 1,849 |
| 0.1 | |
| 540 |
| — | |
| 777 |
| — | |
| 743 |
| — | |
Total consumer loans | |
| 174,960 |
| 3.9 | |
| 170,128 |
| 3.6 | |
| 173,912 |
| 3.7 | |
| 194,255 |
| 4.2 | |
| 206,782 |
| 5.0 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other commercial loans | |
| 168,988 |
| 3.8 | |
| 208,947 |
| 4.4 | |
| 318,050 |
| 6.8 | |
| 293,228 |
| 6.4 | |
| 280,513 |
| 6.9 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total other loans | |
| 343,948 |
| 7.7 | |
| 379,075 |
| 8.0 | |
| 491,962 |
| 10.5 | |
| 487,483 |
| 10.6 | |
| 487,295 |
| 11.9 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans | |
| 4,434,516 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,768,785 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,667,196 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,586,192 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,086,287 |
| 100.0 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Less: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Deferred fees and discounts | |
| 6,054 |
| | |
| 6,695 |
| | |
| 7,058 |
| | |
| 11,065 |
| | |
| 9,298 |
| | |
Allowance for credit losses | |
| 64,771 |
| | |
| 64,760 |
| | |
| 64,670 |
| | |
| 63,480 |
| | |
| 60,754 |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans receivable, net | | $ | 4,363,691 | | | | $ | 4,697,330 | | | | $ | 4,595,468 | | | | $ | 4,511,647 | | | | $ | 4,016,235 |
| | |
| (1) | Includes loans held for sale. |
| (2) | Total commercial real estate loans included industrial revenue bonds of $9.5 million, $11.3 million, $12.0 million, $12.9 million, and $14.2 million at December 31, 2025, 2024, 2023, 2022, and 2021. |
8
Table of Contents
The following table shows the fixed- and adjustable-rate composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Great Southern Loan Portfolio Composition by Fixed- and Adjustable-Rates:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||||||||||||
| | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % | | Amount | | % |
| |||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed-Rate Loans: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Real Estate Loans |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
One- to four- family | | $ | 174,933 |
| 3.9 | % | $ | 186,453 |
| 3.9 | % | $ | 191,232 |
| 4.1 | % | $ | 189,936 |
| 4.2 | % | $ | 161,077 |
| 3.9 | % |
Other residential | |
| 301,117 |
| 6.8 | |
| 432,443 |
| 9.1 | |
| 352,055 |
| 7.5 | |
| 311,181 |
| 6.8 | |
| 328,726 |
| 8.1 | |
Commercial | |
| 865,490 |
| 19.5 | |
| 910,274 |
| 19.1 | |
| 950,095 |
| 20.4 | |
| 868,374 |
| 18.9 | |
| 776,967 |
| 19.0 | |
Residential construction: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
One- to four- family | |
| 24,337 |
| 0.5 | |
| 24,212 |
| 0.5 | |
| 31,147 |
| 0.7 | |
| 35,576 |
| 0.8 | |
| 31,941 |
| 0.8 | |
Other residential | |
| — |
| — | |
| 13,564 |
| 0.3 | |
| 45,901 |
| 1.0 | |
| 79,571 |
| 1.7 | |
| 59,214 |
| 1.5 | |
Commercial construction | |
| 30,454 |
| 0.7 | |
| 63,181 |
| 1.3 | |
| 51,289 |
| 1.1 | |
| 46,942 |
| 1.0 | |
| 28,612 |
| 0.7 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate loans | |
| 1,396,331 |
| 31.4 | |
| 1,630,127 |
| 34.2 | |
| 1,621,719 |
| 34.8 | |
| 1,531,580 |
| 33.4 | |
| 1,386,537 |
| 34.0 | |
Consumer | |
| 42,569 |
| 1.0 | |
| 48,688 |
| 1.0 | |
| 52,571 |
| 1.1 | |
| 62,558 |
| 1.4 | |
| 78,643 |
| 1.9 | |
Other commercial | |
| 79,638 |
| 1.8 | |
| 101,197 |
| 2.1 | |
| 142,959 |
| 3.1 | |
| 128,604 |
| 2.8 | |
| 144,196 |
| 3.5 | |
Total fixed-rate loans | |
| 1,518,538 |
| 34.2 | |
| 1,780,012 |
| 37.3 | |
| 1,817,249 |
| 39.0 | |
| 1,722,742 |
| 37.6 | |
| 1,609,376 |
| 39.4 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Adjustable-Rate Loans: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Real Estate Loans | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
One- to four- family | |
| 613,390 |
| 13.9 | |
| 653,231 |
| 13.7 | |
| 704,443 |
| 15.1 | |
| 718,278 |
| 15.7 | |
| 529,251 |
| 13.0 | |
Other residential | |
| 1,086,293 |
| 24.5 | |
| 1,116,806 |
| 23.5 | |
| 590,016 |
| 12.6 | |
| 470,580 |
| 10.3 | |
| 369,177 |
| 9.0 | |
Commercial | |
| 700,184 |
| 15.8 | |
| 644,812 |
| 13.5 | |
| 582,985 |
| 12.5 | |
| 675,141 |
| 14.7 | |
| 713,466 |
| 17.5 | |
Residential construction: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
One- to four- family | |
| 40,925 |
| 0.9 | |
| 42,946 |
| 0.9 | |
| 28,741 |
| 0.6 | |
| 46,475 |
| 1.0 | |
| 30,220 |
| 0.7 | |
Other residential | |
| 152,148 |
| 3.4 | |
| 197,112 |
| 4.1 | |
| 516,211 |
| 11.1 | |
| 438,836 |
| 9.6 | |
| 421,260 |
| 10.3 | |
Commercial construction | |
| 101,297 |
| 2.3 | |
| 104,676 |
| 2.2 | |
| 131,119 |
| 2.8 | |
| 217,819 |
| 4.7 | |
| 149,081 |
| 3.6 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate loans | |
| 2,694,237 |
| 60.8 | |
| 2,759,583 |
| 57.9 | |
| 2,553,515 |
| 54.7 | |
| 2,567,129 |
| 56.0 | |
| 2,212,455 |
| 54.1 | |
Consumer | |
| 132,391 |
| 3.0 | |
| 121,440 |
| 2.5 | |
| 121,341 |
| 2.6 | |
| 131,697 |
| 2.8 | |
| 128,139 |
| 3.1 | |
Other commercial | |
| 89,350 |
| 2.0 | |
| 107,750 |
| 2.3 | |
| 175,091 |
| 3.7 | |
| 164,624 |
| 3.6 | |
| 136,317 |
| 3.4 | |
Total adjustable-rate loans | |
| 2,915,978 |
| 65.8 | |
| 2,988,773 |
| 62.7 | |
| 2,849,947 |
| 61.0 | |
| 2,863,450 |
| 62.4 | |
| 2,476,911 |
| 60.6 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total Loans | |
| 4,434,516 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,768,785 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,667,196 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,586,192 |
| 100.0 | % |
| 4,086,287 |
| 100.0 | % |
Less: | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Deferred fees and discounts | |
| 6,054 |
| | |
| 6,695 |
| | |
| 7,058 |
| | |
| 11,065 |
| | |
| 9,298 |
| | |
Allowance for credit losses | |
| 64,771 |
| | |
| 64,760 |
| | |
| 64,670 |
| | |
| 63,480 |
| | |
| 60,754 |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans receivable, net | | $ | 4,363,691 | | | | $ | 4,697,330 | | | | $ | 4,595,468 | | | | $ | 4,511,647 | | | | $ | 4,016,235 |
| | |
9
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2025, regarding the loans in our portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity.
Great Southern Loan Portfolio Composition by Contractual Maturities:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | One Year | | After One Year | | After Five Years | | After Fifteen | | | | ||||
| | or Less | | through Five Years | | through Fifteen Years | | Years | | Total | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
Real Estate Loans: |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| | |
Residential |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| | |
One- to four- family | | $ | 47,830 | | $ | 83,427 | | $ | 61,008 | | $ | 596,058 | | $ | 788,323 |
Other residential | |
| 726,142 | |
| 616,276 | |
| 43,077 | | | 1,915 | |
| 1,387,410 |
Commercial | |
| 564,258 | |
| 922,143 | |
| 77,750 | | | 1,523 | |
| 1,565,674 |
Residential construction: | |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| |
One- to four- family | |
| 47,244 | |
| 17,469 | |
| 549 | | | — | |
| 65,262 |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| 152,148 | |
| — | | | — | |
| 152,148 |
Commercial construction | |
| 56,086 | |
| 74,777 | |
| 888 | | | — | |
| 131,751 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate loans | |
| 1,441,560 | |
| 1,866,240 | |
| 183,272 | | | 599,496 | |
| 4,090,568 |
Other Loans: | |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| |
Consumer loans: | |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| |
Automobile and other | |
| 8,375 | |
| 29,292 | |
| 9,140 | | | 124 | |
| 46,931 |
Home equity and improvement | |
| 24,769 | |
| 32,116 | |
| 71,144 | | | — | |
| 128,029 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total consumer loans | |
| 33,144 | |
| 61,408 | |
| 80,284 | | | 124 | |
| 174,960 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other commercial loans | |
| 82,782 | |
| 74,235 | |
| 11,666 | | | 305 | |
| 168,988 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total other loans | |
| 115,926 | |
| 135,643 | |
| 91,950 | | | 429 | |
| 343,948 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans | | $ | 1,557,486 | | $ | 2,001,883 | | $ | 275,222 | | $ | 599,925 | | $ | 4,434,516 |
10
Table of Contents
The following table presents loans due after December 31, 2026 with fixed and adjustable interest rates as of December 31, 2025.
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Fixed Rates | | Adjustable Rates | | Total Loans | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
Real Estate Loans: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Residential |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four- family | | $ | 139,936 | | $ | 600,557 | | $ | 740,493 |
Other residential | |
| 204,486 | |
| 456,782 | |
| 661,268 |
Commercial | |
| 534,847 | |
| 466,569 | |
| 1,001,416 |
Residential construction: | |
| | |
| | |
| |
One- to four- family | | | 2,518 | | | 15,500 | | | 18,018 |
Other residential | | | — | | | 152,148 | | | 152,148 |
Commercial construction | | | 19,427 | | | 56,238 | | | 75,665 |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total real estate loans | |
| 901,214 | |
| 1,747,794 | |
| 2,649,008 |
Other Loans: | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Consumer loans: | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Automobile and other | |
| 37,365 | |
| 1,191 | |
| 38,556 |
Home equity and improvement | |
| 167 | |
| 103,093 | |
| 103,260 |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total consumer loans | |
| 37,532 | |
| 104,284 | |
| 141,816 |
| | | | | | | | | |
Other commercial loans | |
| 64,834 | |
| 21,372 | |
| 86,206 |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total other loans | |
| 102,366 | |
| 125,656 | |
| 228,022 |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total loans | | $ | 1,003,580 | | $ | 1,873,450 | | $ | 2,877,030 |
At December 31, 2025, $94.0 million, or 2.1%, of total loans were secured by junior lien mortgages and $9.2 million, or 1.4% of residential real estate loans, were interest only loans. At December 31, 2024, $87.9 million, or 1.8%, of total loans were secured by junior lien mortgages and $8.3 million, or 1.1% of residential real estate loans, were interest only loans. While high loan-to-value ratio mortgage loans are occasionally originated and held, they are typically either considered low risk based on analyses performed or are required to have private mortgage insurance. The Company does not originate or hold option ARM loans or significant amounts of loans with initial teaser rates or subprime loans in its residential real estate portfolio.
To monitor and control risks related to concentrations of credit in the composition of the loan portfolio, management reviews the loan portfolio by loan types, industries and market areas on a monthly basis for credit quality and known and anticipated market conditions. Changes in loan portfolio composition may be made by management based on the performance of each area of business, known and anticipated market conditions, credit demands, the deposit structure of the Bank and the expertise and/or depth of the lending staff. Loan portfolio industry and market areas are monitored regularly for credit quality and trends. Reports detailed by industry and geography are provided to the Board of Directors on a monthly and quarterly basis.
The composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio has changed over the past several years; speculative construction and land development loan types have been limited, consumer lending for automobiles and boats has decreased significantly (the origination of indirect automobile and boat lending was eliminated), commercial real estate loan types have been stabilized and diversified and emphasis has been placed on increasing our other residential (multi-family) and commercial real estate loan portfolios. One- to four-family real estate loans increased significantly in 2022, but have declined steadily since that time as originations of these loans held in portfolio slowed and repayments and pay-offs occurred. Commercial business loans increased in 2022 and 2023, but declined sharply in 2024 and 2025. A portion of this decrease related to two loan relationships that had short-term loan funding needs that were no longer necessary in 2024-2005.
11
Table of Contents
Environmental Issues
Loans secured by real property, whether commercial, residential or other, may have a material, negative effect on the financial position and results of operations of the lender if the collateral is environmentally contaminated. The result can be, but is not necessarily limited to, liability for the cost of cleaning up the contamination imposed on the lender by certain federal and state laws, a reduction in the borrower’s ability to pay because of the liability imposed upon it for any clean-up costs, a reduction in the value of the collateral because of the presence of contamination or a subordination of security interests in the collateral to a super priority lien securing the cleanup costs by certain state laws.
Management is aware of the risk that the Bank may be negatively affected by environmentally contaminated collateral and attempts to control this risk through commercially reasonable methods, consistent with guidelines arising from applicable government or regulatory rules and regulations, and to a more limited extent, publications of the lending industry. Management currently is unaware (without, in many circumstances, specific inquiry or investigation of existing collateral, some of which was accepted as collateral before risk controlling measures were implemented) of any environmental contamination of real property securing loans in the Bank’s portfolio that would subject the Bank to any material risk. No assurance can be given, however, that the Bank will not be adversely affected by environmental contamination.
Residential Real Estate Lending
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans secured by residential real estate, excluding that which is under construction, totaled $2.2 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, and represented approximately 49.1% and 50.1%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. The Bank’s one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio decreased during 2025 and 2024 due to net loan repayments. For many years, other residential (multi-family) loan balances had increased as the Bank emphasized this type of lending. The exception to this was in 2021 and 2025, when loan balances decreased due to projects refinancing or being sold and paying off at a faster pace. The Bank’s outstanding other residential (multi-family) loan portfolio decreased by approximately 10.4% in 2025, following a 64.5% increase in 2024.
The Bank currently is originating one- to four-family adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans primarily with one-year adjustment periods or with rates that are fixed for the first few years of the loan and then adjust annually. Rate adjustments on these loans are generally based upon changes in prevailing rates for one-year U.S. Treasury securities. Rate adjustments are generally limited to a 2% maximum annually as well as a maximum aggregate adjustment over the life of the loan. Accordingly, the interest rates on these loans typically may not be as rate sensitive as is the Bank’s cost of funds. Generally, the Bank’s adjustable-rate mortgage loans are not convertible into fixed-rate loans, do not permit negative amortization of principal and carry no prepayment penalty. The Bank also currently is originating other residential (multi-family) mortgage loans with interest rates that are generally either adjustable with changes to the prime rate of interest or a Secured Overnight Funding Rate (SOFR)-index interest rate, or initially fixed for short periods of time (one to five years) and then adjust annually based on the prime rate of interest or a SOFR index interest rate.
Since the adjustable-rate mortgage loans currently held in the Bank’s portfolio have not been subject to an interest rate environment which causes them to adjust to the maximum, these loans entail unquantifiable risks resulting from potential increased payment obligations on the borrower as a result of upward repricing. Until 2022, the indices used by Great Southern for these types of loans increased, but not significantly, at various times in the preceding ten years. One-year U.S. Treasury interest rates and SOFR-index interest rates increased significantly throughout 2022 and during the first half of 2023. These interest rates declined slightly in the fourth quarter of 2023, but remained above comparable interest rates in prior years. These interest rates remained stable in 2024 with slight decreases in the third quarter of 2024. These interest rates remained stable in the early part of 2025, with further decreases in the latter part of 2025. Compared to fixed-rate mortgage loans, these loans are subject to increased risk of delinquency or default if a higher, fully-indexed rate of interest subsequently comes into effect in replacement of a lower rate currently in effect. From 2008 through 2012, as a result of the significant economic recession, including declines in residential real estate values, the Bank experienced a significant increase in delinquencies in adjustable-rate mortgage loans. From 2013 through 2025, these delinquencies trended much lower.
12
Table of Contents
In underwriting one- to four-family residential real estate loans, Great Southern evaluates the borrower’s ability to make monthly payments and the value of the property securing the loan. It is the policy of Great Southern that generally all one- to four-family residential loans in excess of 80% of the appraised value of the property be insured for the excess amount by a private mortgage insurance company approved by Great Southern. In addition, Great Southern requires borrowers to obtain title and fire and casualty insurance in an amount not less than the amount of the loan. Real estate loans originated by the Bank generally contain a “due on sale” clause allowing the Bank to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the property securing the loan. The Bank may enforce these due on sale clauses to the extent permitted by law.
Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending
Commercial real estate lending has been a significant part of Great Southern’s business activities since the mid-1980s. Great Southern engages in commercial real estate lending in order to increase the potential yield on, and the proportion of interest rate sensitive loans in, its portfolio. At December 31, 2008, commercial real estate loans and commercial construction loans each made up about one fourth of the total loan portfolio. The economic recession that began in 2008 resulted in reduced activity in the market caused by the downturn in the economy and reduced real estate values. In response, Great Southern began limiting residential and commercial land development lending to reduce the risk in the portfolio and began originating more commercial real estate loans. Since December 31, 2008, the commercial construction loan portfolio (including multi-family residential construction) has decreased from 32% of the loan portfolio to 6% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2025, while, overall, the percentage of commercial real estate loans in the total loan portfolio has trended upward, and was about 35% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025. The decrease in the commercial construction loan portfolio (including multi-family residential construction) from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 was due to loans moving from the construction category to the appropriate commercial real estate or other residential (multi-family) category, as projects were completed. Over the last five years, commercial real estate loans made up approximately 33-37% of the total loan portfolio while outstanding commercial construction loans (including multi-family residential construction) were 6-17%.
At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans secured by commercial real estate, excluding that which is under construction, totaled $1.6 billion, or approximately 35.3% and 32.6%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. In addition, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, construction loans secured by projects under construction and the land on which the projects are located aggregated $349.2 million and $445.7 million, respectively, or 7.9% and 9.3%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. A majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans have been originated with adjustable rates of interest, most of which are tied either to the national prime rate or to SOFR interest rates or fixed rates of interest with short-term maturities. A large majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans (both fixed and adjustable) mature in five years or less. Substantially all of these loans were originated with loan commitments which did not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the properties securing the loans.
Beyond the outstanding balance of our construction loans, our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to the unfunded portion of commercial, residential and other residential (multi-family) loans for the purpose of construction. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had $650.5 million and $719.3 million in the unfunded portion of loans originated with the purpose of construction that had been closed, but were not yet fully funded. These balances are managed through the Bank’s various risk management processes. Management considers both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet transactions in its evaluation of the Company’s liquidity. The nature of these commitments is such that the likelihood of funding them in the aggregate at any one time is low.
The Bank’s construction loans generally have a term of 18-24 months or less. The construction loan agreements for one- to four-family projects generally require principal reductions as individual condominium units or single-family houses are built and sold to a third party. This ensures that the remaining loan balance, as a proportion of the value of the remaining security, does not increase, assuming that the value of the remaining security does not decrease. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses. Generally, the amount of each disbursement is based on the construction cost estimate, with inspections of the project performed in connection with each disbursement request. Normally, Great Southern’s commercial real estate and other residential construction loans are made either as the initial stage of a combination loan (i.e., with a commitment from the Bank to provide permanent financing upon completion of the project) or with a commitment from a third party to provide permanent financing.
13
Table of Contents
The Bank’s commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios consist of loans with diverse collateral types. The following table sets forth loans that were secured by certain types of collateral at December 31, 2025. These collateral types represented the five highest percentage concentrations of commercial real estate and construction loan types in the loan portfolio at that date.
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Percentage of | | Non-Performing | |
| | | | | Total Loan | | Loans at | |
Collateral Type | | Loan Balance | | Portfolio | | December 31, 2025 | ||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) | ||||||
| | | | | | | | |
Warehouses | | $ | 336,527 |
| 7.7 | % | $ | — |
Motels/Hotels | | $ | 314,077 | | 7.2 | % | $ | — |
Retail (Varied Projects) | | $ | 297,133 |
| 6.8 | % | $ | — |
Health Care Facilities | | $ | 249,012 |
| 5.7 | % | $ | — |
Office | | $ | 172,737 |
| 4.0 | % | $ | — |
Commercial real estate lending and construction lending generally affords the Bank an opportunity to receive interest at rates higher than those obtainable from residential mortgage lending and to receive higher origination and other loan fees. In addition, commercial real estate loans and construction loans are generally made with adjustable rates of interest or, if made on a fixed-rate basis, for relatively short terms. Commercial real estate lending does, however, entail significant additional risks as compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by commercial properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or in the economy generally.
Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced based on the expected value of the project under construction, which is uncertain prior to the completion of construction. Moreover, because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, delays arising from labor shortages and other problems, material shortages, and other unpredictable contingencies, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project, and the related loan-to-value ratios. See also the discussion under the headings “- Classified Assets” and “- Loan Delinquencies and Defaults” below.
The Company executes interest rate swaps with certain commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. The Company began offering this service during 2011. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had six interest rate swaps totaling $114.4 million in notional amount with commercial customers, and six interest rate swaps with the same notional amount with third parties related to this program. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had five interest rate swaps totaling $86.7 million in notional amount with commercial customers, and five interest rate swaps with the same notional amount with third parties related to this program. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recognized net losses of $62,000, $58,000 and $337,000, respectively, in non-interest income related to changes in the fair value of these interest rate swaps.
Other Commercial Lending
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, Great Southern had $169 million and $209 million, respectively, in other commercial loans outstanding, or 3.8% and 4.4%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Great Southern’s other commercial lending activities encompass loans with a variety of purposes and security, including loans to finance accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Great Southern expects to continue to originate loans in this category subject to market conditions and applicable regulatory restrictions. See “Government Supervision and Regulation” below.
14
Table of Contents
Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real property, the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, other commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans are generally secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of other commercial loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.
The Bank’s management recognizes the generally increased risks associated with other commercial lending. Great Southern’s commercial lending policy emphasizes complete credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower’s character, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower’s capital and collateral as well as an evaluation of the industry conditions affecting the borrower. Review of the borrower’s past, present and projected future cash flows is also an important aspect of Great Southern’s credit analysis. In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from the borrowers on these types of loans. Historically, the majority of Great Southern’s commercial loans have been to borrowers in southwestern and central Missouri and the St. Louis, Missouri area. With the FDIC-assisted acquisitions in 2009, 2011, 2012 and 2014, geographic concentrations for commercial loans expanded to include the greater Kansas City, Missouri area, several areas in Iowa, and the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Great Southern has continued its commercial lending in all of these geographic areas and in the commercial loan production offices in Atlanta, Charlotte, Chicago, Dallas, Denver, Omaha and Phoenix.
As part of its commercial lending activities, Great Southern issues letters of credit and receives fees averaging approximately 1% of the amount of the letter of credit each year. At December 31, 2025, Great Southern had 43 letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $15.2 million. Approximately 67% of the aggregate dollar amount of these letters of credit was secured, including 19 letters of credit totaling $10.2 million secured by real estate.
Consumer Lending
Consumer loans generally have short terms to maturity, thus reducing Great Southern’s exposure to changes in interest rates, and carry higher rates of interest than do residential mortgage loans. In addition, Great Southern believes offering consumer loan products helps expand and create stronger ties to its existing retail customer base.
Great Southern offers a variety of secured consumer loans, including automobile loans, boat loans, home equity loans and loans secured by savings deposits. In addition, Great Southern also offers home improvement loans and unsecured consumer loans. Consumer loans totaled $175.0 million and $170.1 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, or 3.9% and 3.6%, respectively, of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the underlying collateral, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.
Beginning in 1998, the Bank implemented indirect lending relationships, primarily with automobile dealerships. Through these dealer relationships, the dealer completes the application with the consumer and then submits it to the Bank for credit approval. While the Bank’s initial and ongoing concentrated effort was on automobiles, the program evolved for use from time to time with other tangible products where financing of the product is provided through the seller, including, to a lesser extent, boats and manufactured homes.
Nearly a decade ago, in response to more challenging consumer credit conditions, the Company tightened its underwriting guidelines on automobile lending. Management took this step in an effort to improve credit quality in the portfolio and lower delinquencies and charge-offs. The changes in underwriting guidelines resulted in lower origination volume, and as such, outstanding consumer auto loan balances decreased significantly since the end of 2016. Ultimately, the decision was made to exit this business line effective March 2019. Market and financial forces, including strong rate competition for well-qualified borrowers, have made indirect automobile lending less profitable for the Company over the long term. Direct consumer lending through the Company’s banking center network has continued, however.
15
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had $46.1 million and $52.4 million, respectively, of direct and indirect auto, boat, modular home and recreational vehicle loans in its portfolio. Indirect consumer loans were $5.7 million and $7.4 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial strength, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state consumer bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on these loans. These loans may also give rise to claims and defenses by a consumer loan borrower against an assignee of these loans such as the Bank, and a borrower may be able to assert against the assignee claims and defenses which it has against the seller of the underlying collateral.
Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans
The Bank originates loans through internal loan production personnel located in the Bank’s main and branch offices, as well as loan production offices. Walk-in customers and referrals from existing customers of the Company are also important sources of loan originations.
Great Southern may also purchase whole loans and participation interests in loans (generally without recourse, except in cases of breach of representation, warranty or covenant) from other banks, thrift institutions and life insurance companies (originators). The purchase transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the participant (Great Southern) and the originator containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. The originator may retain all rights with respect to enforcement, collection and administration of the loan. This may limit Great Southern’s ability to control its credit risk when it purchases participations in these loans. Although the terms of participation agreements vary, generally Great Southern does not have direct access to the borrower, and the institution administering the loan has some discretion in the administration of performing loans and the collection of non-performing loans.
Over the years, a number of banks, both locally and regionally, have sought to diversify the risk in their portfolios. In order to take advantage of this situation, Great Southern purchases participations in commercial real estate, commercial construction and other commercial loans. Great Southern subjects these loans to its normal underwriting standards used for originated loans and rejects any credits that do not meet those guidelines. The originating bank generally retains the servicing of these loans. The Bank purchased $-0- and $26.3 million of these loans in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These balances represent the total loan amount, including the unfunded portion of loans purchased. At the time of purchase, none of these loans had outstanding funded balances.
Lending activity declined significantly in late 2022 and throughout 2023. As interest rates and inflation rapidly increased, many potential borrowers put projects on hold while waiting to see how the economy and real estate values would perform. In addition, the banking industry generally experienced liquidity competition, with some banks experiencing liquidity crises leading to a few bank failures. Commercial real estate lending (including multi-family real estate) generally increased across the banking industry in 2024 and 2025, but competition for loans remained significant and lenders and borrowers both proceeded cautiously with new projects.
From time to time, Great Southern also sells non-residential loan participations generally without recourse to private investors, such as other banks, thrift institutions and life insurance companies (participants). The sales transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the originator (Great Southern) and participant containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. Great Southern generally retains servicing rights for these participations sold.
16
Table of Contents
Great Southern also sells whole residential real estate loans without recourse to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae as well as to private investors, such as other banks, thrift institutions, mortgage companies and life insurance companies. Whole real estate loans are sold with a provision for repurchase upon breach of representation, warranty or covenant. These representations, warranties and covenants include those regarding the compliance of loan originations with all applicable legal requirements, mortgage title insurance policies when applicable, enforceable liens on collateral, collateral type, borrower creditworthiness, private mortgage insurance when required and compliance with all applicable federal regulations. A minimal number of repurchase requests have been received to date based on a breach of representations, warranties or covenants as outlined in the investor contracts. These loans are generally sold for cash in amounts equal to the unpaid principal amount of the loans adjusted for current market yields to the buyer. The sale amounts generally produce gains to the Bank and allow a margin for servicing income on loans when the servicing is retained by the Bank. However, residential real estate loans sold in recent years have primarily been with Great Southern releasing control of the servicing of the loans.
The Bank sold one- to four-family whole real estate loans, SBA-guaranteed loans and loan participations in aggregate amounts of $149.5 million, $171.0 million and $154.9 million during fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Bank typically sells long-term fixed rate mortgages. Sales of whole real estate loans and participations in real estate loans can be beneficial to the Bank since these sales generally generate income at the time of sale, produce future servicing income on loans where servicing is retained, provide funds for additional lending and other investments, and increase liquidity.
Gains, losses and transfer fees on sales of loans and loan participations are recognized at the time of the sale. When real estate loans and loan participations sold have an average contractual interest rate that differs from the agreed upon yield to the purchaser (less the agreed upon servicing fee), resulting gains or losses are recognized in an amount equal to the present value of the differential over the estimated remaining life of the loans. Any resulting discount or premium is accreted or amortized over the same estimated life using a method approximating the level yield interest method. When real estate loans and loan participations are sold with servicing released, as the Bank primarily does, an additional fee is received for the servicing rights. Net gains and transfer fees on sales of loans for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were $3.3 million, $3.8 million and $2.3 million, respectively. These gains were primarily from the sale of fixed-rate residential loans.
The Bank serviced loans owned by others totaling approximately $282.2 million and $397.0 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Of the total loans serviced for others at December 31, 2025, $196.3 million related to commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans, portions of which were sold to other parties. The remaining $85.9 million of loans serviced for others related to one- to four-family real estate loans which the Bank had originated and sold, but retained the obligation to service, or had acquired the servicing rights through various FDIC-assisted transactions. The servicing of these loans generated fees (net of amortization of the servicing rights) to the Bank for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, of $232,000, $228,000 and $202,000, respectively.
In addition to interest earned on loans and loan origination fees, the Bank receives fees for loan commitments, letters of credit, prepayments, modifications, late payments, transfers of loans due to changes of property ownership and other miscellaneous services. The fees vary from time to time, generally depending on the supply of funds and other competitive conditions in the market. Fees from prepayments, commitments, letters of credit and late payments totaled $1.3 million, $614,000 and $898,000 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Loan origination fees, net of related costs, are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-20, Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan. For further discussion of this matter, see Note 1 to the accompanying audited financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Report.
Loan Delinquencies and Defaults
When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank attempts to cause the delinquency to be cured by contacting the borrower. In the case of loans secured by residential real estate, a late notice is sent 15 days after the due date. If the delinquency is not cured by the 30th day, a delinquent notice is sent to the borrower.
17
Table of Contents
Additional written contacts are made with the borrower 45 and 60 days after the due date. If the delinquency continues for a period of 120 days, the Bank usually institutes appropriate action to foreclose on the collateral. The actual time it takes to foreclose on the collateral varies depending on the circumstances and the applicable governing law. If foreclosed upon, the property is sold at public auction and may be purchased by the Bank. Delinquent consumer loans are handled in a generally similar manner, except that initial contacts are made when the payment is five days past due and appropriate action may be taken to collect any loan payment that is delinquent for more than 15 days. The Bank’s procedures for repossession and sale of consumer collateral are subject to various requirements under the applicable consumer protection laws as well as other applicable laws and the determination by the Bank that it would be beneficial from a cost basis.
Delinquent commercial business loans and loans secured by commercial real estate are initially handled by the loan officer in charge of the loan, who is responsible for contacting the borrower. Senior management also works with the commercial loan officers to see that necessary steps are taken to collect delinquent loans and may reassign the loan relationship to the special assets group. In addition, the Bank has a Problem Loan Committee which meets at least quarterly and reviews all classified assets, as well as other loans which management feels present possible collection problems. If an acceptable workout of a delinquent commercial loan cannot be agreed upon, the Bank may initiate foreclosure proceedings on any collateral securing the loan. However, in all cases, whether a commercial or other loan, the prevailing circumstances may be such that management may determine it is in the best interest of the Bank not to foreclose on the collateral.
The following tables set forth our loans by aging as of the dates indicated. The increase in other residential (multi-family) loans 30-59 days past due was a result of one loan relationship that was 30 days past due at December 31, 2025. This relationship was downgraded from “Watch” to “Special Mention” in December 2025. For additional information, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 – Non-Performing Assets.”
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Total | |
| | 30-59 Days | | 60-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | | | | | | | Loans | ||||||||||
| | Past Due | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total Past Due | | Current | | Receivable | ||||||||||||||
| | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | Amount | | Amount | ||||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential construction |
| — | | $ | — |
| — | | $ | — |
| — | | $ | — |
| — | | $ | — | | $ | 30,258 | | $ | 30,258 |
Subdivision construction |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 32,160 | |
| 32,160 |
Land development |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 37,519 | |
| 37,519 |
Commercial construction |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 249,224 | |
| 249,224 |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential |
| 8 | |
| 830 |
| 6 | |
| 521 |
| 4 | |
| 631 |
| 18 | |
| 1,982 | |
| 654,717 | |
| 656,699 |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 2 | |
| 1,435 |
| 2 | |
| 1,435 | |
| 123,863 | |
| 125,298 |
Commercial real estate |
| 1 | |
| 70 |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 1 | |
| 70 | |
| 1,556,078 | |
| 1,556,148 |
Other residential |
| 1 | |
| 24,762 |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 1 | |
| 24,762 | |
| 1,362,648 | |
| 1,387,410 |
Commercial business |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 178,514 | |
| 178,514 |
Consumer auto |
| 7 | |
| 27 |
| 7 | |
| 12 |
| — | |
| — |
| 14 | |
| 39 | |
| 24,130 | |
| 24,169 |
Consumer other |
| 7 | |
| 128 |
| 4 | |
| 30 |
| 2 | |
| 10 |
| 13 | |
| 168 | |
| 22,081 | |
| 22,249 |
Home equity lines of credit |
| 3 | |
| 74 |
| — | |
| — |
| 1 | |
| 18 |
| 4 | |
| 92 | |
| 127,938 | |
| 128,030 |
Total |
| 27 | | $ | 25,891 |
| 17 | | $ | 563 |
| 9 | | $ | 2,094 |
| 53 | | $ | 28,548 | | $ | 4,399,130 | | $ | 4,427,678 |
18
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Total | |
| | 30-59 Days | | 60-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | | | | | | | Loans | ||||||||||
| | Past Due | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total Past Due | | Current | | Receivable | ||||||||||||||
| | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | # | | Amount | | Amount | | Amount | ||||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential construction |
| 1 | | $ | 12 |
| — | | $ | — |
| — | | $ | — |
| 1 | | $ | 12 | | $ | 30,521 | | $ | 30,533 |
Subdivision construction |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 19,861 | |
| 19,861 |
Land development |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 1 | |
| 464 |
| 1 | |
| 464 | |
| 42,040 | |
| 42,504 |
Commercial construction |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 352,793 | |
| 352,793 |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential |
| 13 | |
| 1,704 |
| 4 | |
| 816 |
| 4 | |
| 950 |
| 21 | |
| 3,470 | |
| 706,976 | |
| 710,446 |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential |
| 1 | |
| 642 |
| — | |
| — |
| 3 | |
| 1,681 |
| 4 | |
| 2,323 | |
| 120,578 | |
| 122,901 |
Commercial real estate |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 4 | |
| 77 |
| 4 | |
| 77 | |
| 1,543,665 | |
| 1,543,742 |
Other residential |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — | |
| 1,549,249 | |
| 1,549,249 |
Commercial business |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| 2 | |
| 384 |
| 2 | |
| 384 | |
| 219,907 | |
| 220,291 |
Consumer auto |
| 8 | |
| 39 |
| 1 | |
| 1 |
| — | |
| — |
| 9 | |
| 40 | |
| 25,747 | |
| 25,787 |
Consumer other |
| 9 | |
| 145 |
| 2 | |
| 4 |
| 2 | |
| 17 |
| 13 | |
| 166 | |
| 27,739 | |
| 27,905 |
Home equity lines of credit |
| 2 | |
| 63 |
| 3 | |
| 56 |
| — | |
| — |
| 5 | |
| 119 | |
| 115,717 | |
| 115,836 |
Total |
| 34 | | $ | 2,605 |
| 10 | | $ | 877 |
| 16 | | $ | 3,573 |
| 60 | | $ | 7,055 | | $ | 4,754,793 | | $ | 4,761,848 |
Classified Assets
Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets such as debt and equity securities considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. The regulations require insured institutions to classify their own assets and to establish prudent specific allocations for losses from assets classified “substandard” or “doubtful.” “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful,” have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. For the portion of assets classified as “loss,” an institution is required to either establish specific allowances of 100% of the amount classified or charge such amount off its books. Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess a potential weakness (referred to as “Special Mention” assets), are required to be listed on the Bank’s watch list and monitored for further deterioration or improvement.
Following are the total classified assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, per the Bank’s internal asset classification list. The allowances for credit losses reflected below are the portions of the Bank’s total allowances for credit losses relating to these classified loans. There were no significant off-balance sheet items classified at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | Total | | Allowance | ||
Asset Category | | Substandard | | Doubtful | | Loss | | Classified | | for Losses | |||||
|
| (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Investment securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Loans | |
| 3,484 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 3,484 | |
| — |
Foreclosed assets and repossessions | |
| 6,036 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 6,036 | |
| — |
Total | | $ | 9,520 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 9,520 | | $ | — |
19
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | Total | | Allowance | ||
Asset Category | | Substandard | | Doubtful | | Loss | | Classified | | for Losses | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Investment securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Loans | |
| 10,125 | |
| 510 | |
| — | |
| 10,635 | |
| 518 |
Foreclosed assets and repossessions | |
| 5,993 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 5,993 | |
| — |
Total | | $ | 16,118 | | $ | 510 | | $ | — | | $ | 16,628 | | $ | 518 |
Loans classified as “Substandard” were $3.5 million and $10.1 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the largest substandard loan relationship totaled $821,000. This relationship was added to non-performing loans in 2024 and is collateralized by multiple low-income single-family residential properties in New Orleans, La. The $6.6 million decrease in substandard loans from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 was primarily the result of one loan relationship totaling $5.1 million being upgraded to “Special Mention” and $1.8 million in loans being paid off, partially offset by $2.0 million in loans being added to the “Substandard” category. Loans classified as “Doubtful” were $-0- and $510,000 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
In addition to the classified loans in the table above, the Company has loans categorized as “Watch” and “Special Mention.” While loans classified as “Special Mention” are not considered to be adversely classified, they are deserving of management’s close attention to ensure repayment prospects and that the credit position of the assets does not deteriorate and expose the institution to elevated risk which might warrant adverse classification at a future date. Loans rated as “Special Mention” were $34.8 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024. In the year ended December 31, 2025, two loan relationships totaling $29.5 million were downgraded from “Watch” and one loan relationship of $5.2 million was upgraded from “Substandard.” The largest relationship totaled $24.8 million at December 31, 2025, and is secured by an apartment project in the Denver, Colorado area.
Loans classified as “Watch” are being monitored due to indications of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future reclassification as “Special Mention” or “Substandard.” Loans classified as “Watch” at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $20.5 million and $15.9 million, respectively. This increase was primarily due to the addition of four loans totaling $11.1 million, partially offset by one loan relationship totaling $4.8 million which was downgraded to “Special Mention.” The largest of the relationships added to the “Watch” status consisted of one commercial real estate loan relationship totaling $10.5 million at December 31, 2025, which is secured by a nursing care facility located in southwest Florida.
20
Table of Contents
Non-Performing Assets
The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of gross non-performing assets (classified loans which are not performing under regulatory guidelines and all foreclosed assets, including assets acquired in settlement of loans) in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the dates indicated. Loans generally are placed on nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent or when the collection of principal, interest, or both, otherwise becomes doubtful.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | | |||||||||||||
Nonaccruing loans: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | | |
One- to four-family residential | | $ | 2,066 | | $ | 2,631 | | $ | 722 | | $ | 722 | | $ | 2,216 | |
One- to four-family construction | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Land development | |
| — | |
| 464 | |
| 384 | |
| 384 | |
| 468 | |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| 77 | |
| 10,552 | (2) |
| 1,579 | (3) |
| 2,006 | (3) |
Other commercial | |
| — | |
| 384 | |
| 31 | |
| 586 | |
| — | |
Commercial construction and land development | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Consumer | | | 28 | | | 17 | | | 59 | | | 399 | | | 733 | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Total gross nonaccruing loans | | | 2,094 | | | 3,573 | | | 11,748 | | | 3,670 | | | 5,423 | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Loans over 90 days delinquent still accruing interest: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Other commercial | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial construction and land development | | | — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Consumer | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Total loans over 90 days delinquent still accruing interest | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross non-performing loans | |
| 2,094 | |
| 3,573 | |
| 11,748 | |
| 3,670 | |
| 5,423 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreclosed assets: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 183 | |
One- to four-family construction | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 315 | |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial real estate | |
| 6,025 | (1) |
| 5,960 | (1) |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial construction and land development | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Other commercial | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total foreclosed assets | |
| 6,025 | |
| 5,960 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 498 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Repossessions | |
| 11 | |
| 33 | |
| 23 | |
| 50 | |
| 90 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross non-performing assets | | $ | 8,130 | | $ | 9,566 | | $ | 11,771 | | $ | 3,720 | | $ | 6,011 | |
Total gross non-performing assets as a percentage of average total assets | |
| 0.14 | % |
| 0.16 | % |
| 0.20 | % |
| 0.07 | % |
| 0.11 | % |
| (1) | One relationship was $6.0 million of this total at December 31, 2025 and 2024. |
| (2) | Two relationships were $10.3 million of this total at December 31, 2023. |
| (3) | One relationship was $1.3 million and $1.7 million of this total at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. |
See Item 7. ”Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-performing Assets” for further information.
Gross collateral-dependent loans totaled $2.6 million and $9.8 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. See Note 3 to the accompanying audited financial statements included in Item 8 for additional information, including further detail of nonaccruing and collateral-dependent loans and details of modified loans. See also Note 14 of the accompanying audited financial statements included in Item 8 for additional information, including further detail of the fair value of collateral-dependent loans.
21
Table of Contents
For the year ended December 31, 2025, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the nonaccruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $288,000. No interest income was included on these loans for the year ended December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the nonaccruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $681,000. No interest income was included on these loans for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the nonaccruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $509,000. No interest income was included on these loans for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Modified Loans
Loan modifications are reported if concessions have been granted to borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty.
The estimate of lifetime expected losses utilized in the allowance for credit losses model is developed using average historical loss on loans with similar risk characteristics, which includes losses from modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. As a result, a charge to the allowance for credit losses is generally not recorded upon modification. For modifications to loans made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are adversely classified, the Company determines the allowance for credit losses on an individual basis, using the same process that it utilizes for other adversely classified loans. If collection efforts have begun and the modified loan is subsequently deemed collateral-dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status and the allowance for credit losses is determined based on an individual evaluation. If necessary, the loan is charged down to fair market value less estimated sales costs.
The following tables show, as of the date indicated, the composition of loan modifications made to loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, by the loan class and type of concessions granted. Each of the types of concessions granted comprised 2% or less of their respective classes of loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, principal forgiveness totaling $19,000 was completed on consumer loans, compared to principal forgiveness totaling $295,000 that was completed on consumer loans and a land development loan during the year ended December 31, 2024.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | Interest Rate | | Term | | | | Total | ||||
| | Reduction | | Extension | | Combination | | Modifications | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Commercial business | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Consumer | |
| 5 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 5 |
| | $ | 5 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 5 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | Interest Rate | | Term | | | | | Total | |||
| | Reduction | | Extension | | Combination | | Modifications | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| 2,709 | |
| — | |
| 2,709 |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| 70 | |
| — | |
| 70 |
Commercial business | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Consumer | |
| — | |
| 31 | |
| — | |
| 31 |
| | $ | — | | $ | 2,810 | | $ | — | | $ | 2,810 |
22
Table of Contents
The Company closely monitors the performance of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are modified to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. The following tables depict the performance of loans (under modified terms) at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | | | | 30-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | ||
| | Current | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Commercial business | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Consumer | |
| 5 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 5 |
| | $ | 5 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 5 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | | | 30-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | |||
| | Current | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Other residential | |
| 2,709 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 2,709 |
Commercial real estate | |
| 70 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 70 |
Commercial business | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Consumer | |
| 31 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 31 |
| | $ | 2,810 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 2,810 |
Allowance for Credit Losses
On January 1, 2021, the Company adopted the revised accounting standard related to the allowance for credit losses. This standard eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. See Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information.
The Company believes that the determination of the allowance for credit losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for credit losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured using an average historical loss model that incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are generally aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics, including borrower type, collateral and repayment types and expected credit loss patterns. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily classified loans with a balance of $100,000 or more, are evaluated on an individual basis.
For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, average historical loss rates are calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. Lookback periods can be different based on the individual pool and represent management’s credit expectations for the pool of loans over the remaining contractual life. In certain loan pools, if the Company’s own historical loss rate is not reflective of the loss expectations, the historical loss rate is augmented by industry and peer data. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given economic forecasts of key macroeconomic variables including, but not limited to, unemployment rate, GDP, commercial real estate price index, consumer sentiment and construction spending. The adjustments are based on results from various regression models projecting the impact of the macroeconomic variables to loss rates. The forecast is used for a reasonable and supportable period before reverting to historical
23
Table of Contents
averages using a straight-line method. The forecast-adjusted loss rate is applied to the principal balance over the remaining contractual lives, adjusted for expected prepayments. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals and modifications. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecasts such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.
See Note 3 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to the accompanying financial statements contained in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses. Inherent in this process is the evaluation and risk assessment of individual credit relationships. From time to time, certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to changes in payment performance, cash flow of the borrower, value of collateral, or other factors. Due to these changing circumstances, management may revise its loss estimates and assumptions for these specific credits. In some cases, losses may be realized; in other instances, the factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released from the particular credit.
At December 31, 2025, Great Southern had an allowance for credit losses of $64.8 million, none of which had been allocated to specific loans. At December 31, 2024, Great Southern had an allowance for credit losses of $64.8 million, of which $518,000 had been allocated to specific loans. All loans with specific allowances were considered to be collateral-dependent loans. The allowance and the activity within the allowance during 2025, 2024 and 2023 are discussed further in Note 3 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of the accompanying audited financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in Item 8 and Item 7 of this Report, respectively.
The allocation of the allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||||||||||||
| | | | | % of | | | | | % of | | | | | % of | | | | | % of | | | | | % of |
|
| | | | | Loans to | | | | | Loans to | | | | | Loans to | | | | | Loans to | | | | | Loans to |
|
| | | | | Total | | | | | Total | | | | | Total | | | | | Total | | | | | Total |
|
| | Amount | | Loans | | Amount | | Loans | | Amount | | Loans | | Amount | | Loans | | Amount | | Loans |
| |||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential and construction | | $ | 7,483 |
| 19.3 | % | $ | 9,224 |
| 19.0 | % | $ | 9,820 |
| 20.5 | % | $ | 11,171 |
| 21.6 | % | $ | 9,364 |
| 18.4 | % |
Other residential and construction | |
| 18,476 |
| 34.7 | |
| 15,594 |
| 36.9 | |
| 13,370 |
| 32.2 | |
| 12,110 |
| 28.3 | |
| 10,502 |
| 28.9 | |
Commercial real estate | |
| 29,223 |
| 35.3 | |
| 28,802 |
| 32.6 | |
| 28,171 |
| 32.9 | |
| 27,096 |
| 33.7 | |
| 28,604 |
| 36.5 | |
Commercial construction | |
| 2,396 |
| 3.0 | |
| 2,735 |
| 3.5 | |
| 2,844 |
| 3.9 | |
| 2,865 |
| 5.8 | |
| 2,797 |
| 4.3 | |
Other commercial | |
| 3,911 |
| 3.8 | |
| 4,656 |
| 4.4 | |
| 6,935 |
| 6.8 | |
| 5,822 |
| 6.4 | |
| 4,142 |
| 6.9 | |
Consumer and overdrafts | |
| 3,282 |
| 3.9 | |
| 3,749 |
| 3.6 | |
| 3,530 |
| 3.7 | |
| 4,416 |
| 4.2 | |
| 5,345 |
| 5.0 | |
Total | | $ | 64,771 |
| 100.0 | % | $ | 64,760 |
| 100.0 | % | $ | 64,670 |
| 100.0 | % | $ | 63,480 |
| 100.0 | % | $ | 60,754 |
| 100.0 | % |
The following table sets forth credit ratios as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.
| | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| ||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 |
| ||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| ||||
| | | | | | | |
Allowance for Credit Losses | | $ | 64,771 | | $ | 64,760 | |
Total Loans | |
| 4,427,678 | |
| 4,761,848 | |
Ratio of Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Loans | |
| 1.46 | % |
| 1.36 | % |
| | | | | | | |
Non-performing Loans | | $ | 2,094 | | $ | 3,573 | |
Total Loans | |
| 4,427,678 | |
| 4,761,848 | |
Ratio of Non-performing Loans to Total Loans | |
| 0.05 | % |
| 0.07 | % |
| | | | | | | |
Ratio of Allowance for Credit Losses to Non-performing Loans | |
| 3,093.15 | % |
| 1,812.48 | % |
24
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth an analysis of activity in the Bank’s allowance for credit losses showing the details of the activity by types of loans.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at beginning of period | | $ | 64,760 | | $ | 64,670 | | $ | 63,480 | | $ | 60,754 | | $ | 55,743 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
CECL adoption adjustment: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 4,533 | |
Other residential | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 5,832 | |
Commercial real estate | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,531) | |
Construction | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1,165) | |
Other commercial | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1,499 | |
Consumer, overdrafts and other loans | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 3,427 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total CECL adoption adjustment | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 11,595 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Charge-offs: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 46 | |
| 64 | |
| 31 | |
| 40 | |
| 190 | |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
Commercial real estate | |
| 8 | |
| 1,300 | |
| — | |
| 44 | |
| 142 | |
Construction | |
| — | |
| 101 | |
| — | |
| 84 | |
| 154 | |
Other commercial | |
| 179 | |
| 243 | |
| 1,037 | |
| 51 | |
| 81 | |
Consumer, overdrafts and other loans | |
| 1,073 | |
| 1,492 | |
| 1,754 | |
| 1,950 | |
| 2,054 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total charge-offs | |
| 1,306 | |
| 3,200 | |
| 2,822 | |
| 2,169 | |
| 2,621 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Recoveries: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 33 | |
| 38 | |
| 70 | |
| 195 | |
| 485 | |
Other residential | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 110 | |
| 92 | |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 145 | |
| 1 | |
| 48 | |
Construction | |
| 321 | |
| 194 | |
| 6 | |
| — | |
| 20 | |
Other commercial | |
| 366 | |
| 490 | |
| 241 | |
| 240 | |
| 334 | |
Consumer, overdrafts and other loans | |
| 597 | |
| 868 | |
| 1,300 | |
| 1,349 | |
| 1,758 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total recoveries | |
| 1,317 | |
| 1,590 | |
| 1,762 | |
| 1,895 | |
| 2,737 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net charge-offs (recoveries) | |
| (11) | |
| 1,610 | |
| 1,060 | |
| 274 | |
| (116) | |
Provision (credit) for losses on loans | |
| — | |
| 1,700 | |
| 2,250 | |
| 3,000 | |
| (6,700) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance at end of period | | $ | 64,771 | | $ | 64,760 | | $ | 64,670 | | $ | 63,480 | | $ | 60,754 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding by loan category | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential | | | — | % | | — | % | | — | % | | — | % | | (0.01) | % |
Other residential | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Commercial real estate | | | — | | | 0.1 | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Construction | | | (0.2) | | | (0.1) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Other commercial | | | (0.1) | | | (0.1) | | | 0.3 | | | — | | | (0.01) | |
Consumer, overdrafts and other loans | | | 0.3 | | | 0.4 | | | 0.3 | | | 0.01 | | | 0.01 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding | |
| — | % |
| 0.03 | % |
| 0.02 | % |
| 0.01 | % |
| — | % |
Investment Activities
Excluding securities issued by the United States Government, or its agencies, there were no investment securities in excess of 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2025, 2024 or 2023. Agencies, for this purpose, primarily include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, Small Business Administration and FHLBank.
25
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held approximately $523.8 million and $533.4 million, respectively, in fair value of investment securities which the Company classified as available-for-sale. In addition, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held approximately $179.2 million and $187.4 million, respectively, in principal amount of investment securities which the Company classified as held-to-maturity. See Notes 1 and 2 to the accompanying audited financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report.
The amortized cost and fair values of, and gross unrealized gains and losses on, investment securities at the dates indicated are summarized as follows.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | | ||
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 325,618 | | $ | 805 | | $ | 25,174 | | $ | 301,249 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 120,465 | |
| 933 | |
| 6,065 | |
| 115,333 |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| 53,347 | |
| 89 | |
| 2,038 | |
| 51,398 |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| 61,000 | |
| 14 | |
| 5,163 | |
| 55,851 |
| | $ | 560,430 | | $ | 1,841 | | $ | 38,440 | | $ | 523,831 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | Amortized | | Gross | | Gross | | | | |||
| | Amortized | | Fair Value | | Carrying | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||||
| | Cost | | Adjustment | | Value | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 69,713 | | $ | 1,313 | | $ | 71,026 | | $ | — | | $ | 5,694 | | $ | 65,332 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 103,918 | | | (1,857) | | | 102,061 | | | — | | | 10,424 | | | 91,637 |
States and political subdivisions | |
| 6,086 | | | 27 | | | 6,113 | | | — | | | 453 | | | 5,660 |
| | $ | 179,717 | | $ | (517) | | $ | 179,200 | | $ | — | | $ | 16,571 | | $ | 162,629 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | | ||
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 346,712 | | $ | 69 | | $ | 40,874 | | $ | 305,907 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 123,395 | |
| — | |
| 9,771 | |
| 113,624 |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| 58,608 | |
| 69 | |
| 2,729 | |
| 55,948 |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| 65,849 | |
| — | |
| 7,955 | |
| 57,894 |
| | $ | 594,564 | | $ | 138 | | $ | 61,329 | | $ | 533,373 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | Amortized | | Gross | | Gross | | | | |||
| | Amortized | | Fair Value | | Carrying | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||||
| | Cost | | Adjustment | | Value | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 71,065 | | $ | 1,864 | | $ | 72,929 | | $ | — | | $ | 8,523 | | $ | 64,406 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 110,493 | |
| (2,140) | |
| 108,353 | |
| — | |
| 15,495 | |
| 92,858 |
States and political subdivisions | |
| 6,137 | |
| 14 | |
| 6,151 | |
| — | |
| 650 | |
| 5,501 |
| | $ | 187,695 | | $ | (262) | | $ | 187,433 | | $ | — | | $ | 24,668 | | $ | 162,765 |
26
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
| | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | | ||
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 316,114 | | $ | 7 | | $ | 35,890 | | $ | 280,231 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 85,989 | |
| — | |
| 10,043 | |
| 75,946 |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| 59,141 | |
| 527 | |
| 1,531 | |
| 58,137 |
Small Business Administration securities | | | 70,648 | | | — | | | 6,755 | | | 63,893 |
| | $ | 531,892 | | $ | 534 | | $ | 54,219 | | $ | 478,207 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | Amortized | | Gross | | Gross | | | ||||
| | Amortized | | Fair Value | | Carrying | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||||
| | Cost | | Adjustment | | Value | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 72,495 | | $ | 2,436 | | $ | 74,931 | | $ | — | | $ | 8,686 | | $ | 66,245 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 116,405 | |
| (2,502) | |
| 113,903 | |
| — | |
| 14,662 | |
| 99,241 |
States and political subdivisions | |
| 6,188 | |
| 1 | |
| 6,189 | |
| — | |
| 482 | |
| 5,707 |
| | $ | 195,088 | | $ | (65) | | $ | 195,023 | | $ | — | | $ | 23,830 | | $ | 171,193 |
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $197.5 million, FHLMC securities totaling $101.3 million and GNMA securities totaling $2.5 million. At December 31, 2024, the available-for-sale agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $205.6 million, FHLMC securities totaling $98.5 million and GNMA securities totaling $1.8 million. At December 31, 2023, the available-for-sale agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $190.9 million, FHLMC securities totaling $86.4 million and GNMA securities totaling $2.9 million. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, all of the Company’s agency mortgage-backed securities had fixed rates of interest.
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale agency collateralized mortgage-backed obligations portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $48.9 million, FHLMC securities totaling $62.4 million and GNMA securities totaling $4.1 million. At December 31, 2024, the Company’s available-for-sale agency collateralized mortgage-backed obligations portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $46.0 million, FHLMC securities totaling $63.0 million and GNMA securities totaling $4.6 million. At December 31, 2023, the Company’s available-for-sale agency collateralized mortgage-backed obligations portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $4.1 million, FHLMC securities totaling $66.5 million and GNMA securities totaling $5.3 million. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, all of the Company’s agency collateralized mortgage-backed obligations had fixed rates of interest.
The following tables present the contractual maturities and weighted average tax-equivalent yields of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2025. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
| | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized | | Tax-Equivalent | | | ||
| | Cost | | Amortized Yield | | Fair Value | ||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) | ||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES | | | | | | | | |
One year or less | | $ | — | | — | | $ | — |
After one through five years | |
| 1,020 |
| 4.39 | % |
| 1,030 |
After five through ten years | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
After ten years | |
| 52,327 |
| 3.47 | % |
| 50,368 |
Securities not due on a single maturity date | |
| 507,083 |
| 3.05 | % |
| 472,433 |
Total | | $ | 560,430 |
| 3.09 | % | $ | 523,831 |
27
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized | | Tax-Equivalent | | | | |
| | Carrying Value | | Amortized Yield | | Fair Value | ||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) | ||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES | | | | | | | | |
One year or less | | $ | — |
| — | | $ | — |
After one through five years | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
After five through ten years | |
| 1,058 |
| 5.90 | % |
| 1,000 |
After ten years | |
| 5,055 |
| 1.36 | % |
| 4,660 |
Securities not due on a single maturity date | |
| 173,087 |
| 2.65 | % |
| 156,969 |
Total | | $ | 179,200 |
| 2.63 | % | $ | 162,629 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | Securities | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | Not Due | | | | |
| | | | | After One | | After Five | | After | | on a Single | | | | ||||
| | One Year | | Through | | Through | | Ten | | Maturity | | | | |||||
| | or Less | | Five Years | | Ten Years | | Years | | Date | | Total | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 301,249 | | $ | 301,249 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 115,333 | |
| 115,333 |
Small business administration securities | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 55,851 | |
| 55,851 |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| — | |
| 1,030 | |
| — | |
| 50,368 | |
| — | |
| 51,398 |
| | $ | — | | $ | 1,030 | | $ | — | | $ | 50,368 | | $ | 472,433 | | $ | 523,831 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 71,026 | | $ | 71,026 |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 102,061 | | | 102,061 |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | — | | | — | | | 1,058 | | | 5,055 | | | — | | | 6,113 |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 1,058 | | $ | 5,055 | | $ | 173,087 | | $ | 179,200 |
The following tables show our investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair values, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| | Less than 12 Months | | 12 Months or More | | Total | ||||||||||||
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | ||||||
Description of Securities | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 241,503 | | $ | (25,174) | | $ | 241,503 | | $ | (25,174) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| — | | | — | | | 70,774 | | | (6,065) | | | 70,774 | | | (6,065) |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| — | | | — | | | 48,807 | | | (5,163) | | | 48,807 | | | (5,163) |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| 4,409 | | | (109) | | | 43,528 | | | (1,929) | | | 47,937 | | | (2,038) |
| | $ | 4,409 | | $ | (109) | | $ | 404,612 | | $ | (38,331) | | $ | 409,021 | | $ | (38,440) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 65,332 | | $ | (5,694) | | $ | 65,332 | | $ | (5,694) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | 91,637 | | | (10,424) | | | 91,637 | | | (10,424) |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | — | | | — | | | 5,660 | | | (453) | | | 5,660 | | | (453) |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 162,629 | | $ | (16,571) | | $ | 162,629 | | $ | (16,571) |
28
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| | Less than 12 Months | | 12 Months or More | | Total | ||||||||||||
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | ||||||
Description of Securities | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 45,977 | | $ | (1,008) | | $ | 253,971 | | $ | (39,866) | | $ | 299,948 | | $ | (40,874) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| 50,720 | | | (890) | | | 62,903 | | | (8,881) | | | 113,623 | | | (9,771) |
Small Business Administration securities | | | 7,229 | | | (270) | | | 50,665 | | | (7,685) | | | 57,894 | | | (7,955) |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| 14,523 | | | (343) | | | 37,945 | | | (2,386) | | | 52,468 | | | (2,729) |
| | $ | 118,449 | | $ | (2,511) | | $ | 405,484 | | $ | (58,818) | | $ | 523,933 | | $ | (61,329) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 64,406 | | $ | (8,523) | | $ | 64,406 | | $ | (8,523) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | 92,858 | | | (15,495) | | | 92,858 | | | (15,495) |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| — | | | — | | | 5,501 | | | (650) | | | 5,501 | | | (650) |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 162,765 | | $ | (24,668) | | $ | 162,765 | | $ | (24,668) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| | Less than 12 Months | | 12 Months or More | | Total | ||||||||||||
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | ||||||
Description of Securities | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | 4,318 | | $ | (9) | | $ | 274,801 | | $ | (35,881) | | $ | 279,119 | | $ | (35,890) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | 9,080 | | | (216) | | | 66,866 | | | (9,827) | | | 75,946 | | | (10,043) |
Small Business Administration securities | | | 7,782 | | | (133) | | | 56,111 | | | (6,622) | | | 63,893 | | | (6,755) |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| — | | | — | | | 37,969 | | | (1,531) | | | 37,969 | | | (1,531) |
| | $ | 21,180 | | $ | (358) | | $ | 435,747 | | $ | (53,861) | | $ | 456,927 | | $ | (54,219) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 66,245 | | $ | (8,686) | | $ | 66,245 | | $ | (8,686) |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | 99,241 | | | (14,662) | | | 99,241 | | | (14,662) |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | — | | | — | | | 5,707 | | | (482) | | | 5,707 | | | (482) |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 171,193 | | $ | (23,830) | | $ | 171,193 | | $ | (23,830) |
Allowance for Credit Losses The Company evaluates all securities quarterly to determine if any securities in a loss position require a provision for credit losses in accordance with ASC 326, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. All of the mortgage-backed, collateralized mortgage, and SBA securities held by the Company are issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. Likewise, the Company has not experienced historical losses on these types of securities. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses has been recorded for these securities.
Regarding securities issued by state and political subdivisions, management considers the following when evaluating these securities: (i) current issuer bond ratings, (ii) historical loss rates for given bond ratings, (iii) whether issuers continue to make timely principal and interest payments under the contractual terms of the securities, (iv) updated financial information of the issuer, (v) internal forecasts and (vi) whether such securities provide insurance or other credit enhancement or are pre-refunded by the issuers. These securities are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. Likewise, the Company historically has not experienced losses on these types of securities. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses has been recorded for these securities.
29
Table of Contents
Sources of Funds
General. Deposit accounts have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank’s funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. In addition to deposits, the Bank obtains funds through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLBank”), the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window and other borrowings, loan repayments, loan sales, and cash flows generated from operations. Scheduled loan payments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and the related costs of such funds have varied widely. Borrowings such as FHLBank advances may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for seasonal reductions in deposits or deposit inflows at less than projected levels and may be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities. The availability of funds from loan sales is influenced generally by the level of interest rates, which in turn may impact the volume of originations.
Deposits. The Bank attracts both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by offering a wide variety of accounts and rates and purchases various forms of brokered deposits from time to time. The Bank offers regular savings accounts, checking accounts, various money market accounts, fixed-interest rate certificates with varying maturities, certificates of deposit in minimum amounts of $250,000 (“Jumbo” accounts), brokered certificates and individual retirement accounts. After the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $225 million in 2021, while interest-bearing demand and savings deposits increased $240 million. During 2021, the Bank also decreased its total time deposits by approximately $430 million. Also during 2021, time deposits originated through the Bank’s internet channel decreased by $200 million and brokered deposits, including IntraFi purchased funds, decreased $91 million. The brokered deposits and deposits originated through the Bank’s internet channel were allowed to mature without replacement as other deposit categories increased in 2021. In the latter half of 2022, some of the interest-bearing demand and savings deposits and non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased as some of the COVID-19 pandemic “surge deposits” flowed out of both retail and business customer accounts. Total balances in these categories did not return to pre-pandemic levels, but they declined from peak balance levels in 2021 and early 2022. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $146 million in 2022 and interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, excluding brokered deposits, decreased $193 million. During 2022, in response to customer demand in a rising interest rate environment, the Bank increased its total time deposits by approximately $322 million. Time deposits originated through the Bank’s internet channel decreased by $152 million and brokered time deposits, including IntraFi purchased funds, increased $194 million. The Bank’s retail time deposits originated through its banking center and corporate services network increased $309 million. In 2023, non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $168 million and interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, excluding brokered deposits, increased $28 million. During 2023, time deposits originated through the Bank’s internet channel decreased by $35 million and brokered time deposits increased $100 million. The Bank’s retail time deposits originated through its banking center and corporate services network decreased $35 million in 2023, while other brokered deposits increased $150 million. In 2024, non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $53 million and interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, excluding brokered deposits, decreased $2 million. During 2024, the Bank’s retail time deposits originated through its banking center and corporate services network decreased $162 million. Brokered deposits increased $111 million in 2024. In 2025, non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $1 million and interest-bearing demand and savings deposits, excluding brokered deposits, increased $75 million. Interest-bearing demand deposit balances fluctuate, but in 2025 the Bank experienced a migration into higher-yielding money market account products. During 2025, the Bank’s retail time deposits originated through its banking center and corporate services network decreased $87 million, and its brokered deposits decreased $109 million. Retail time deposits decreased due to migration to money market account products and to other external competing investment products. The Bank chose to not pay above-market rates to retain some of these time deposits, and chose to allow some of these time deposits and brokered deposits to mature without replacement as net loan growth was negative in 2025.
30
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits, by interest rate range, in the various types of deposit programs offered by the Bank at the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||||||||
| | | | | Percent of | | | | | Percent of | | | | | Percent of |
|
| | Amount | | Total | | Amount | | Total | | Amount | | Total | | |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||||||||
Time deposits: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
0.00% - 0.99% | | $ | 31,380 | | 0.70 | % | $ | 52,720 | | 1.14 | % | $ | 86,831 | | 1.84 | % |
1.00% - 1.99% | |
| 94,864 |
| 2.12 | |
| 75,938 |
| 1.65 | |
| 22,485 |
| 0.48 | |
2.00% - 2.99% | |
| 22,720 |
| 0.51 | |
| 8,244 |
| 0.18 | |
| 44,354 |
| 0.94 | |
3.00% - 3.99% | |
| 537,043 |
| 11.98 | |
| 89,967 |
| 1.95 | |
| 46,304 |
| 0.98 | |
4.00% - 4.99% | |
| 2,432 |
| 0.05 | |
| 548,903 |
| 11.92 | |
| 739,645 |
| 15.66 | |
5.00% and above | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| 8,583 |
| 0.18 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total time deposits | |
| 688,439 |
| 15.36 | |
| 775,772 |
| 16.84 | |
| 948,202 |
| 20.08 | |
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits | |
| 841,515 |
| 18.77 | |
| 842,931 |
| 18.30 | |
| 895,496 |
| 18.97 | |
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits (1.20% - 1.39% - 1.67%) | |
| 2,289,393 |
| 51.07 | |
| 2,214,732 |
| 48.09 | |
| 2,216,482 |
| 46.94 | |
Brokered deposits (3.80% - 4.61% - 5.20%) | | | 663,427 | | 14.80 | | | 772,114 | | 16.77 | | | 661,528 | | 14.01 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total Deposits | | $ | 4,482,774 |
| 100.00 | % | $ | 4,605,549 |
| 100.00 | % | $ | 4,721,708 |
| 100.00 | % |
A table showing maturity information for the Bank’s time deposits as of December 31, 2025, is presented in Note 7 of the accompanying audited financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report.
The variety of deposit accounts offered by the Bank has allowed it to be competitive in obtaining funds and respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. The Bank has become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows, as customers have become more interest rate conscious and the Bank’s deposit mix may vary. The Bank manages the pricing of its deposits in keeping with its asset/liability management, liquidity and profitability objectives. Based on its experience, management believes that the Bank’s checking accounts and certificate accounts are relatively stable sources of deposits. However, more recently, the Bank has experienced a decrease in its retail time deposits as rates paid on those deposits have declined. The Bank’s ability to attract and retain deposits, and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by money market conditions.
The following table sets forth the time remaining until maturity of the Bank’s time deposits as of December 31, 2025. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with GAAP.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Maturity | |||||||||||||
| | 3 Months | | Over 3 to 6 | | Over 6 to 12 | | Over | | | | ||||
| | Or Less | | Months | | Months | | 12 Months | | Total | |||||
|
| (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
Time deposits: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Less than $250,000 | | $ | 316,443 | | $ | 213,528 | | $ | 33,734 | | $ | 9,039 | | $ | 572,744 |
$250,000 or more | |
| 59,076 | |
| 41,212 | |
| 4,600 | |
| — | |
| 104,888 |
Brokered | |
| 363,427 | |
| 50,000 | |
| 50,000 | |
| 200,000 | |
| 663,427 |
Public funds(1) | |
| 2,313 | |
| 8,133 | |
| 361 | |
| — | |
| 10,807 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 741,259 | | $ | 312,873 | | $ | 88,695 | | $ | 209,039 | | $ | 1,351,866 |
| (1) | Deposits from governmental and other public entities. |
31
Table of Contents
The following tables set forth the time remaining until maturity of the Bank’s uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with GAAP.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Maturities as of December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||
| | 3 Months | | Over 3 to 6 | | Over 6 to 12 | | Over | | | | ||||
| | Or Less | | Months | | Months | | 12 Months | | Total | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Uninsured Time Deposits |
| $ | 45,343 |
| $ | 56,450 |
| $ | 6,405 |
| $ | 442 |
| $ | 108,640 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Maturities as of December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||
| | 3 Months | | Over 3 to 6 | | Over 6 to 12 | | Over | | | | ||||
| | Or Less | | Months | | Months | | 12 Months | | Total | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Uninsured Time Deposits |
| $ | 64,596 |
| $ | 52,092 |
| $ | 12,217 |
| $ | 844 |
| $ | 129,749 |
In addition to the uninsured time deposits noted above, the Bank’s uninsured deposits with no maturity date were $1.61 billion and $1.51 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, for total uninsured deposits at those dates of $1.72 billion and $1.64 billion, respectively. These totals include deposit accounts of consolidated subsidiaries of the Company (which are eliminated from total deposits shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Company) and collateralized deposits of unaffiliated entities, as required by FDIC guidance. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the total uninsured deposits reported here included $1.0 billion and $974.1 million, respectively, of deposit accounts of consolidated subsidiaries of the Company.
Non-brokered deposits also include IntraFi Network Deposit accounts, which are accounts that are just like any other deposit account on the Company’s books, except that the account total exceeds the FDIC deposit insurance maximum (but the subaccount amounts for the benefit of individual customers is within FDIC insurance limits, as explained below). When a customer places a large deposit with an IntraFi Network bank, that bank uses IntraFi to place the funds into deposit accounts issued by other banks in the IntraFi Network. This occurs in increments of less than the standard FDIC insurance maximum, so that both principal and interest are eligible for complete FDIC protection. Other Network members do the same thing with their customers’ funds. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had approximately $11.7 million and $5.0 million in non-brokered IntraFi Network Deposits, respectively.
Brokered deposits. Brokered deposits are marketed through national brokerage firms to their customers in $1,000 increments. The Bank maintains only one account for the total deposit amount while the detailed records of owners are maintained by the Depository Trust Company under the name of CEDE & Co. The deposits are transferable just like a stock or bond investment and the customer can open the account with a phone call or an online request. This provides a large deposit for the Bank at a lower operating cost since the Bank only has one account to maintain versus several accounts with multiple interest and maturity dates. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had approximately $663.4 million and $772.1 million in brokered deposits, respectively.
Included in the brokered deposits totals at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $450.0 million and $300.0 million, respectively, in IntraFi Funding accounts. IntraFi Funding transactions represent a cost-effective source of funding without collateralization or credit limits for the Company. These transactions help the Company obtain large blocks of funding while providing control over pricing and diversity of wholesale funding options. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, all of these IntraFi deposits were at floating rates indexed to the effective fed funds rate.
Unlike non-brokered certificates of deposit, which can be withdrawn (with a penalty) prior to maturity for any reason, including increasing interest rates, a brokered deposit (excluding IntraFi Network Deposits) can only be withdrawn prior to maturity in the event of the death, or court declared mental incompetence, of the depositor. This allows the Bank to better manage the maturity of its deposits. Additionally, the Bank may issue brokered deposits which are callable at the Bank’s discretion prior to their stated maturity date. Currently, the rates offered by the Bank for brokered deposits are generally higher than those offered for retail certificates of deposit of similar maturity. The rates offered for brokered deposits are comparable to the rates the Bank pays for borrowings from the FHLBank and the FRB. The Bank maintained increased liquidity during and after the economic recession that began in 2008. After 2009, we had gradually reduced the amount of brokered deposits (excluding IntraFi Network Deposits) utilized as we added deposits from FDIC-assisted acquisitions. As loan demand began to increase starting in 2013, we gradually increased our usage of brokered deposits again from time to time. During 2021, we decreased our usage of brokered deposits as we experienced growth in a variety of
32
Table of Contents
non-time deposits that year. Since 2022, at times when loan demand has trended upward and as other deposit sources have declined, we again have utilized brokered deposits to obtain additional funding.
The Company may use interest rate swaps from time to time to manage its interest rate risks from recorded financial liabilities. In the past, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with the objective of economically hedging against the effects of changes in the fair value of its liabilities for fixed rate brokered certificates of deposit caused by changes in market interest rates. These interest rate swaps have allowed the Company to create funding of varying maturities at a variable rate that in the past has approximated three-month SOFR. In February 2023, the Company entered into five new interest rate swap transactions. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $95.0 million in interest rate swaps on brokered deposits, which were accounted for as fair value hedges. In January 2024, the Company elected to terminate these swaps prior to their contractual termination date in 2025. The Company received a net settlement payment from the swap counterparty totaling $26,500 upon termination. The Company has not utilized these types of interest rate swaps on brokered deposits since then.
Borrowings. Great Southern’s other sources of funds include advances and overnight borrowings from the FHLBank, a Qualified Loan Review (“QLR”) arrangement with the FRB, customer repurchase agreements and other borrowings.
As a member of the FHLBank, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLBank and is authorized to apply for advances from the FHLBank. Each FHLBank credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or variable, and range of maturities. The FHLBank may prescribe the acceptable uses for these advances, as well as other risks on availability, limitations on the size of the advances and repayment provisions. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had no FHLBank term advances outstanding. The Bank had outstanding overnight borrowings of $330.0 and $333.0 million from the FHLBank at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Because they are overnight borrowings, any outstanding balances are included in short-term borrowings in the Company’s financial statements. The Bank has in the past utilized, and may again utilize, FHLBank advances from time to time to fund loan growth.
The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis (“FRBSTL”) has a QLR program whereby the Bank can borrow on a temporary basis using commercial loans pledged to the FRBSTL. Under the QLR program, the Bank can borrow any amount up to a calculated collateral value of the commercial loans pledged, for virtually any reason that creates a temporary cash need. Examples of this could be: (1) the need to fund for late outgoing wires or cash letter settlements, (2) the need to disburse one or more loans but the permanent source of funds will not be available for a few days; (3) a temporary spike in interest rates on other funding sources that are being used; or (4) the need to purchase a security for collateral pledging purposes a few days prior to the funds becoming available on an existing security that is maturing. The Bank had commercial, consumer and other loans pledged to the FRBSTL at December 31, 2025 that would have allowed approximately $305.7 million to be borrowed under the QLR program. There were no outstanding borrowings under the QLR program at December 31, 2025 or 2024. The Bank borrowed and repaid $200 million under this arrangement during the year ended December 31, 2025; the facility was not used during 2024.
The FRBSTL also has a Bank Term Funding Program (“BTFP”), which was created in March 2023 to support American businesses and households by making additional funding available to eligible depository institutions to help ensure banks have the ability to meet the needs of all their depositors. The BTFP offered loans of up to one year to depository institutions pledging any collateral eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Banks in open market operations, such as U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency securities, and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities. In January 2024, the Bank borrowed $180.0 million under the BTFP program. The BTFP borrowing, which matured and was repaid in January 2025, had a fixed interest rate of 4.83%. The line was secured primarily by the Bank’s held-to-maturity investment securities, with assets pledged totaling approximately $187.7 million at December 31, 2024. The proceeds from these borrowings were primarily used to repay a portion of the Bank’s overnight borrowings from the FHLBank. Once the BTFP borrowing was repaid, the securities pledged were released by the FRBSTL and most of these securities have now been pledged as additional collateral for the FHLBank borrowing line.
The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase agreements). Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statements of financial condition. The dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset accounts. Securities underlying the agreements are held by the Bank during the agreement period. The agreements generally are written on a term of one-month or less.
In November 2006, Great Southern Capital Trust II (“Trust II”), a statutory trust formed by the Company for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued $25.0 million aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate cumulative trust preferred securities. The Trust II securities bear a floating distribution rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 1.60%. The Trust II securities became redeemable at the
33
Table of Contents
Company’s option in February 2012, and if not sooner redeemed, mature on February 1, 2037. The Trust II securities were sold in a private transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $25.8 million and bearing an interest rate identical to the distribution rate on the Trust II securities. The initial interest rate on the Trust II debentures was 6.98%. The interest rate was 5.72% and 6.43% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
On June 10, 2020, the Company completed the public offering and sale of $75.0 million of its subordinated notes. The notes were due June 15, 2030, and had a fixed interest rate of 5.50% until June 15, 2025, at which time the rate was to begin floating at a rate expected to be equal to three-month term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 5.325%. The notes were sold at par, resulting in net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions, legal, accounting and other professional fees, of approximately $73.5 million. Total debt issuance costs of approximately $1.5 million were deferred and amortized over the expected life of the notes, which was five years.
On June 15, 2025, in accordance with the terms of the notes, the Company redeemed all $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of the subordinated notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Amortization of the debt issuance costs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, totaled $124,000, $297,000 and $297,000, respectively, and is included in interest expense on subordinated notes in the consolidated statements of income.
The following tables set forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of other borrowings during the years indicated.
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, 2025 |
| ||||||
| | | | | | | | Weighted |
|
| | Maximum | | Average | | Average |
| ||
| | Balance | | Balance | | Interest Rate | | ||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | ||||||
Other Borrowings: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 82,362 | | $ | 61,664 | | 1.88 | % |
Overnight borrowings – FHLBank | |
| 425,000 | |
| 309,137 |
| 4.54 | |
Short-term borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank | |
| — | |
| 14,959 |
| 4.09 | |
Other | |
| 1,247 | |
| 965 |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | $ | 386,725 |
| 4.09 | % |
Total maximum month-end balance | |
| 468,581 | | | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
| ||||||
| | | | | | | | Weighted |
|
| | Maximum | | Average | | Average |
| ||
| | Balance | | Balance | | Interest Rate |
| ||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | ||||||
Other Borrowings: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 78,777 | | $ | 75,575 | | 1.86 | % |
Overnight borrowings – FHLBank | |
| 333,000 | |
| 181,287 |
| 5.36 | |
Short-term borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank | |
| 180,000 | |
| 175,628 |
| 4.85 | |
Other | |
| 1,610 | |
| 1,347 |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | $ | 433,837 |
| 4.52 | % |
Total maximum month-end balance | |
| 578,691 | | | |
| | |
34
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
| ||||||
| | | | | | | | Weighted |
|
| | Maximum | | Average | | Average |
| ||
| | Balance | | Balance | | Interest Rate |
| ||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | ||||||
Other Borrowings: | | | | | | | | | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 181,476 | | $ | 82,218 |
| 1.47 | % |
Overnight borrowings – FHLBank | |
| 251,000 | |
| 141,474 |
| 5.25 | |
Other | |
| 1,610 | |
| 1,392 |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | $ | 225,084 |
| 3.87 | % |
Total maximum month-end balance | |
| 410,573 | | | |
| | |
The following table sets forth year-end balances and weighted average interest rates of the Company’s other borrowings at the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||||||||
| | | | | Weighted | | | | | Weighted | | | | | Weighted |
|
| | | | | Average | | | | | Average | | | | | Average |
|
| | | | | Interest | | | | | Interest | | | | | Interest |
|
| | Balance | | Rate | | Balance | | Rate | | Balance | | Rate | | |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||||||||
Other borrowings: |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 48,467 |
| 0.88 | % | $ | 64,444 |
| 1.38 | % | $ | 70,843 |
| 1.66 | % |
Overnight borrowings – FHLBank | |
| 330,000 |
| 3.98 | |
| 333,000 |
| 4.62 | |
| 251,500 |
| 5.64 | |
Short-term borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank | | | — | | — | | | 180,000 | | 4.83 | | | — | | — | |
Collateral held for interest rate swap | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
| — |
| — | |
Other | |
| 928 |
| — | |
| 1,247 |
| — | |
| 1,610 |
| — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 379,395 |
| 3.76 | % | $ | 578,691 |
| 4.32 | % | $ | 323,453 |
| 4.76 | % |
The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of subordinated debentures issued to a capital trust during the years indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, |
| |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||
Subordinated debentures: | | | | | | | | | | |
Maximum balance | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 | |
Average balance | |
| 25,774 | |
| 25,774 | |
| 25,774 | |
Weighted average interest rate | |
| 6.00 | % |
| 6.98 | % |
| 6.74 | % |
The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company’s subordinated debentures issued to a capital trust at the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Subordinated debentures | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 | |
Weighted average interest rate of subordinated debentures | |
| 5.72 | % |
| 6.43 | % |
| 7.24 | % |
35
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of subordinated notes during the years indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, |
| |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||
Subordinated notes: |
| | |
| | |
| | | |
Maximum balance | | $ | 75,000 | | $ | 74,876 | | $ | 74,579 | |
Average balance | |
| 34,088 | |
| 74,734 | |
| 74,430 | |
Weighted average interest rate | |
| 5.91 | % |
| 5.92 | % |
| 5.94 | % |
The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company’s subordinated notes at the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Subordinated notes | | $ | — | | $ | 74,876 | | $ | 74,579 | |
Weighted average interest rate of subordinated debentures | |
| — | % |
| 5.90 | % |
| 5.92 | % |
Subsidiaries
Great Southern. As a Missouri-chartered trust company, Great Southern may invest up to 3%, which was equal to $168.0 million at December 31, 2025, of its assets in service corporations. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation (“Real Estate Development”) was $2.7 million. Real Estate Development was incorporated and organized in 2003 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in Great Southern Community Development Company, L.L.C. (“CDC”) and its subsidiary Great Southern CDE, L.L.C. (“CDE”) was $713,000. CDC and CDE were formed in 2010 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GS, L.L.C. (“GSLLC”) was $43.8 million. GSLLC was formed in 2005 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSSC, L.L.C. (“GSSCLLC”) was $21.0 million. GSSCLLC was formed in 2009 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSRE Holding, L.L.C. (“GSRE Holding”) was $12.3 million. GSRE Holding was formed in 2009 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSRE Holding II, L.L.C. (“GSRE Holding II”) was $958,000. GSRE Holding II was formed in 2009 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSRE Holding III, L.L.C. (“GSRE Holding III”) was $-0-. GSRE Holding III was formed in 2012 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSTC Investments, L.L.C. (“GSTCLLC”) was $59.4 million. GSTCLLC was formed in 2016 under the laws of the State of Missouri. These subsidiaries are primarily engaged in the activities described below. In addition, Great Southern has two other subsidiary companies that are not considered service corporations, GSB One, L.L.C. and GSB Two, L.L.C. These companies are also described below.
Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation. Generally, the purpose of Real Estate Development is to hold real estate assets which have been obtained through foreclosure by the Bank and which require ongoing operation of a business or completion of construction. During 2025 and 2024, Real Estate Development did not hold any real estate assets related to foreclosed property. Real Estate Development had net income of $-0- in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Great Southern Community Development Company, L.L.C. and Great Southern CDE, L.L.C. Generally, the purpose of CDC is to invest in community development projects that have a public benefit and are permissible under Missouri and Kansas law. These include activities such as investing in real estate and investing in other community development entities. CDC also serves as parent to subsidiary CDE which invests in limited liability entities for the purpose of acquiring federal tax credits to be utilized by Great Southern. CDC had consolidated net loss of $1,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
GS, L.L.C. GSLLC was organized in 2005. GSLLC is a limited liability company that invests in multiple limited liability entities for the purpose of acquiring state and federal tax credits which are utilized by Great Southern. GSLLC had net income of $1.1 million and a net loss of $1,000 in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which primarily resulted from the tax credits utilized by Great Southern and income recognized upon exits from tax credit partnerships.
36
Table of Contents
GSSC, L.L.C. GSSCLLC was organized in 2009. GSSCLLC is a limited liability company that invests in multiple limited liability entities for the purpose of acquiring state tax credits which are utilized by Great Southern or sold to third parties. GSSCLLC had net losses of $108,000 and $2,000 in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which primarily resulted from the tax credits utilized by Great Southern.
GSRE Holding, L.L.C. Generally, the purpose of GSRE Holding is to hold real estate assets which have been obtained through foreclosure by the Bank and which require ongoing operation of a business or completion of construction. At December 31, 2025, GSRE Holding held cash of $6.3 million and real estate assets of $6.0 million. GSRE Holding had net income of $457,000 and $330,000 in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
GSRE Holding II, L.L.C. Generally, the purpose of GSRE Holding II is to hold real estate assets which have been obtained through foreclosure by the Bank and which require ongoing operation of a business or completion of construction. In 2025 and 2024, GSRE Holding II did not hold any significant real estate assets. GSRE Holding II had net losses of $2,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
GSRE Holding III, L.L.C. Generally, the purpose of GSRE Holding III is to hold real estate assets which have been obtained through foreclosure by the Bank and which require ongoing operation of a business or completion of construction. In 2025 and 2024, GSRE Holding III did not hold any significant real estate assets. GSRE Holding III had net income of $-0- in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
GSTC Investments, L.L.C. GSTCLLC was organized in 2016. GSTCLLC is a limited liability company that invests in multiple limited liability entities for the purpose of acquiring state and federal tax credits which are utilized by Great Southern. GSTCLLC had net income of $-0- in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
GSB One, L.L.C. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total investment in GSB One, L.L.C. (“GSB One”) and GSB Two, L.L.C. (“GSB Two”) was $2.41 billion. The capital contribution was made by transferring participations in loans to GSB Two. GSB One is a Missouri limited liability company that was formed in 1998. Currently, the only activity of this company is the ownership of GSB Two.
GSB Two, L.L.C. This is a Missouri limited liability company that was formed in 1998. GSB Two is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”). It holds interests in real estate mortgages transferred from the Bank. The Bank continues to service the loans in return for a management and servicing fee from GSB Two. GSB Two had net income of $80.6 million and $77.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Competition
The banking industry in the Company’s market areas is highly competitive. In addition to competing with other commercial and savings banks, the Company competes with credit unions, finance companies, leasing companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, financial technology “fintech” companies, and many other financial service firms. Competition is based on a number of factors including, among others, customer service, quality and range of products and services offered, price, reputation, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending limits, and customer convenience. Our ability to continue to compete effectively also depends in large part on our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees, while managing compensation and other costs.
A substantial number of the commercial banks operating in most of the Company’s market areas are branches or subsidiaries of large organizations affiliated with statewide, regional or national banking companies and as a result they may have greater resources with which to compete. Additionally, the Company faces competition from a large number of community banks, many of which have senior management who were previously with other local banks or investor groups with strong local business and community ties.
37
Table of Contents
The Company encounters strong competition in attracting deposits throughout its six-state retail footprint. The Company attracts a significant amount of deposits through its branch offices primarily from the communities in which those branch offices are located. Of our total branch offices at the end of 2025, approximately 75.8% of our deposit franchise dollars were located in Missouri, where our total market share at June 30, 2025, was 1.3%, or tenth in the state (based on FDIC market share deposits). The financial institutions with the top three market share positions in Missouri at June 30, 2025, were UMB Bank, U.S. Bank, and Bank of America, which had a combined market share of 30.2% (based on FDIC market share deposits). We also have branch offices in the states of Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Arkansas and Nebraska, which made up approximately 14.5%, 6.2%, 2.5%, less than 1%, and less than 1% of our total deposit franchise dollars, respectively (based on FDIC market share deposits of June 30, 2025). The Company’s market share in its primary metropolitan statistical areas was as follows at June 30, 2025:
| | | | | | | | |
| | Number of | | Percentage of Total | | | | |
Metropolitan Statistical Area | | Branch Offices | | Market Share | | Rank | | Institution with Leading Market Share Position |
Springfield, MO |
| 17 |
| 13.4% | | 1 |
| Great Southern Bank |
Sioux City, IA-NE-SD |
| 6 |
| 6.8% | | 4 |
| Security National Bank of Sioux City |
Davenport/Moline/Rock Island, IA-IL |
| 3 |
| 1.0% | | 21 |
| Quad City Bank and Trust Co. |
Des Moines/West Des Moines, IA |
| 5 |
| 0.6% | | 26 |
| Principal Bank |
St. Louis, MO-IL |
| 17 |
| 0.4% | | 41 |
| U.S. Bank |
Kansas City, MO-KS |
| 8 |
| 0.3% | | 42 |
| UMB Bank |
Fayetteville/Springdale/Rogers, AR-MO |
| 1 |
| 0.2% | | 32 |
| Arvest Bank |
Minneapolis/St. Paul/Bloomington, MN-WI |
| 4 |
| 0.1% | | 86 |
| U.S. Bank |
Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from other commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions located in our market areas. The Bank competes for these deposits by offering a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates, convenient business hours, and accessible branch, online, mobile and ATM services. In addition, large national brokerage companies offer money market, savings and other investment products which compete with our deposit offerings. Some competitors located outside of our market areas conduct business primarily over the Internet, which may enable them to realize certain savings and offer certain deposit products and services at lower costs or at higher rates and with greater convenience to certain customers. Our ability to attract and retain customer deposits depends on our ability to generally provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by competing investment opportunities.
Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings institutions and mortgage bankers making loans secured by real estate located in the Bank’s market area. The specific institutions are similar to those discussed above in regards to deposit market share. Commercial banks and finance companies provide vigorous competition in commercial and consumer lending. The Bank competes for real estate and other loans principally on the basis of the interest rates and loan fees it charges, the types of loans it originates, the quality of services it provides to borrowers and the locations of our branch office network and loan production offices.
Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence, which benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors (including nationwide banks that have a significant presence in our market areas) may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do because of their greater economies of scale. Smaller and newer competitors may also be more aggressive than we are in terms of pricing loan and deposit products in order to obtain a larger share of the market. In addition, some competitors located outside of our market areas conduct business primarily over the Internet, which may enable them to realize certain savings and offer products and services at more favorable rates and with greater convenience to certain customers.
We also depend, from time to time, on outside funding sources, including brokered deposits, where we experience nationwide competition, and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on insured depositary institutions and their holding companies. As a result, these non-bank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services. From mid-2022 to mid-2024, the Company increased the interest rates it paid on many deposit products. In the second half of 2024 and in 2025, the Company began selectively lowering interest rates paid on deposit products. The Company has also utilized both fixed-rate and floating-rate brokered deposits of varying terms, as well as overnight FHLBank borrowings.
38
Table of Contents
Despite the highly competitive environment and the challenges it presents to us, management believes the Company will continue to be competitive because of its strong commitment to quality customer service, competitive products and pricing, convenient local branches, online and mobile capabilities, and active community involvement.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
At December 31, 2025, the Company and its affiliates had a total of 1,075 employees, including 218 part-time employees, equating to 974 full-time equivalents. None of the Company’s employees are represented by any collective bargaining agreement. Management considers its employee relations to be good.
Our human capital objectives include attracting, training, motivating, rewarding and retaining our employees. We encourage and support the growth and development of our employees and, wherever possible, seek to fill positions by promotion and transfer from within the organization. Continual learning and career development are advanced through annual performance and development conversations with employees, internally developed training programs, customized corporate training engagements and seminars, conferences, and other training events employees are encouraged to attend in connection with their job duties.
Great Southern remains committed and focused on the health and safety of our associates, customers, and communities, especially as COVID-19, influenza and other viruses remain a threat. Company management continues to monitor information related to various impactful viruses, using federal and state guidelines for public safety to manage the threat. The Company also remains focused on the overall wellbeing of its associates and their family members with a comprehensive no cost benefit offered through the Company’s employee assistance program.
Great Southern associates actively share their talents in their communities through leadership roles and volunteer activities in education, economic development, human and health services, and community reinvestment. Our Community Matters program allows each associate to be paid up to 32 hours per year, with supervisory approval, to volunteer for activities in their community during normal work hours. During 2025, Great Southern associates found creative and meaningful ways to give back to their communities, donating over 6,200 hours in support of more than 300 organizations. Each year, the Bill and Ann Turner Distinguished Community Service Award is presented to a Great Southern associate who demonstrates excellence in volunteer service to their community. Every year, all associates are encouraged to nominate coworkers for this award. An external panel of community leaders reviews the nominees and determines the award winner. In addition to volunteerism, Great Southern associates generously supported their communities in 2025 through monetary donations totaling nearly $56,000.
Government Supervision and Regulation
General
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by applicable federal and state banking agencies. The earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries, and therefore the earnings of the Company, are affected by general economic conditions, management policies, federal and state legislation, and actions of various regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, often referred to as the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Missouri Division of Finance (the “MDF”). The following is a brief summary of certain aspects of the regulation of the Company and the Bank and does not purport to fully discuss such regulation. Such regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the DIF, and not for the protection of stockholders.
Significant Legislation Impacting the Financial Services Industry
Dodd-Frank Act. In 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act implemented far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape. Certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act have been affected by the more recently enacted Economic Growth Act, as defined and discussed below under “-Economic Growth Act.”
39
Table of Contents
Economic Growth Act. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (the “Economic Growth Act”), was enacted to modify or eliminate certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act. While the Economic Growth Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion. Many of these amendments could result in meaningful regulatory changes.
The Economic Growth Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages which may be held by a financial institution and simplifies the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” (“CBLR”) of between 8 and 10 percent. Any qualifying depository institution or its holding company that exceeds the CBLR will be considered to have met generally applicable leverage and risk-based regulatory capital requirements and any qualifying depository institution that exceeds the new ratio will be considered “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action rules. Currently, the CBLR is 9.0%. On November 25, 2025, the federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, proposed to lower the CBLR to 8%. Institutions and holding companies that fail to meet the qualifying criteria after opting into the CBLR framework would have four reporting periods to meet the qualifying criteria again, provided they maintain a leverage ratio above 7% and have not used the grace period for more than eight of the prior 20 quarters. The federal banking agencies also proposed removing the provisions under the CBLR framework that provided temporary relief for qualifying community banks during the COVID-19 outbreak. The Company and the Bank have chosen to not utilize the CBLR due to the Company’s size and complexity, including its commercial real estate and construction lending concentrations and significant off-balance sheet funding commitments.
In addition, the Economic Growth Act includes regulatory relief in the areas of examination cycles, call reports, mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans.
Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The United States Treasury Department has issued, and in some cases proposed, a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The regulations also impose specific due diligence requirements on financial institutions that maintain correspondent or private banking relationships with non-U.S. financial institutions or persons. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences for the institution and could block or substantially delay a merger or other acquisition transaction.
The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”), was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is intended to be a comprehensive reform and modernization to U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the U.S. Department of the Treasury to promulgate priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy; requires the development of standards for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including increasing available sanctions for certain BSA violations and expands BSA whistleblower incentives and protections. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rulemakings, reports and other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rulemaking and implementation guidance. In June 2021, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, issued the priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy required under the AMLA. The priorities, which were subsequently updated by FinCEN in May 2024, include corruption, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug trafficking, human trafficking and proliferation financing.
40
Table of Contents
Privacy Standards and Cybersecurity. Federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of the board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial services. These regulations require the Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including informing consumers of its information sharing practices and informing consumers of their rights to opt out of certain practices. In addition, the federal banking agencies have adopted a final rule providing for new notification requirements for banking organizations and their service providers for significant cybersecurity incidents. Specifically, the rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator as soon as possible, and no later than 36 hours after, the banking organization determines that a “computer-security incident” rising to the level of a “notification incident” has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. Service providers are required under the rule to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the banking organization’s customers for four or more hours. Non-compliance with federal or similar state privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations could lead to substantial regulatory fines and penalties, damages from private causes of action and/or reputational harm.
Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Company is a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company by the FRB. Financial holding companies are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the FRB. The Company is required to file reports with the FRB and such additional information as the FRB may require, and is subject to regular examinations by the FRB. The FRB also has extensive enforcement authority over financial holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.
Under FRB policy and the Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks. Accordingly, the FRB may require, and has required in the past, that a bank holding company contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank.
Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a financial holding company must obtain FRB approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company that is not a subsidiary if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank or financial holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank or financial holding company.
The Bank Holding Company Act also prohibits a financial holding company generally from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those involving banking, activities closely related to banking that are permitted for a bank holding company, and certain securities, insurance and merchant banking activities. Certain investments greater than 5% in companies engaged in activities not permitted for a bank holding company are prohibited.
Volcker Rule
The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act known as the Volcker Rule. Under the regulations, FDIC-insured depository institutions, their holding companies, subsidiaries and affiliates are generally prohibited, subject to certain exemptions, from proprietary trading of securities and other financial instruments and from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in a “covered fund.” Effective July 22, 2019, a bank and its holding company are exempt from the Volcker Rule if the bank and every company that controls it have consolidated assets of $10 billion or less and have total consolidated trading assets and liabilities of 5% or less of its consolidated assets.
41
Table of Contents
Interstate Banking and Branching
Federal law allows the FRB to approve an application of a bank holding company to acquire control of, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located in a state other than such holding company’s home state, without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state. The FRB may not approve the acquisition of a bank that has not been in existence for the minimum time period (not exceeding five years) specified by the statutory law of the host state. Federal law also prohibits the FRB from approving such an application if the applicant (and its depository institution affiliates) controls or would control more than 10% of the insured deposits in the United States or if the applicant would control 30% or more of the deposits in any state in which the target bank maintains a branch and in which the applicant or any of its depository institution affiliates controls a depository institution or branch immediately prior to the acquisition of the target bank. Federal law does not affect the authority of states to limit the percentage of total insured deposits in the state which may be held or controlled by a bank or bank holding company to the extent such limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state banks or bank holding companies. Individual states may also waive the 30% state-wide concentration limit. Missouri law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring a depository institution if total deposits would exceed 13% of statewide deposits excluding bank certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, deposits from sources outside the United States and deposits of banks other than banks controlled by the bank holding company.
The federal banking agencies are generally authorized to approve interstate bank merger transactions and de novo branching without regard to whether such transactions are prohibited by the law of any state. Interstate acquisitions of branches are generally permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits such acquisitions.
As required by federal law, federal regulations prohibit any out-of-state bank from using the interstate branching authority primarily for the purpose of deposit production, including guidelines to ensure that interstate branches operated by an out-of-state bank in a host state reasonably help to meet the credit needs of the communities they serve.
Certain Transactions with Affiliates and Other Persons
Transactions involving the Bank and its affiliates are subject to sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and regulations thereunder, which impose certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements on such transactions, and require all such transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as are available in transactions with non-affiliates.
All loans by the Bank to the principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the Bank or any affiliate are subject to regulations restricting loans and other transactions with insiders of the Bank and its affiliates. Transactions involving such persons must be on terms and conditions as favorable to the bank as those that apply in similar transactions with non-insiders. A bank may allow favorable rate loans to insiders pursuant to an employee benefit program available to bank employees generally. The Bank has such a program.
Dividends
The FRB has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the FRB’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, a bank holding company may be prohibited from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is not adequately capitalized, and dividends payable by a bank holding company and its depository institutions subsidiaries can be restricted if the capital conservation buffer requirement is not met. See “Capital” below.
42
Table of Contents
A bank holding company is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, FRB order, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. This notification requirement does not apply to any company that meets the well-capitalized standard for bank holding companies, is well-managed, and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues. Under Missouri law, the Bank may pay dividends from certain undivided profits and may not pay dividends if its capital is impaired. Dividends of the Company and the Bank may also be restricted under the capital conservation buffer rules, as discussed below under “—Capital.”
Capital
The Company and the Bank are subject to capital regulations adopted by the FRB and the FDIC, which established minimum required ratios for common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital and the minimum leverage ratio; set forth the risk-weightings of assets and certain off-balance sheet items for purposes of the risk-based capital ratios; require an additional capital conservation buffer over the required risk-based capital ratios, and define what qualifies as capital for purposes of meeting the capital requirements.
Under the capital regulations, the minimum capital ratios are: (1) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (2) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-weighted assets; (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets; and (4) a leverage ratio (the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total adjusted assets) of 4.0%. CET1 generally consists of common stock; retained earnings; accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) unless an institution has elected to exclude AOCI from regulatory capital; and certain minority interests; all subject to applicable regulatory adjustments and deductions. Tier 1 capital generally consists of CET1 and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. Tier 2 capital generally consists of other preferred stock and subordinated debt meeting certain conditions plus an amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses up to 1.25% of assets. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.
Mortgage servicing and deferred tax assets over designated percentages of CET1 are deducted from capital. In addition, Tier 1 capital includes AOCI, which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities. However, because of our asset size, we were eligible to elect to permanently opt out of the inclusion of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities in our capital calculations. We elected this option.
For purposes of determining risk-based capital, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are risk-weighted from 0% to 1,250%, depending on the risk characteristics of the asset or item. The risk weights include, for example, a 150% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans and for non-residential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise in nonaccrual status; a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable; and a 250% risk weight for mortgage servicing and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from capital.
In addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios, the Company and the Bank must maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional CET1 capital greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying discretionary bonuses.
Under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action standards, in order to be considered well-capitalized, the Bank must have a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%, a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10%, and a leverage ratio of 5%; and must not be subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. In order to be considered adequately capitalized, an institution must have the minimum capital ratios described above. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank was “well-capitalized.” An institution that is not well-capitalized is subject to certain restrictions on brokered deposits and interest rates on deposits.
43
Table of Contents
The federal banking regulators are required to take prompt corrective action if an institution fails to satisfy the requirements to qualify as adequately capitalized. All institutions, regardless of their capital levels, are restricted from making any capital distribution or paying any management fees that would cause the institution to fail to satisfy the requirements to qualify as adequately capitalized. An institution that is not at least adequately capitalized is: (i) subject to increased monitoring by the appropriate federal banking regulator; (ii) required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan (including certain guarantees by any company controlling the institution) within 45 days; (iii) subject to asset growth limits; and (iv) required to obtain prior regulatory approval for acquisitions, branching and new lines of business. Additional restrictions and appointment of a receiver or conservator, can apply, depending on the institution’s capital level. The FDIC has jurisdiction over the Bank for purposes of prompt corrective action. When the FDIC as receiver liquidates an institution, the claims of depositors and the FDIC as their successor (for deposits covered by FDIC insurance) have priority over other unsecured claims against the institution, including claims of stockholders.
To be considered “well-capitalized,” a bank holding company must have, on a consolidated basis, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and must not be subject to an individual order, directive or agreement under which the FRB requires it to maintain a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was “well-capitalized.”
The federal banking agencies consider concentrations of credit risk and risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. This evaluation is generally made as part of the institution’s regular safety and soundness examination. Under their regulations, the federal banking agencies also consider interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of a bank’s capital adequacy. The banking agencies have issued guidance on evaluating interest rate risk.
Although we continue to evaluate the impact that the capital rules have on the Company and the Bank, we anticipate that the Company and the Bank will remain well-capitalized, and will continue to meet the capital conservation buffer requirement.
Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC
Great Southern is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC, backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. The general deposit insurance limit is $250,000 per deposit relationship.
The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums on all FDIC-insured institutions quarterly based on annualized rates. These premiums are assessed on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity. Under these rules, assessment rates for an institution with total assets of less than $10 billion are determined by weighted average CAMELS composite ratings and certain financial ratios, and range from 5.0 to 32.0 basis points, subject to certain adjustments. In an emergency, the FDIC may also impose a special assessment. A significant increase in insurance assessments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions, and is the primary federal banking regulator of state banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve, such as the Bank. The FDIC examines the Bank regularly. The FDIC may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against banks and savings associations.
44
Table of Contents
Guidance on Commercial Real Estate Concentrations
The federal banking agencies have issued guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The particular focus is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be sensitive to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is not to limit a bank’s commercial real estate lending but to guide banks in developing risk management practices and maintaining capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. A bank that has experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, has notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate loan, or is approaching or exceeding the following supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory analysis with respect to real estate concentration risk: total loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of the bank’s total capital; or total commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) greater than 300% of the Bank’s total capital and an increase in the bank’s commercial real estate portfolio of 50% or more during the prior 36 months. At December 31, 2025 the total outstanding balance of loans for construction, land development, and other land represented 55% of the Bank’s total capital, the total outstanding balance of commercial real estate loans (including multi-family loans) represented 439% of the Bank’s total capital and the commercial real estate portfolio (including multi-family loans) increased 4% during the prior 36 months.
Federal Reserve System
Banks are authorized to borrow from the FRB “discount window” for short periods of time. See “Sources of Funds” above.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
The Bank is a member of the FHLBank of Des Moines, which is one of 11 regional FHLBanks.
As a member, Great Southern is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLBank of Des Moines in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of its outstanding home loans or 5% of its outstanding FHLBank advances. At December 31, 2025, Great Southern had $18.4 million in FHLBank of Des Moines stock, which was in compliance with this requirement. In past years, the Bank has received dividends on its FHLBank stock. Over the past five years, such dividends have averaged 7.91% annually and were 9.75% for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Legislative and Regulatory Proposals
Any changes in the extensive regulatory scheme to which the Company or the Bank is and will be subject, whether by any of the federal banking agencies or Congress, or the Missouri legislature or MDF, could have a material effect on the Company or the Bank, and the Company and the Bank cannot predict what, if any, future actions may be taken by legislative or regulatory authorities or what impact such actions may have.
Federal and State Taxation
General
The following discussion contains a summary of certain federal and state income tax provisions applicable to the Company and the Bank. It is not a comprehensive description of the federal or state income tax laws that may affect the Company and the Bank. The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and Treasury and judicial interpretations thereof.
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return using the accrual method of accounting, with the exception of GSB Two which files a separate return as a REIT. All corporations joining in the consolidated federal income tax return are jointly and severally liable for taxes due and payable by the consolidated group. The following discussion primarily focuses upon the taxation of the Bank, since the federal income tax law contains certain special provisions with respect to banks.
Financial institutions, such as the Bank, are subject, with certain exceptions, to the provisions of the Code generally applicable to corporations.
45
Table of Contents
Bad Debt Deduction
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, retained earnings included approximately $17.5 million for which no deferred income tax liability had been recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only for tax years prior to 1988. If the Bank were to liquidate, the entire amount would have to be recaptured and would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $4.3 million at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
The Bank is required to follow the specific charge-off method which only allows a bad debt deduction equal to actual charge-offs, net of recoveries, experienced during the fiscal year of the deduction. In a year where recoveries exceed charge-offs, the Bank would be required to include the net recoveries in taxable income.
Interest Deduction
In the case of a financial institution, such as the Bank, no deduction is allowed for the pro rata portion of its interest expense which is allocable to tax-exempt interest on obligations acquired after August 7, 1986. A limited class of tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7, 1986 will not be subject to this complete disallowance rule. For certain tax-exempt obligations issued in 2009 and 2010, an amount of tax-exempt obligations that are not generally considered part of the “limited class of tax-exempt obligations” noted above may be treated as part of the “limited class of tax-exempt obligations” to the extent of two percent of a financial institution’s total assets. For tax-exempt obligations acquired after December 31, 1982 and before August 8, 1986 and for obligations acquired after August 7, 1986 that are not subject to the complete disallowance rule, 80% of interest incurred to purchase or carry such obligations will be deductible. No portion of the interest expense allocable to tax-exempt obligations acquired by a financial institution before January 1, 1983, which is otherwise deductible, will be disallowed. The interest expense disallowance rules cited above have not significantly impacted the Bank.
State Taxation
Missouri-based banks, such as the Bank, are subject to a franchise tax which is imposed on the bank’s taxable income at the rate of 4.48% of the taxable income (determined without regard for any net operating losses) - income-based calculation. Missouri-based banks are entitled to a credit against the income-based franchise tax for all other state or local taxes on banks, except taxes on real estate, unemployment taxes, bank tax, and taxes on tangible personal property owned by the Bank and held for lease or rental to others.
The Company and all subsidiaries are subject to a Missouri income tax that is imposed on the corporation’s taxable income at the rate of 4.00%. The return is filed on a consolidated basis by all members of the consolidated group, including the Bank but excluding GSB Two. As a REIT, GSB Two files a separate Missouri income tax return.
The Bank also has full-service offices in Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Nebraska and Arkansas, and has commercial loan production offices in Arizona, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Nebraska, North Carolina and Texas. As a result, the Bank and/or the Company is subject to franchise and income taxes that are imposed on the corporation’s taxable income attributable to those states. In addition, due to lending activity, the Bank and/or the Company is subject to income taxes in additional jurisdictions.
As a Maryland corporation, the Company is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Maryland.
Tax Credits and Related Investments
The Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate apartments and single-family houses designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income tenants, to develop and operate business and real estate projects located in low-income communities or to complete certain federal historic rehabilitation projects. Through these partnerships, the Company receives allocations of federal tax credits which are used to partially offset annual federal tax liabilities and reduce income tax expense by the difference of the tax credits utilized less the amortization of the investment cost.
46
Table of Contents
Examinations
The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have not been audited recently by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). As a result, federal tax years through December 31, 2021 are now closed.
No state examinations are in progress at this time. As a result, state tax years through December 31, 2021, with few exceptions, are now closed.
One Big Beautiful Bill Act
The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was enacted on July 4, 2025. Among other things, the new law makes permanent certain expiring business tax provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). These include provisions which allow businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets and the cost of qualified domestic research and development. The OBBBA also imposes a floor on tax deductions taken on charitable contributions. None of these items have significantly impacted our operations or financial statements. The OBBBA also significantly changes U.S. tax law related to foreign operations and certain tax credits; however, such changes do not currently affect us.
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
An investment in the common stock of the Company is speculative in nature and is subject to certain risks inherent in the business of the Company and the Bank. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company and the Bank are described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making an investment in the Company’s common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face in our business. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially harmed. In such an event, our common stock could decline in value.
References to “we,” “us,” and “our” in this “Risk Factors” section refer to the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires.
Risks Relating to the Company and the Bank
Risks Relating to Macroeconomic Conditions
Economic conditions have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect our business and financial performance.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services that we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; political uncertainty, both domestic and international, and other geopolitical events; natural disasters; wars; terrorist acts; pandemics or other public health crises; or a combination of these or other factors. An economic downturn, sustained high unemployment levels, or stock market volatility may negatively impact our operating results and have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, increasing the risk of loan defaults and losses.
47
Table of Contents
Since our business is primarily concentrated in Missouri, Iowa, Kansas and Minnesota, a significant downturn in these state or local economies, particularly in the St. Louis and Springfield, Missouri areas, may adversely affect our business. We also have originated a significant dollar amount of loans in Texas through our commercial loan production office in Dallas. A significant downturn in that state’s economy may adversely affect our business.
Our lending and deposit gathering activities historically were concentrated primarily in the Springfield and southwest Missouri areas. Our success continues to depend heavily on general economic conditions in Springfield and the surrounding areas. Although we believe the economy in these areas has recently been favorable relative to other areas, we do not know whether these conditions will continue. Until the past several years, our greatest concentration of loans and deposits has traditionally been in the greater Springfield area. With a population of approximately 497,000, the greater Springfield area is the third largest metropolitan area in Missouri. At December 31, 2025, approximately $369.9 million, or 8.3%, of our loan portfolio consisted of loans to borrowers in or secured by properties in the Springfield metropolitan area.
In addition to the concentrations in the southwest Missouri area, we now have our largest concentration of loans to borrowers in or secured by properties in the St. Louis metropolitan area. At December 31, 2025, approximately $709.3 million, or 16.0%, of our loan portfolio consisted of loans for apartments and other types of commercial real estate properties in the St. Louis metropolitan area.
Also, we have a significant amount of loans to borrowers in or secured by properties in Texas, primarily through our commercial loan production office in Dallas. At December 31, 2025, approximately $500.7 million, or 11.3%, of our loan portfolio consisted of loans primarily for various types of commercial real estate in Texas.
With the FDIC-assisted transactions that were completed in 2009-2014, we have additional concentrations of loans in the Minneapolis metropolitan area and in Western, Eastern and Central Iowa. At December 31, 2025, approximately $324.1 million, or 7.3%, and $379.0 million, or 8.5%, of our loan portfolio consisted of loans primarily for various types of commercial real estate in Minnesota and Iowa, respectively. In recent years, we have opened commercial loan production offices in Atlanta, Chicago and Denver, and in 2022 we opened commercial loan production offices in Phoenix and Charlotte, North Carolina. We expect loans originated through these offices to result in significant loan balances secured by properties located in Georgia, Illinois, Colorado, Arizona and North Carolina.
Adverse changes in regional and general economic conditions could reduce our growth rate, impair our ability to collect payments on loans, increase loan delinquencies, increase problem assets and foreclosures, increase claims and lawsuits, decrease demand for our products and services, and decrease the value of collateral for loans, especially real estate, thereby having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Real estate values can also be affected by governmental rules or policies and, as noted below, natural disasters.
Inflationary pressures and rising or sustained high prices may affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Inflation rose sharply from the end of 2021 to mid-2024 to levels not seen in more than 40 years. In 2024 and 2025, inflation measures moderated but were still higher than levels targeted by the FRB. Small to medium-sized businesses may be impacted more during periods of high inflation, as they are not able to leverage economies of scale to mitigate cost pressures compared to larger businesses. Consequently, the ability of our business customers to repay their loans may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly, which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, a prolonged period of inflation could cause wages and other costs to the Company to increase, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The economic impact of new or continuing public health issues, or similar crises, could continue to adversely affect us.
New or continuing public health issues could adversely impact the global and national economy and certain industries and geographies in which our customers reside and operate. Because of their potential ongoing and changing nature regarding severity and broad coverage, it is difficult to predict the full impact of any such crises on the Company and its customers, employees and third-party service providers. The extent of this impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain. Additionally, the responses of various governmental and nongovernmental authorities and consumers to any new or continuing public health issues may have material long-term effects on the Company and its customers, which are difficult to quantify in the near-term or long-term.
48
Table of Contents
We could be subject to a number of risks as the result of any such crises, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. These risks include, but are not limited to, changes in demand for our products and services; increased loan losses or other impairments in our loan portfolios and increases in our allowance for loan losses; a decline in collateral for our loans, especially real estate; unanticipated unavailability of employees; increased cyber security risks to the extent employees work remotely; a prolonged weakness in economic conditions; and increased costs as we and our regulators, customers and third-party service providers adapt to evolving conditions.
Severe weather and other natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism or other adverse external events could harm our business.
Severe weather and other natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism or other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could harm our operations through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our computer systems, which could prevent or impede us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling the flow of business, as well as through the destruction of our facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. There is no assurance that our business continuity and disaster recovery program can adequately mitigate these risks. Such events could also affect the stability of our deposit base, cause significant property damage, adversely affect our employees, adversely impact the values of collateral securing our loans and/or interfere with our borrowers’ abilities to repay their debt obligations to us.
Risks Relating to Lending Activities
Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our relatively high concentration of commercial and residential construction, commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and other commercial loans.
Our commercial and other residential (multi-family) construction, commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and other commercial loans accounted for approximately 78.3% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025. Generally, we consider these types of loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential properties. At December 31, 2025, including completed projects and those under construction, we had $1.52 billion of loans secured by apartments, $336.5 million of loans secured by warehouse facilities, $314.1 million of loans secured by motels/hotels, $297.1 million of loans secured by retail-related projects, $249.0 million of loans secured by healthcare facilities, and $172.7 million of loans secured by office facilities, which are particularly sensitive to certain risks, including the following:
| ● | large loan balances owed by a single borrower; |
| ● | payments that are dependent on the successful operation of the project; and |
| ● | loans that are more directly impacted by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy generally. |
The risks associated with construction lending include the borrower’s inability to complete the construction process on time and within budget, the sale of the project within projected absorption periods, the economic risks associated with real estate collateral, and the potential of a rising interest rate environment. This activity may involve financing land purchases, infrastructure development (e.g., roads, utilities, etc.), as well as construction of residences or other residential (multi-family) dwellings for subsequent sale by the developer/builder. Because the sale of developed properties is critical to the success of the developer’s business, loan repayment may be especially subject to the volatility of real estate market sales activity. Management has established underwriting and monitoring criteria to help minimize the inherent risks of commercial real estate construction lending. However, there is no guarantee that these criteria will reduce losses on this type of lending.
Commercial real estate and other residential (multi-family) lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Other commercial loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business or investment. These loans may therefore be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy generally. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced due to leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, many commercial and other residential (multi-family) loans are not fully amortized over the loan period, but have balloon payments due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or complete a timely sale of the underlying property.
49
Table of Contents
We plan to continue to originate commercial real estate and construction loans, including other residential (multi-family) loans, subject to economic and market conditions. From 2008 to 2013, there was not significant demand for these types of loans due to the economic downturn. In more recent years, demand for these types of loans has increased and we expect to continue to originate these types of loans. Because of the increased risks related to these types of loans, we may determine it necessary to increase the level of our provision for credit losses. Increased provisions for credit losses would adversely impact our operating results. See “Item 1. Business-The Company-Lending Activities-Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending,” “-Other Commercial Lending,” “-Residential Real Estate Lending” and “-Allowance for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-performing Assets” in this Report.
A slowdown in the residential or commercial real estate markets may adversely affect our earnings and liquidity position.
The overall credit quality of our construction loan portfolio is impacted by trends in real estate values. We continually monitor changes in key regional and national economic factors because changes in these factors can impact our residential and commercial construction loan portfolio and the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. Across the United States for several years, the residential real estate market experienced significant adverse trends, including accelerated price depreciation and rising delinquency and default rates, and weaknesses arose in the commercial real estate market as well. The conditions in the residential real estate market led to significant increases in loan delinquencies and credit losses as well as higher provisioning for credit losses, which in turn had a negative effect on earnings for many banks across the country. Likewise, we also experienced delinquencies in our construction loan portfolio from 2009 through 2012, almost entirely related to loans originated prior to 2009. Many of these older construction projects were “build to sell” types of projects where repayment of the loans was reliant on the borrower completing the project and then selling it. Conditions of both the residential and the commercial real estate markets could negatively impact real estate values and the ability of our borrowers to liquidate properties. A lack of liquidity in the real estate market or tightening of credit standards within the banking industry could diminish sales, further reducing our borrowers’ cash flows and weakening their ability to repay their debt obligations to us, which could lead to material adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.
Lending money is a substantial part of our business. However, every loan we make carries a certain risk of non-payment. This risk is affected by, among other things:
| ● | cash flows of the borrower and/or the project being financed; |
| ● | in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral; |
| ● | the credit history of a particular borrower; |
| ● | changes in economic and industry conditions; and |
| ● | the duration of the loan. |
The allowance for credit losses is measured using an average historical loss model which incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics including borrower type, collateral and repayment types and expected credit loss patterns. Average historical loss rates are calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given economic forecasts of key macroeconomic variables including, but not limited to, unemployment rate, GDP, disposable income and market volatility. The adjustments are based on results from various regression models projecting the impact of the macroeconomic variables to loss rates. The forecast is used for a reasonable and supportable period before reverting back to historical averages using a straight-line method. The forecast adjusted loss rate is applied to the amortized cost of loans over the remaining contractual lives, adjusted for expected prepayments. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals and modifications unless there is a reasonable expectation that a modification will be executed. Additionally, the allowance for credit
50
Table of Contents
losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecast such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.
In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Market Interest Rates
We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.
Our earnings are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the FRB. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but these changes could also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, the fair values of our financial assets and liabilities and the average duration of our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. In addition, a substantial portion of our loans (approximately 66% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025) have adjustable rates of interest. While the higher payment amounts we would receive on these loans in a rising interest rate environment may increase our interest income, some borrowers may be less able to afford the higher payment amounts, which may result in a higher rate of default. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.
We generally seek to maintain a reasonably neutral position in terms of the volume of assets and liabilities that mature or re-price during any period. As such, we have adopted asset and liability management strategies to attempt to minimize the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix and maturity of fixed-rate and variable-rate loans, investments and funding sources, including interest rate derivatives, so that we may reasonably maintain the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin. However, interest rate fluctuations, the level and shape of the interest rate yield curve, maintaining excess liquidity levels, loan prepayments, loan production and deposit flows are constantly changing and influence the ability to maintain a neutral position. Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining a neutral position and, as a result, our net interest margin may be adversely impacted. For additional information, see Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions outside of our control.
Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our investment securities portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market rates of interest and instability in the credit markets. Any of these mentioned factors could cause an impairment of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and/or results of operations.
Risks Relating to Liquidity
Conditions in the financial markets may limit our access to additional funding to meet our liquidity needs.
Liquidity is essential to our business, as we must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale or pledging as collateral of loans and other assets could have a substantial adverse effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could negatively affect our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or regulatory action
51
Table of Contents
against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole.
Our operations may depend upon our continued ability to access brokered deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and/or Federal Reserve Bank borrowings.
Due to the high level of competition for deposits in our markets, we have from time to time utilized a sizable amount of certificates of deposit obtained through deposit brokers and advances from the FHLBank to help fund our asset base. Brokered deposits are marketed through national brokerage firms that solicit funds from their customers for deposit in banks, including our bank. Brokered deposits and FHLBank advances may generally be more sensitive to changes in interest rates and volatility in the capital markets than retail deposits attracted through our branch network, and our reliance on these sources of funds increases the sensitivity of our portfolio to these external factors. Our brokered deposits and term FHLBank advances totaled $663.4 million and $-0-, respectively, at December 31, 2025, compared with $772.1 million and $-0-, respectively, at December 31, 2024. We had overnight borrowings from the FHLBank of $333.0 and $330.0 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We expect to continue to utilize FHLBank advances and overnight borrowings and brokered deposits from time to time as a supplemental funding source.
Bank regulators can restrict our access to these sources of funds in certain circumstances. For example, if the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios declined below the “well-capitalized” status, banking regulators would require the Bank to obtain their approval prior to obtaining or renewing brokered deposits. The regulators might not approve our acceptance of brokered deposits in amounts that we desire or at all. In addition, the availability of brokered deposits and the rates paid on these brokered deposits may be volatile as the balance of the supply of and the demand for brokered deposits changes. Market credit and liquidity concerns may also impact the availability and cost of brokered deposits. Similarly, FHLBank advances are only available to borrowers that meet certain conditions. If Great Southern were to cease meeting these conditions, our access to FHLBank advances could be significantly reduced or eliminated.
Certain Federal Home Loan Banks, including the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, have experienced lower earnings from time to time and paid out lower dividends to their members. Future problems at the Federal Home Loan Banks may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings extended to its member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by its member banks. If this occurs, our short-term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. Should Great Southern be restricted from using FHLBank advances due to weakness in the system or with the FHLBank of Des Moines, Great Southern may be forced to find alternative funding sources. These alternative funding sources may include the utilization of existing lines of credit with third party banks or the Federal Reserve Bank along with seeking other lines of credit, borrowing under repurchase agreement lines, increasing deposit rates to attract additional funds, accessing additional brokered deposits, or selling loans or investment securities in order to maintain adequate levels of liquidity. At December 31, 2025, the Bank owned $18.4 million of stock in the FHLBank of Des Moines, which declared and paid an annualized dividend approximating 9.75% during the fourth quarter of 2025. The FHLBank of Des Moines may eliminate or reduce dividend payments at any time in the future in order for it to maintain or restore its retained earnings, which would negatively affect our results of operations.
Risks Relating to Future Growth
Our strategy of pursuing acquisitions exposes us to financial, execution and operational risks that could adversely affect us.
We have in the past pursued, and may again in the future pursue, a strategy of supplementing internal growth by acquiring other financial institutions or branches that we believe will help us fulfill our strategic objectives and enhance our earnings. There are risks associated with this strategy, however, including the following:
| ● | We may be exposed to potential asset quality issues or unknown or contingent liabilities of the banks or businesses we acquire. If these issues or liabilities exceed our estimates, our earnings and financial condition may be adversely affected; |
| ● | Prices at which acquisitions can be made fluctuate with market conditions. We have experienced times during which acquisitions could not be made in specific markets at prices our management considered acceptable and expect that we will experience this condition in the future in one or more markets; |
52
Table of Contents
| ● | The acquisition of other entities generally requires integration of systems, procedures and personnel of the acquired entity in order to make the transaction economically feasible. This integration process is complicated and time consuming and can be disruptive to the customers of the acquired business. If the integration process is not conducted successfully and with minimal effect on the acquired business and its customers, we may not realize the anticipated economic benefits of particular acquisitions within the expected time frame or to the extent anticipated, and we may lose customers or employees of the acquired business. We may also experience greater than anticipated customer losses even if the integration process is successful; |
| ● | To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders; and |
| ● | We may not be able to continue to sustain our past rate of growth or to grow at all in the future. We completed two acquisitions in 2009, one acquisition in 2011, one acquisition in 2012, one acquisition in 2014 and opened additional banking offices and commercial loan production offices in recent years that enhanced our rate of growth. Also in 2014, we acquired certain loans, deposits and branches from Boulevard Bank, and in 2016, we completed an acquisition of certain loans, deposits and branches in St. Louis from Fifth Third Bank. |
Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed. If available, the cost of that capital may also be very high.
We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support the growth of our business or to finance acquisitions, if any, or we may elect to raise additional capital for other reasons. Should we be required by regulatory authorities or otherwise elect to raise additional capital, we may seek to do so through the issuance of, among other things, our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock, which could dilute an existing stockholder’s ownership interest in the Company.
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed or desired, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot make assurances of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or desired, or on terms that will be acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed or desired, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.
Risks Relating to Competition
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.
We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, we have grown our business successfully by focusing on our geographic market, expanding into complementary markets and emphasizing the high level of service and responsiveness desired by our customers. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and brokerage firms. Many of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, and many have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors (including certain nationwide banks that have a significant presence in our market areas) may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, and smaller and newer competitors may be more aggressive in terms of pricing loan and deposit products than us in order to obtain a larger share of the market. As we have grown, we have become dependent from time to time on outside funding sources, including funds borrowed from the FHLBank and brokered deposits, where we face nationwide competition. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on insured depositary institutions and their holding companies. As a result, these non-bank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services.
We also experience competition from a variety of institutions outside of our market areas. Some of these institutions conduct business primarily over the Internet and may thus be able to realize certain cost savings and offer products and services at more favorable rates and with greater convenience to the customer.
53
Table of Contents
Risks Relating to Regulation
Our business may be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which we operate, including the various capital adequacy guidelines we are required to meet.
We are subject to extensive federal and state legislation, regulation, examination and supervision. Recently enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, will continue to have, or may have an adverse effect on our business and operations.
Our success depends on our continued ability to maintain compliance with the various regulations to which we are subject. Some of these regulations may increase our costs and thus place other financial institutions in stronger, more favorable competitive positions. We cannot predict what restrictions may be imposed upon us by future legislation. See “Item 1.-The Company -Government Supervision and Regulation” in this Report.
The Company and the Bank are required to meet certain regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements imposed by the FRB, the FDIC and the Missouri Division of Finance. If the Company or the Bank fails to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and could compromise the status of the Company as a financial holding company. See “Item 1.-The Company -Government Supervision and Regulation” in this Report.
We currently exceed thresholds defined in interagency guidance on commercial real estate concentrations, and as such, we may incur additional expense or slow the growth of certain categories of commercial real estate lending.
The federal banking agencies have issued guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending (see “Item 1. Business – Government Supervision and Regulation – Guidance on Commercial Real Estate Concentrations”). For purposes of this guidance, “commercial real estate” includes, among other types, other residential (multi-family) loans and non-owner occupied nonresidential loans, two categories which have been a source of loan growth for the Company. A bank that has experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, has notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate loan, or is approaching or exceeding the following supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory analysis with respect to real estate concentration risk: total loans for construction land development and other land representing 100% or more of the bank’s tier 1 regulatory capital plus the allowance for loan losses includable in total regulatory capital; or total commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) that exceed 300% of the bank’s tier 1 regulatory capital plus the allowance for loan losses includable in total regulatory capital and the bank’s commercial real estate portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Our total commercial real estate loans exceeded the 300% threshold at December 31, 2025.
We may see our non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending grow as a percentage of total regulatory capital, or we may slow the growth of this type of lending activity. Should we continue to grow this category of our loan portfolio, we may incur additional expense to meet increasing supervisory expectations related to this lending activity. If we slow the growth of commercial real estate loans generally, or particular concentrations of borrowers or categories of properties within that definition, we may be negatively impacted in terms of our asset growth, net interest margin and earnings, leverage, or other targets.
Climate change and related legislative and regulatory initiatives may materially affect the Company's business and results of operations.
The effects of climate change continue to raise significant concerns about the state of the environment. Federal and state policy approaches to climate change continue to evolve, and changes in legislative or regulatory priorities could alter the requirements and expectations placed on businesses, including banks, to address climate-related risks.
The lack of empirical data regarding the financial and credit risks posed by climate change makes it difficult to predict its specific impact on our financial condition and results of operations. However, the physical effects of climate change, such as more frequent and severe weather disasters, could directly affect us. For instance, such events may damage real property securing loans in our portfolio or reduce the value of that collateral. If our borrower’s insurance is insufficient to cover these losses or if insurance becomes unavailable, the value of collateral securing our loans could be negatively affected, potentially impacting our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, climate change may adversely affect regional and local economic activity, harming our customers and
54
Table of Contents
the communities in which we operate. Regardless of changes in federal policy, the effects of climate change and their unknown long-term impacts could still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.
In recent years, companies have faced scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds, and influential investors are also focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, health and safety, diversity, labor conditions, and human rights. ESG-related compliance costs could result in increases to our overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements, or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards, could negatively impact our reputation, our ability to do business with certain partners, and our stock price.
Recent changes in the regulatory landscape and shifting federal priorities have moved toward a reduction in emphasis on certain ESG priorities, particularly around climate change and diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DEI”). This shift has led to a rollback of regulations that mandate specific disclosures and operational practices in these areas. However, some stakeholder groups continue to demand greater transparency and action, resulting in a complex and potentially conflicting environment for companies. If regulatory enforcement of ESG-related policies becomes less stringent, companies may face reputational risks if their practices are seen as insufficient or inconsistent with broader societal expectations, especially related to DEI and environmental stewardship. As a result, navigating this evolving regulatory and public opinion landscape may require us to balance compliance with regulatory requirements against maintaining investor, customer, and stakeholder trust.
Risks Relating to Technology and Cybersecurity and Other Operational Matters
Our exposure to operational risks may adversely affect us.
Similar to other financial institutions, we are exposed to many types of operational risk, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, the risk that sensitive customer or Company data is compromised, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors. If any of these risks occur, it could result in material adverse consequences for us.
We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.
Our current and future uses of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and other emerging technologies may create additional risks.
The increasing adoption of AI in financial services presents significant opportunities but also introduces a range of risks that could impact our operations, regulatory compliance, and customer trust. AI introduces model risk, where flawed algorithms or biased data could result in inaccurate credit decisions, compliance violations, or discriminatory outcomes in lending or customer service. Cybersecurity threats, such as data breaches, adversarial attacks, and data poisoning, pose significant challenges, particularly as these systems handle large volumes of sensitive customer information. Additionally, the opaque nature of some AI models, often referred to as “black-box” systems, raises regulatory compliance concerns, as regulators increasingly require transparency and explainability in AI-driven decision-making.
Operational risks also arise from potential system failures, over-reliance on AI, and integration challenges with existing infrastructure. Disruptions in AI systems could impact critical functions such as fraud detection, transaction monitoring, and customer support.
55
Table of Contents
Ethical and reputational risks, including unintended consequences or perceived unfairness in AI-driven decisions, may erode customer trust and expose us to regulatory scrutiny.
Mitigating these risks requires a robust governance framework, regularly testing and auditing of AI models, and strong human oversight. Investments in cybersecurity, data privacy protections, and employee training are critical to managing these risks.
The Company is subject to significant risk if, in the future, it chooses to convert its core or other operating systems and may encounter significant adverse developments.
If the Company replaces its core operating systems, including those for loans, deposits, financials and other ancillary systems (collectively referred to as core system), such systems conversions entail significant operational risks. The core system is used to track customer relationships and accounts and report financial information for the Company. The core system is integrated with various other applications that are used to service customer requests by Bank personnel or directly by customers (such as online banking and mobile applications). Changing the core system would subject the Company to operational risks during and after the conversion, including disruptions to its technology systems, which may adversely impact our customers. The Company has plans, policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the risks of a failure during or after the conversion of our core systems. However, there can be no assurance that any such adverse developments will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be timely and adequately remediated. The ultimate impact of any adverse development could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and possibly financial liability, any of which could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are also subject to security-related risks in connection with our use of technology, and our security measures may not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or to protect us from systems failures or interruptions.
Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business. We use such systems to manage our client relationships, our general ledger and virtually all other aspects of our business. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have a security impact. If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our or our clients’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our clients or counterparties. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. We could also suffer significant reputational damage.
As a service to our clients, we currently offer an Internet PC banking product and a smartphone application for iPhone and Android users. Use of these services involves the transmission of confidential information over public networks. We cannot be sure that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will not result in a compromise or breach in the commercially available encryption and authentication technology that we use to protect our clients’ transaction data. If we were to experience such a breach or compromise, we could suffer losses and reputational damage and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects of our data processing and other operational functions to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of client information through various other vendors and their personnel.
The occurrence of any systems failure or interruption could damage our reputation and result in a loss of clients and business, or could expose us to legal liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
56
Table of Contents
Our controls and procedures may be ineffective.
We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. As a result, we may incur increased costs to maintain and improve our controls and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls or procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Risks Relating to Accounting Matters
Our accounting policies and methods impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Application of these policies and methods may require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances yet might result in our reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported under a different alternative. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the accompanying audited financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report. These accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They may require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.
The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained earnings.
Risks Relating to our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell our common stock when you want or at prices you find attractive.
We cannot predict how our common stock will trade in the future. The market value of our common stock will likely continue to fluctuate in response to a number of factors including the following, most of which are beyond our control, as well as the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:
| ● | actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating and financial results; |
| ● | developments related to investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve us; |
| ● | changes in financial estimates and recommendations by financial analysts; |
| ● | dispositions, acquisitions and financings; |
| ● | actions of our current stockholders, including sales of common stock by existing stockholders and our directors and executive officers; |
| ● | fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors; |
57
Table of Contents
| ● | regulatory developments; and |
| ● | other developments related to the financial services industry. |
The market value of our common stock may also be affected by conditions affecting the financial markets in general, including price and trading fluctuations. These conditions may result in (i) volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in turn, our common stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, in each case that could be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market value of our common stock. Our common stock also has a low average daily trading volume relative to many other stocks, which may limit an investor’s ability to quickly accumulate or divest themselves of large blocks of our stock. This can lead to significant price swings even when a relatively small number of shares are being traded.
There may be future sales of additional shares of common stock or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities. The market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur.
Our board of directors is authorized to cause us to issue additional shares of common stock, as well as classes or series of preferred stock, generally without any action on the part of the stockholders. In addition, the board has the power, generally without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights and preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends or upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our business and other terms. If we issue preferred stock in the future that has a preference over the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, the rights of holders of the common stock or the market value of the common stock could be adversely affected.
Regulatory and contractual restrictions may limit or prevent us from paying dividends on and repurchasing our common stock.
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. is an entity separate and distinct from its principal subsidiary, Great Southern Bank, and derives substantially all of its revenue in the form of dividends from that subsidiary. Accordingly, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. is and will be dependent upon dividends from the Bank to pay the principal of and interest on its indebtedness, to satisfy its other cash needs and to pay dividends on its common stock. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to its ability to earn net income and to meet certain regulatory requirements. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. may not be able to pay dividends on its common stock. Also, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.
As described below in the next risk factor, the terms of our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities prohibit us from paying dividends on or repurchasing our common stock at any time when we have elected to defer the payment of interest on such debt securities or certain events of default under the terms of those debt securities have occurred and are continuing. These restrictions could have a negative effect on the value of our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors could reduce, suspend or eliminate our common stock cash dividend in the future.
If we defer payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities or if certain defaults relating to those debt securities occur, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.
As of December 31, 2025, we had outstanding $25.8 million aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debt securities issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities by one of our subsidiaries that is a statutory business trust. We have also guaranteed those trust preferred securities. The indenture governing the junior subordinated debt securities, together with the related
58
Table of Contents
guarantee, prohibits us, subject to limited exceptions, from declaring or paying any dividends or distributions on, or redeeming, repurchasing, acquiring or making any liquidation payments with respect to, any of our capital stock (including any preferred stock and our common stock) at any time when (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under the indenture or any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default under the indenture; or (ii) we are in default with respect to payment of any obligations under the related guarantee; or (iii) we have deferred payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities. In that regard, we are entitled, at our option but subject to certain conditions, to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities from time to time for up to five years.
Events of default under the indenture generally consist of our failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities under certain circumstances, our failure to pay any principal of or premium on the junior subordinated debt securities when due, our failure to comply with certain covenants under the indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation relating to us or the Bank.
As a result of these provisions, if we were to elect to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities, or if any of the other events described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this risk factor were to occur, we would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on our stock, from redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our stock, and from making any payments to holders of our stock in the event of our liquidation, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock. Moreover, without notice to or consent from our stockholders, we may issue additional series of junior subordinated debt securities in the future with terms similar to those of our existing junior subordinated debt securities or enter into other financing agreements that limit our ability to purchase or to pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock, including our common stock.
The voting limitation provision in our charter could limit your voting rights as a holder of our common stock.
Our charter provides that any person or group who acquires beneficial ownership of our common stock in excess of 10.0% of the outstanding shares may not vote the excess shares. Accordingly, if you acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, your voting rights with respect to the common stock will not be commensurate with your economic interest in the Company.
Anti-takeover provisions could adversely impact our stockholders.
Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the state of Maryland and federal regulations could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of any class of our equity securities, including our common stock. These provisions include: a prohibition on voting shares of common stock beneficially owned in excess of 10% of total shares outstanding, supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations with any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of our outstanding common stock; the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our board of directors, and supermajority voting requirements to remove any of our directors. Our charter also authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, because we are a bank holding company, purchasers of 10% or more of our common stock may be required to obtain approvals under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, or the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (and in certain cases such approvals may be required at a lesser percentage of ownership). Specifically, under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, (a) any other bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire or retain 5% or more of our common stock and (b) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire or retain 10% or more of our common stock.
These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions also could discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our board of directors.
59
Table of Contents
Three members of the Turner family may exert substantial influence over the Company through their board and management positions and their ownership of the Company’s stock.
The Company’s Chairman of the Board, William V. Turner, and the Company’s Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph W. Turner, are father and son, respectively. Julie Turner Brown, a director of the Company, is the sister of Joseph Turner and the daughter of William Turner. These three Turner family members hold three of the Company’s ten Board positions. As of December 31, 2025, they also collectively beneficially owned approximately 2,090,242 shares of the Company’s common stock (excluding 99,826 shares underlying stock options exercisable as of or within 60 days after that date), representing approximately 18.9% of total shares outstanding, though they are subject to the voting limitation provision in our charter which precludes any person or group with beneficial ownership in excess of 10% of total shares outstanding from voting shares in excess of that threshold. Through their board and management positions and their ownership of the Company’s stock, these three members of the Turner family may exert substantial influence over the direction of the Company and the outcome of Board and stockholder votes.
In addition to the Turner family members, we are aware of other beneficial owners of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock. One of these beneficial owners is also a director of the Company.
As of December 31, 2025, one of the Company’s directors, Earl A. Steinert, beneficially owned 939,596 shares of our common stock (excluding 6,000 shares underlying stock options exercisable as of or within 60 days after that date), representing approximately 8.5% of total shares outstanding. The shares that can be voted by the Turner family members (1,106,225 shares as of December 31, 2025, per the ten percent voting limitation in our charter) and the shares beneficially owned by Mr. Steinert (939,596) total 2,045,821, representing approximately 18.5% of total shares outstanding. While they have no agreement to do so, to the extent they vote in the same manner, these stockholders may be able to exercise influence over the management and business affairs of our Company. For example, using their collective voting power, these stockholders may be able to affect the outcome of director elections or block significant transactions, such as a merger or acquisition, or any other matter that might otherwise be favored by other stockholders.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C.CYBERSECURITY
Cybersecurity and Risk Management
IT Risk Management maintains processes for prevention, detection, and mitigation of cybersecurity incidents. The Company maintains an Incident Response Plan (IRP) that covers response and remediation processes for managing cybersecurity incidents.
Engagement of Third Parties
The Company utilizes
60
Table of Contents
Oversight and Identification of Risks Associated with Third Parties
Third Party Risk Management, a component of IT Risk Management, reviews new vendors prior to onboarding to
Risks from Cybersecurity Threats
In the last fiscal year, the Company
Board Oversight
In connection with the board’s oversight of risk management, cybersecurity updates are provided to the board at least quarterly, including, but not limited to, the following materials: Annual Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act Information Security Program (ISP) Report, IT Risk Management and IT Security Metrics, Penetration Testing and Tabletop Exercise updates, IT Risk Assessments, Disaster Recovery Test Results, Third Party Risk Management Metrics, Incident Response Metrics, Security Awareness Training Metrics and additional cybersecurity education topics.
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES.
The Company’s corporate offices and operations center are located in Springfield, Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Company operated 89 retail banking centers and over 200 automated teller machines (“ATMs”) in Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, Kansas, Nebraska and Arkansas. Of the 89 banking centers, the Company owns 85 of its locations and four were leased for various terms. The majority of our banking center locations are in southwest and central Missouri, including the Springfield, Missouri metropolitan area, with additional concentrations in the Sioux City, Iowa; Des Moines, Iowa; Quad Cities, Iowa; Minneapolis; St. Louis and Kansas City, Missouri metropolitan areas. The ATMs are located at various banking centers and primarily convenience stores and retail centers throughout southwest and central Missouri. At December 31, 2025, the Company also operated seven commercial loan production offices and one mortgage loan production office. The Company owns one of its loan production office locations and seven locations are leased. All buildings that are owned are owned free of encumbrances or mortgages. In the opinion of management, the Company’s facilities are adequate and suitable for the Company’s needs. The aggregate net book value of the Company’s premises and equipment was $133.3 million and $132.5 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. See also Note 5 of the accompanying audited financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report.
In January 2026, the Company consolidated operations of its leased Edina, Minn., banking center, located at 3400 W. 66th St., in Edina, Minn., with its banking center at 10880 175th Court in Lakeville, Minn. In the first half of 2026, the Company expects to transition its banking center located at 4700 Mid Rivers Mall Dr. in Cottleville, Mo., to its second drive-thru Express Center location. See “Business Initiatives” section for further discussion of the Company’s banking center changes.
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some of which seek substantial relief or damages. While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, after reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management currently believes that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
One litigation matter in which the Bank is defendant was previously set for trial in the third quarter of 2025. The trial was postponed and has not yet been rescheduled. The court required the plaintiffs to file an amended petition, which they did in October 2025. The Bank has responded to the amended petition by filing a motion to dismiss on various grounds. The plaintiffs allege a breach of
61
Table of Contents
fiduciary duty in this matter. At this stage of the proceeding, it is not possible to predict the outcome. However, the Bank believes it will prevail in this matter, and further believes that any loss should be indemnified, in whole or in part, or shared by others.
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
ITEM 4A.INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K and the instruction to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, the following information is furnished in lieu of being included in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement.
The following information as to the business experience during the past five years is supplied with respect to executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries who are not directors of the Company. There are no arrangements or understandings between the persons named and any other person pursuant to which such officers were selected. The executive officers are elected annually and serve at the discretion of the respective Boards of Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Unless specifically indicated, each individual has held his current position for at least five years.
Kevin L Baker. Mr. Baker, age 58, is Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 2005 and is responsible for the overall credit approval process, the commercial and consumer loan collection process and the loan documentation and servicing processes. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Baker was a lending officer at another commercial bank.
John M. Bugh. Mr. Bugh, age 58, is Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 2011 and is in charge of all loan production for the Bank, including commercial, residential and consumer loans. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Bugh was a lending officer at other commercial banks and was an examiner for the FDIC.
Rex A. Copeland. Mr. Copeland, age 61, is Treasurer of the Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 2000 and is responsible for the financial functions of the Company, including the internal and external financial reporting of the Company and its subsidiaries. Mr. Copeland previously practiced as a Certified Public Accountant. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Copeland served other financial services companies in the areas of corporate accounting, internal audit and independent public accounting.
Mark A. Maples. Mr. Maples, age 62, is Assistant Secretary of the Company, Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank, Bank Secrecy Act Officer. He joined the Bank in 2005 and is responsible for all operations functions of the Bank. Prior to assuming his current responsibilities in 2021, Mr. Maples most recently served as the Managing Director of BSA and Loss Prevention of the Bank since 2006. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Maples, who has been in the banking industry since 1982, held leadership roles at other commercial financial institutions with experience in retail, data/item processing, compliance/risk management and deposit operations.
PART II
ITEM 5. | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. |
Market Information
The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GSBC.”
As of December 31, 2025, there were 11,062,252 total shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 2,000 stockholders of record.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent on the dividend payments it receives from the Bank. For a description of the regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders, see “Item 1. Business – Government Supervision and Regulation – Dividends.”
62
Table of Contents
Stock Repurchases
In November 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. This program, which did not have an expiration date, was completed during the three months ended September 30, 2025.
In April 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to an additional 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. This program does not have an expiration date. The authorization of this program became effective during the three months ended September 30, 2025, upon completion of the previously authorized repurchase program.
From time to time, the Company may utilize a pre-arranged trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to repurchase its shares under its repurchase programs.
The following table provides information regarding the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2025.
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | Total Number | | Maximum |
| | | | | | | of Shares | | Number of |
| | Total Number | | | Average | | Purchased as | | Shares that May |
| | of Shares | | | Price | | Part of Publicly | | Yet Be Purchased |
| | Purchased | | | Per Share | | Announced Program | | Under the Program (1) |
October 1, 2025 – October 31, 2025 |
| 72,000 |
| $ | 58.731 |
| 72,000 |
| 856,771 |
November 1, 2025 – November 30, 2025 |
| 116,019 |
| | 58.163 |
| 116,019 |
| 740,752 |
December 1, 2025 – December 31, 2025 |
| 53,282 |
| | 62.680 |
| 53,282 |
| 687,470 |
|
| 241,301 |
| | 59.330 |
| 241,301 | | |
| (1) | Amount represents the number of shares available to be repurchased under the then-current program as of the last calendar day of the month shown. |
63
Table of Contents
ITEM 6.RESERVED
ITEM 7. | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
The following sets forth selected consolidated financial information and other financial data of the Company. The summary statement of financial condition information and statement of income information are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP. See Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Information.” Results for past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | |||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Summary Statement of Financial Condition Information: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Assets | | $ | 5,598,606 | | $ | 5,981,628 | | $ | 5,812,402 | | $ | 5,680,702 | | $ | 5,449,944 |
Loans receivable, net | |
| 4,363,691 | |
| 4,697,330 | |
| 4,595,469 | |
| 4,511,647 | |
| 4,016,235 |
Allowance for credit losses on loans | |
| 64,771 | |
| 64,760 | |
| 64,670 | |
| 63,480 | |
| 60,754 |
Available-for-sale securities | |
| 523,831 | |
| 533,373 | |
| 478,207 | |
| 490,592 | |
| 501,032 |
Held-to-maturity securities | | | 179,200 | | | 187,433 | | | 195,023 | | | 202,495 | | | — |
Other real estate and repossessions, net | |
| 6,036 | |
| 5,993 | |
| 23 | |
| 233 | |
| 2,087 |
Deposits | |
| 4,482,774 | |
| 4,605,549 | |
| 4,721,708 | |
| 4,684,910 | |
| 4,552,101 |
Total borrowings and other interest- bearing liabilities | |
| 405,169 | |
| 679,341 | |
| 423,806 | |
| 366,481 | |
| 238,713 |
Stockholders’ equity (retained earnings substantially restricted) | |
| 636,126 | |
| 599,568 | |
| 571,829 | |
| 533,087 | |
| 616,752 |
Common stockholders’ equity | |
| 636,126 | |
| 599,568 | |
| 571,829 | |
| 533,087 | |
| 616,752 |
Average loans receivable | |
| 4,633,992 | |
| 4,716,533 | |
| 4,631,856 | |
| 4,386,042 | |
| 4,274,176 |
Average total assets | |
| 5,814,609 | |
| 5,886,214 | |
| 5,719,196 | |
| 5,519,790 | |
| 5,502,356 |
Average deposits | |
| 4,679,098 | |
| 4,681,660 | |
| 4,754,310 | |
| 4,607,363 | |
| 4,539,740 |
Average stockholders’ equity | |
| 623,749 | |
| 585,960 | |
| 550,920 | |
| 565,173 | |
| 627,516 |
Number of deposit accounts | |
| 225,750 | |
| 228,885 | |
| 230,697 | |
| 232,688 | |
| 229,942 |
Number of full-service offices | |
| 89 | |
| 89 | |
| 90 | |
| 92 | |
| 93 |
64
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | For the Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | |||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||
Summary Statement of Income Information: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Interest income: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Loans | | $ | 285,460 | | $ | 297,176 | | $ | 271,952 | | $ | 205,751 | | $ | 186,269 |
Investment securities and other | |
| 28,272 | |
| 27,522 | |
| 24,883 | |
| 21,226 | |
| 12,404 |
| |
| 313,732 | |
| 324,698 | |
| 296,835 | |
| 226,977 | |
| 198,673 |
Interest expense: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Deposits | |
| 94,137 | |
| 109,705 | |
| 88,757 | |
| 20,676 | |
| 13,102 |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | |
| 1,160 | |
| 1,407 | |
| 1,205 | |
| 324 | |
| 37 |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLBank borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | |
| 14,640 | |
| 18,222 | |
| 7,500 | |
| 1,066 | |
| — |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| 1,547 | |
| 1,798 | |
| 1,736 | |
| 875 | |
| 448 |
Subordinated notes | |
| 2,015 | |
| 4,423 | |
| 4,422 | |
| 4,422 | |
| 7,165 |
| |
| 113,499 | |
| 135,555 | |
| 103,620 | |
| 27,363 | |
| 20,752 |
Net interest income | |
| 200,233 | |
| 189,143 | |
| 193,215 | |
| 199,614 | |
| 177,921 |
Provision (credit) for credit losses on loans | |
| — | |
| 1,700 | |
| 2,250 | |
| 3,000 | |
| (6,700) |
Provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | | | 45 | | | 1,016 | | | (5,329) | | | 3,187 | | | 939 |
Net interest income after provision (credit) for credit losses and provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | |
| 200,188 | |
| 186,427 | |
| 196,294 | |
| 193,427 | |
| 183,682 |
Non-interest income: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Commissions | |
| 1,626 | |
| 1,227 | |
| 1,153 | |
| 1,208 | |
| 1,263 |
Overdraft and insufficient funds fees | |
| 5,182 | |
| 5,140 | |
| 7,617 | |
| 7,872 | |
| 6,686 |
POS and ATM fee income and service charges | |
| 13,202 | |
| 13,586 | |
| 14,346 | |
| 15,705 | |
| 15,029 |
Net gain on loan sales | |
| 3,272 | |
| 3,779 | |
| 2,354 | |
| 2,584 | |
| 9,463 |
Net realized loss on sales of available-for-sale securities | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| (130) | |
| — |
Late charges and fees on loans | |
| 1,193 | |
| 512 | |
| 786 | |
| 1,182 | |
| 1,434 |
Gain (loss) on derivative interest rate products | |
| (62) | |
| (58) | |
| (337) | |
| 321 | |
| 312 |
Other income | |
| 4,639 | |
| 6,379 | |
| 4,154 | |
| 5,399 | |
| 4,130 |
| |
| 29,052 | |
| 30,565 | |
| 30,073 | |
| 34,141 | |
| 38,317 |
Non-interest expense: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Salaries and employee benefits | |
| 79,963 | |
| 78,599 | |
| 78,521 | |
| 75,300 | |
| 70,290 |
Net occupancy and equipment expense | |
| 35,297 | |
| 32,118 | |
| 30,834 | |
| 28,471 | |
| 29,163 |
Postage | |
| 3,565 | |
| 3,329 | |
| 3,590 | |
| 3,379 | |
| 3,164 |
Insurance | |
| 4,448 | |
| 4,622 | |
| 4,542 | |
| 3,197 | |
| 3,061 |
Advertising | |
| 2,929 | |
| 3,124 | |
| 3,396 | |
| 3,261 | |
| 3,072 |
Office supplies and printing | |
| 953 | |
| 1,008 | |
| 1,057 | |
| 867 | |
| 848 |
Telephone | |
| 2,797 | |
| 2,772 | |
| 2,730 | |
| 3,170 | |
| 3,458 |
Legal, audit and other professional fees | |
| 4,166 | |
| 5,399 | |
| 7,086 | |
| 6,330 | |
| 6,555 |
Expense (income) on other real estate and repossessions | |
| (518) | |
| (304) | |
| 311 | |
| 359 | |
| 627 |
Intangible asset amortization | |
| 434 | |
| 433 | |
| 286 | |
| 768 | |
| 863 |
Other operating expenses | |
| 7,909 | |
| 10,395 | |
| 8,670 | |
| 8,264 | |
| 6,534 |
| |
| 141,943 | |
| 141,495 | |
| 141,023 | |
| 133,366 | |
| 127,635 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income before income taxes | |
| 87,297 | |
| 75,497 | |
| 85,344 | |
| 94,202 | |
| 94,364 |
Provision for income taxes | |
| 16,324 | |
| 13,690 | |
| 17,544 | |
| 18,254 | |
| 19,737 |
Net income | | $ | 70,973 | | $ | 61,807 | | $ | 67,800 | | $ | 75,948 | | $ | 74,627 |
65
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | At or For the Year Ended December 31, |
| |||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||
| | (Number of Shares In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||
Performance Data and Ratios: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Per Common Share Data: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | | |
Basic earnings per common share | | $ | 6.23 | | $ | 5.28 | | $ | 5.65 | | $ | 6.07 | | $ | 5.50 | |
Diluted earnings per common share | |
| 6.19 | |
| 5.26 | |
| 5.61 | |
| 6.02 | |
| 5.46 | |
Cash dividends declared | |
| 1.66 | |
| 1.60 | |
| 1.60 | |
| 1.56 | |
| 1.40 | |
Book value per common share | |
| 57.50 | |
| 51.14 | |
| 48.44 | |
| 43.58 | |
| 46.98 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Average shares outstanding | |
| 11,397 | |
| 11,695 | |
| 11,992 | |
| 12,517 | |
| 13,558 | |
Year-end actual shares outstanding | |
| 11,062 | |
| 11,724 | |
| 11,804 | |
| 12,231 | |
| 13,128 | |
Average fully diluted shares outstanding | |
| 11,457 | |
| 11,755 | |
| 12,080 | |
| 12,607 | |
| 13,674 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings Performance Ratios: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Return on average assets(1) | |
| 1.22 | % |
| 1.05 | % |
| 1.19 | % |
| 1.38 | % |
| 1.36 | % |
Return on average stockholders’ equity(2) | |
| 11.38 | |
| 10.55 | |
| 12.31 | |
| 13.44 | |
| 11.89 | |
Non-interest income to average total assets | |
| 0.50 | |
| 0.52 | |
| 0.53 | |
| 0.62 | |
| 0.70 | |
Non-interest expense to average total assets | |
| 2.44 | |
| 2.40 | |
| 2.47 | |
| 2.42 | |
| 2.32 | |
Average interest rate spread(3) | |
| 3.10 | |
| 2.76 | |
| 2.97 | |
| 3.59 | |
| 3.22 | |
Year-end interest rate spread | |
| 3.18 | |
| 2.86 | |
| 2.78 | |
| 3.63 | |
| 3.20 | |
Net interest margin(4) | |
| 3.67 | |
| 3.42 | |
| 3.57 | |
| 3.80 | |
| 3.37 | |
Efficiency ratio(5) | |
| 61.91 | |
| 64.40 | |
| 63.16 | |
| 57.05 | |
| 59.03 | |
Net overhead ratio(6) | |
| 1.94 | |
| 1.88 | |
| 1.94 | |
| 1.80 | |
| 1.62 | |
Common dividend pay-out ratio(7) | |
| 26.82 | |
| 30.42 | |
| 28.52 | |
| 25.91 | |
| 25.64 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Asset Quality Ratios: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Allowance for credit losses/year-end loans | |
| 1.46 | % |
| 1.36 | % |
| 1.39 | % |
| 1.39 | % |
| 1.49 | % |
Non-performing assets/year-end loans and foreclosed assets | |
| 0.18 | |
| 0.20 | |
| 0.25 | |
| 0.08 | |
| 0.15 | |
Allowance for credit losses/non-performing loans | |
| 3,093.15 | |
| 1,812.48 | |
| 550.48 | |
| 1,729.69 | |
| 1,120.31 | |
Net charge-offs (recoveries)/average loans | |
| (0.00) | |
| 0.03 | |
| 0.02 | |
| 0.01 | |
| 0.00 | |
Gross non-performing assets/year end assets | |
| 0.15 | |
| 0.16 | |
| 0.20 | |
| 0.07 | |
| 0.11 | |
Non-performing loans/year-end loans | |
| 0.05 | |
| 0.07 | |
| 0.25 | |
| 0.08 | |
| 0.13 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance Sheet Ratios: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Loans to deposits | |
| 97.34 | % |
| 101.99 | % |
| 97.33 | % |
| 96.30 | % |
| 88.23 | % |
Average interest-earning assets as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities | |
| 127.44 | |
| 126.98 | |
| 131.11 | |
| 140.32 | |
| 139.94 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Capital Ratios: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Average common stockholders’ equity to average assets | |
| 10.7 | % |
| 10.0 | % |
| 9.6 | % |
| 10.2 | % |
| 11.4 | % |
Year-end tangible common stockholders’ equity to tangible assets(8) | |
| 11.2 | |
| 9.9 | |
| 9.7 | |
| 9.2 | |
| 11.2 | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Tier 1 capital ratio | |
| 14.1 | |
| 12.8 | |
| 12.4 | |
| 11.0 | |
| 13.4 | |
Total capital ratio | |
| 15.3 | |
| 15.4 | |
| 15.2 | |
| 13.5 | |
| 16.3 | |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | |
| 12.2 | |
| 11.2 | |
| 11.0 | |
| 10.6 | |
| 11.3 | |
Common equity Tier 1 ratio | |
| 13.6 | |
| 12.3 | |
| 11.9 | |
| 10.6 | |
| 12.9 | |
Great Southern Bank: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Tier 1 capital ratio | |
| 13.0 | |
| 12.6 | |
| 13.1 | |
| 11.9 | |
| 14.1 | |
Total capital ratio | |
| 14.3 | |
| 13.9 | |
| 14.3 | |
| 13.1 | |
| 15.4 | |
Tier 1 leverage ratio | |
| 11.3 | |
| 11.0 | |
| 11.6 | |
| 11.5 | |
| 11.9 | |
Common equity Tier 1 ratio | |
| 13.0 | |
| 12.6 | |
| 13.1 | |
| 11.9 | |
| 14.1 | |
| (1) | Net income divided by average total assets. |
| (2) | Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity. |
| (3) | Yield on average interest-earning assets less rate on average interest-bearing liabilities. |
| (4) | Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. |
| (5) | Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income. |
| (6) | Non-interest expense less non-interest income divided by average total assets. |
| (7) | Cash dividends per common share divided by earnings per common share. |
| (8) | Non-GAAP Financial Measure. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, see “– Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” |
66
Table of Contents
Forward-looking Statements
When used in this Annual Report and in other documents filed or furnished by Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) with or to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in the Company’s press releases or other public or stockholder communications, and in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “may,” “might,” “could,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “intends” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements also include, but are not limited to, statements regarding plans, objectives, expectations or consequences of announced transactions, known trends and statements about future performance, operations, products and services of the Company. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effects of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain, and the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements.
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to: (i) expected revenues, cost savings, earnings accretion, synergies and other benefits from the Company’s merger and acquisition activities might not be realized within the anticipated time frames or at all, and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected; (ii) changes in economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas; (iii) the effects of any new or continuing public health issues on general economic and financial market conditions; (iv) fluctuations in interest rates, the effects of inflation or a potential recession, whether caused by Federal Reserve actions or otherwise; (v) the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; (vi) slower or negative economic growth caused by tariffs,changes in energy prices, supply chain disruptions or other factors; (vii) the risks of lending and investing activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; (viii) the possibility of realized or unrealized losses on securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio; (ix) the Company’s ability to access cost-effective funding and maintain sufficient liquidity; (x) fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; (xi) the ability to adapt successfully to technological changes to meet customers’ needs and developments in the marketplace; (xii) the possibility that security measures implemented might not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or cyber theft, and that such security measures might not protect against systems failures or interruptions; (xiii) legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business; (xiv) changes in accounting policies and practices or accounting standards; (xv) results of examinations of the Company and the Bank by their regulators, including the possibility that the regulators may, among other things, require the Company to limit its business activities, change its business mix, increase its allowance for credit losses, write-down assets or increase its capital levels, or affect its ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect its liquidity and earnings; (xvi) costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; (xvii) competition; and (xviii) natural disasters, war, terrorist activities or civil unrest and their effects on economic and business environments in which the Company operates. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above and other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including, without limitation, those described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and other documents filed or furnished from time to time by the Company with the SEC (which are available on our website at www.greatsouthernbank.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov), could affect the Company’s financial performance and cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.
The Company does not undertake-and specifically declines any obligation- to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.
Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
67
Table of Contents
Allowance for Credit Losses and Valuation of Foreclosed Assets
The Company believes that the determination of the allowance for credit losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for credit losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is measured using an average historical loss model that incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics, including borrower type, collateral and repayment types and expected credit loss patterns. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily classified loans with a balance of $100,000 or more, are evaluated on an individual basis.
For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, average historical loss rates are calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. Lookback periods can be different based on the individual pool and represent management’s credit expectations for the pool of loans over the remaining contractual life. In certain loan pools, if the Company’s own historical loss rate is not reflective of the loss expectations, the historical loss rate is augmented by industry and peer data. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given economic forecasts of key macroeconomic variables including, but not limited to, unemployment rate, GDP, commercial real estate price index, consumer sentiment and construction spending. The adjustments are based on results from various regression models projecting the impact of the macroeconomic variables to loss rates. The forecast is used for a reasonable and supportable period before reverting to historical averages using a straight-line method. The forecast-adjusted loss rate is applied to the principal balance over the remaining contractual lives, adjusted for expected prepayments. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals and modifications. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecasts such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.
The Company measures the allowance for credit losses under ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, referred to as the CECL methodology. See Note 3 to the accompanying financial statements contained in Item 8 of this Report for additional information. Inherent in this process is the evaluation and risk assessment of individual credit relationships. From time to time, certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to changes in payment performance, cash flow of the borrower, value of collateral, or other factors. Due to these changing circumstances, management may revise its loss estimates and assumptions for these specific credits. In some cases, losses may be realized; in other instances, the factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released from the particular credit.
In addition, the Company recognizes that the determination of the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of foreclosed assets reflects management’s best estimate of the amount to be realized from the sale of the assets. While the estimate is generally based on a valuation by an independent appraiser or recent sales of similar properties, the amount that the Company realizes from the sale of the assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in the financial statements, resulting in gains or losses that could materially impact earnings in future periods.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a process that estimates the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units compared with its carrying value. The Company defines reporting units as a level below each of its operating segments for which there is discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had one reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated – the Bank. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then no impairment is recorded. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, further testing is completed comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. Intangible assets that are not amortized are tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair values of those assets to their carrying values. At December 31, 2025, goodwill consisted of $5.4 million at the Bank reporting unit, which included goodwill of $4.2 million that was recorded during 2016 related to the acquisition of 12 branches and the assumption of related deposits
68
Table of Contents
in the St. Louis market. Other identifiable deposit intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of seven years and have been fully amortized.
In April 2022, the Company, through its subsidiary Great Southern Bank, entered into a naming rights agreement with Missouri State University related to the main arena on the university’s campus in Springfield, Missouri. The terms of the agreement provide the naming rights to Great Southern Bank for a total cost of $5.5 million, to be paid over a period of seven years. The Company expects to amortize the naming rights intangible assets through non-interest expense over a period not to exceed 15 years.
At December 31, 2025, the amortizable intangible assets consisted of the arena naming rights of $4.3 million. The amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value. See Note 1 to the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information.
Based on the Company’s qualitative goodwill impairment testing, management does not believe any of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets were impaired as of December 31, 2025. While management believes no impairment existed at December 31, 2025, different conditions or assumptions used to measure fair value of the reporting unit, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation in the future.
Current Economic Conditions
Changes in economic conditions could cause the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the Company’s financial statements to fluctuate rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments to asset values, the allowance for credit losses, or capital that could negatively affect the Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Following the housing and mortgage crisis and correction beginning in mid-2007, the United States entered an economic downturn. Unemployment rose from 4.7% in November 2007 to peak at 10.0% in October 2009. Economic conditions improved in the subsequent years, as indicated by higher consumer confidence levels, increased economic activity and low unemployment levels. The U.S. economy continued to operate at historically strong levels until the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, which severely affected tourism, labor markets, business travel, immigration, and the global supply chain, among other areas. The economy plunged into recession in the first quarter of 2020, as efforts to contain the spread of the coronavirus forced all but essential business activity, or any work that could not be done from home, to stop, shuttering factories, restaurants, entertainment, sporting events, retail shops, personal services, and more.
More than 22 million jobs were lost in March and April 2020 as businesses closed their doors or reduced their operations, sending employees home on furlough or layoffs. With uncertain incomes and limited buying opportunities, consumer spending plummeted. As a result, gross domestic product (GDP), the broadest measure of the nation’s economic output, plunged. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), a fiscal relief bill passed by Congress and signed by the President in March 2020, injected approximately $3 trillion into the economy through direct payments to individuals and loans to small businesses intended to help keep employees on their payroll, fueling a historic bounce-back in economic activity.
Total fiscal support to the economy throughout the pandemic, including the CARES Act, the American Rescue Plan of March 2021, and several smaller fiscal packages, totaled well over $5 trillion. The amount of this support was equal to almost 25% of pre-pandemic 2019 GDP and approximately three times the level of support provided during the global financial crisis of 2007-2008.
Additionally, the Federal Reserve acted decisively by slashing its benchmark interest rate to near zero and ensuring credit availability to businesses, households, and municipal governments. The Federal Reserve’s efforts largely insulated the financial system from the problems in the economy, a significant difference from the financial crisis of 2007-2008. Purchases of Treasury and agency mortgage-backed securities totaling $120 billion each month by the Federal Reserve commenced shortly after the pandemic began. In November 2021, the Federal Reserve began to taper its quantitative easing (QE), winding down its bond purchases with its final open market purchase conducted on March 9, 2022. The federal government deficit was $2.8 trillion in fiscal 2021, close to $1.4 trillion in fiscal 2022, and $1.7 trillion in fiscal 2023. The Federal Reserve aggressively raised the federal funds interest rates from early 2022 through mid - 2023, pushing the federal funds rate to more than 5.50%, its highest level in 22 years. The Federal Reserve’s actions were motivated by surging inflation in 2021 caused by pandemic-fueled spending, which outpaced the ability of producers to supply goods and services after having been impacted by COVID-related shutdowns and clogged transportation systems. The Federal Reserve made some headway in its attempt to force inflation down. The federal funds rate range was between 5.25% to 5.50% until mid-September
69
Table of Contents
2024. The target range decreased in December 2025 to 3.50%-3.75%. The Federal Reserve’s action in December 2025 represented the third consecutive rate cut in the latter part of 2025 and 1.75% in total cuts from September 2024.
The personal consumption expenditures (PCE) price index, the Federal Reserve’s preferred measure of inflation, eased from its peak of 7.1% in June 2022 to 2.9% in December 2023. At December 31, 2025, Core PCE, which excludes food and energy prices, rose 3.0% from one year ago, above the Federal Reserve’s target of 2%.
Based on Moody’s U.S. Baseline Outlook and Alternative Scenarios Analysis dated January 2026, real GDP grew in the 3rd quarter of 2025 by 4.3% annualized. The new January outlook on GDP growth for 2026 and 2027 is 2.6% and 1.5%, respectively, which is an increase for 2026 from December’s projection of 2.1% and a decrease for 2027, which was 1.9%.
Employment
The national unemployment rate decreased slightly to 4.4% for December 2025 compared to 4.6% for November 2025. The number of unemployed individuals was 7.5 million as of December 2025. Healthcare, social assistance, food services and drinking places and nonfarm payroll employment contributed 115,000 of total job gains in December 2025.
As of December 2025, the labor force participation rate (the share of working-age Americans employed or actively looking for a job) remained stable at 62.4%. The unemployment rate for the Midwest, where the Company conducts most of its business, was unchanged from November 2025 to December 2025 at 4.1 %. Unemployment rates for December 2025 in the states where the Company has a branch or a loan production office were: Arizona at 4.3%, Arkansas at 4.2%, Colorado at 3.8%, Georgia at 3.6%, Illinois at 4.6%, Iowa at 3.5%, Kansas at 3.8%, Minnesota at 4.1%, Missouri at 3.9%, Nebraska at 3.0%, North Carolina at 3.9%, and Texas at 4.3%. These rates were relatively unchanged for a majority of the states compared to November 2025.
Single Family Housing
Existing-home sales increased 5.1% in December 2025, compared to November 2025, to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 4.35 million; year-over-year existing home sales increased 1.4%. In the Midwest, existing-home sales slowed to 2.0% in December 2025 at an annual rate of 2.02 million, up 3.6% from one year earlier.
The median existing-home sales price rose 0.4% from December 2024 to $405,400 in December 2025. The median price in the Midwest was $306,000, up 3.1% from December 2024. The South and West regions reported median price decreases when compared to the prior year of 0.3% and 1.4%, respectively.
Total housing inventory registered at the end of December 2025 was 1.18 million units, down 18.1% from November 2025 and up 3.5% from one year ago. Unsold inventory sat at a 3.3-month supply at the end of December 2025, down from 4.2 months in November 2025 and up 3.2 months in December 2024.
New home construction dropped precipitously after the financial crisis of 2007-2008 and has yet to fully recover. Issues contributing to the country’s current housing shortage include increasing labor and materials costs, availability of building materials, increased interest rates and tighter lending underwriting standards. Single-family housing starts in December 2025 were at a rate of 981,000, 4.1% above the revised figure for November 2025 of $942,000.
Sales of new single‐family houses in December 2025 were at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 745,000 according to the U.S. Census Bureau and the Department of Housing and Urban Development. This was 1.7% below the November 2025 rate of 758,000 and 3.8% above the December 2024 rate of 718,000.
The median sales price of new houses sold in December 2025 was $414,400. This is 4.2% above the November 2025 median price of $397,600. The seasonally‐adjusted estimate of new houses for sale at the end of December 2025 represented a supply of 7.6 months at the current sales rate.
According to Freddie Mac, the average commitment rate for a 30-year, fixed-rate mortgage was 6.09% as of January 22, 2026, down from 6.96% one year ago.
70
Table of Contents
Other Residential (Multi-Family) Housing and Commercial Real Estate
According to CoStar, the U.S. apartment market's supply-demand dynamic is ready for a rebalancing. Net deliveries in the fourth quarter of 2025 fell below 100,000 units, a decline of more than 30% from the same period a year earlier. After compressing slightly in the first half of 2025, vacancy increased in the second half of the year to its current rate of 8.6%. This prolonged imbalance signals a combination of cooling renter demand and lingering elevated new construction, which will keep vacancy high in the near term. Vacancy rates increased among quality segments, rising to 11.2% for 4- and 5-Star buildings, 8.1 % among 3 Star buildings and 6.1% for 1- & 2-Star buildings. Absorption in upcoming quarters is expected to slowly chip away at the nation's overall vacancy rate, which is forecast to decline from 8.5% at year-end 2025 to 8.4% by the fourth quarter of 2026. While overall vacancy is expected to decline in 2026, stabilized vacancy is forecast to inch upward through the first quarter of 2027, reflecting ongoing efforts to absorb the supply overhang built up over the past two years. This separation, easing overall vacancy alongside continually elevated stabilized vacancy, suggests rent growth improvement may be gradual, with its pace tempered by softness in stabilized communities.
Per CoStar, developers pushed supply to a 40-year high in 2024, with annual net deliveries peaking above 700,000 units in the fourth quarter. Annual supply fell by 25% in 2025 to approximately 523,000 units and is expected to decline by more than 36% in 2026 to approximately 333,000 units, the lowest level since 2014. The effect of the slowdown is not symmetrical across the nation. Phoenix, Atlanta, Houston, and Austin are forecasting significant delivery/supply cuts. Under-construction volumes also fell sharply in the fourth quarter of 2025, including declines of nearly 2,000 units in Austin, and notable reductions in Phoenix. On the opposite side of the spectrum, eleven of the largest 50 markets posted year-over-year increases in deliveries in 2025, with Los Angeles, Boston, and Columbus among the markets with rising supply. Miami and Charlotte lead nationally, with more than 8 percent of existing inventory under construction, the highest ratios in the country per CoStar.
Sale transaction activity, which contracted sharply beginning in 2022, has not only stabilized but accelerated, closing 2025 at approximately $135 billion. The rebound reflects a convergence of easing credit conditions, improved liquidity, and investor expectations after three Federal Reserve rate cuts in 2025. Private investors accounted for more than half of acquisitions in 2025, while institutional managers represented roughly one-quarter. This mixture of buyers illustrates a market where private capital is ample and the most likely to execute value-add and opportunistic strategies, while institutional funding remains selective, favoring cash-flowing strategies in supply constrained submarkets.
Our market areas reflected the following apartment vacancy levels as of December 2025: Springfield, Missouri at 7.0%, St. Louis at 10.4%, Kansas City at 9.1%, Minneapolis at 6.5%, Dallas-Fort Worth at 12.1%, Chicago at 5%, Atlanta at 11.6%, Phoenix at 12.4%, Denver at 12.1% and Charlotte, North Carolina at 12.1%.
An uncertain economic outlook dampened the office sector’s momentum through 2025. The national vacancy rate remained at its all-time high at 14.1% at December 31, 2025. On an encouraging note, supply growth has diminished to a historically low level. Net absorption turned positive in each of the final two quarters of 2025, offsetting occupancy losses earlier in the year. Given the overall improvement in performance, the CoStar forecast anticipates a vacancy plateau through 2026, followed by a gradual decrease. Rent growth is expected to strengthen in 2026, led by premium and Class A buildings.
The demand recovery is complex and variable both across and within the country's major cities, according to CoStar. Only about half of major metro areas have posted occupancy gains in the past 12 months, a historically unique occurrence which indicates the fragmented nature of the market. One obstacle to recovery is the stalling out of office using job growth. The hiring slowdown has been mitigated somewhat by a meaningful increase in office attendance. However, much return-to-office momentum seems to be driven by an increase in in-office work by "hybrid" employees. These attendance and employment trends are now interacting with a lack of desirable new supply in many markets to bring availability meaningfully down. The overall national rate has fallen 100 basis points from its peak at 16.5% in early 2024, with four- and five-star buildings seeing even sharper declines. Slowing construction is a major factor, and one result is that there are now approximately 60 fewer Class A buildings in major markets able to accommodate requirements of 100,000 square feet than there were at the start of 2025.
CoStar reported office asking rents have risen little for approximately the past 5 years. Outside of premium buildings and a few strong warm-weather markets, CoStar projects that effective rents are likely to remain stagnant for the next 12 to 18 months even as nominal rates begin to pick back up.
71
Table of Contents
Investment activity continued to build during 2025, with sales volume reaching $58 billion, a 26% increase from the prior year. The number of office deals that traded during the year were double digits above last year's pace. Even as fundamentals remain fluid, investors are monitoring a potential change in leasing demand. The latter half of 2025 posted the first positive net absorption since 2021 just as the national vacancy rate reached its projected peak. The next several quarters may prove to be a pivotal time for restoring confidence in the office market. If current projections play out, the market could witness the convergence of peaking vacancies, steady leasing activity, a trough in rent growth, and accelerating capital flows. At the same time, the climb in CMBS delinquency rates in recent years is a good reminder that the office recovery is in early stages and will require a multi-year period of incremental progress to fully regain its footing.
As of December 2025, national office vacancy rates remained stable at 14.1%, while our market areas reflected the following vacancy levels: Springfield, Missouri at 4.0%, St. Louis at 10.7%, Kansas City at 10.5%, Minneapolis at 11.8%, Dallas-Fort Worth at 17.9%, Chicago at 17.3%, Atlanta at 16.8%, Denver at 18.1%, Phoenix at 16.4% and Charlotte, North Carolina at 14.2%.
The U.S. retail market experienced a challenging first half of 2025 with store closures and increased bankruptcy filings since 2020. The sector had a positive turn starting in the third quarter of 2025 that continued into the fourth quarter of 2025 with clear signs of stabilization and renewed momentum. The combination of low space availability, steady demand from a diverse array of areas, and minimal new supply should limit the magnitude of any vacancy expansion. The updated forecast calls for move-ins to rise further in the fourth quarter, supporting a stable to improving outlook for absorption and rents. While the balance of risks remains tilted to the downside, the sector's supply-constrained nature and the ongoing shift toward service and experience-based retail continue to reinforce expectations for steady long-term performance.
The share of available space leased each quarter remains elevated, and the median time to lease fell to a new historic low of under 7 months in the third quarter of 2025 (down from 7.3 months for the year and 7.5 months in the first quarter of 2025). Store closures, while a drag on net demand, have provided much-needed supply for expanding tenants. Costar market participants reported exceptionally strong backfill demand for spaces as they became available, with some landlords achieving rent increases of 40% or more on newly leased units. Leasing activity remained limited in number but meaningful in square footage. The following notable entities signed for more than 200,000 SF over the course of the year for 2025, demonstrating that well-located, large format space continues to attract demand when available: Crunch Fitness, The Picklr, Burlington, Hobby Lobby, and Academy Sports.
Rent growth moderated over the course of 2025, reflecting a normalization from the rapid gains seen in the prior two years. Rent performance continues to diverge across markets and segments. Metros in the South and West with strong population and income growth such as Austin, Dallas, and Orlando are outperforming, with annual rent gains of 3–5% or more. In contrast, supply-heavy and slow-growth markets, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest, have lagged, with some even experiencing negative rent growth. High-cost coastal markets are also contending with elevated pass-through costs and slower demand formation, contributing to a performance gap. Looking ahead, rent growth is expected to remain restrained over the next several quarters as the market works through the backlog of space from recent closures. However, much of this space is expected to backfill quickly given the persistent shortage of quality inventory and minimal new construction. As a result, rent growth is forecast to remain in line with recent historical averages. Smaller, well-located spaces and fast-growing metros are expected to continue outperforming, while assets in slower-growth markets face ongoing challenges.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, national retail vacancy rates remained steady at 4.3% while our market areas reflected the following vacancy levels: Springfield, Missouri at 2.4%, St. Louis at 4%, Kansas City at 4.3%, Minneapolis at 2.7%, Dallas-Fort Worth at 4.9%, Chicago at 4.9%, Atlanta at 4.3%, Phoenix at 4.6%, Denver at 4.2%, and Charlotte, North Carolina at 3.2%.
Current U.S. industrial market performance continues to favor the tenant, reporting a decade-long high vacancy rate of 7.5%. Deliveries continued to outpace net absorption in 2025 and impending supply additions will pressure vacancy higher, in conjunction with pressure from ongoing concerns regarding consumer spending. Assuming the economy continues to expand, although at a reduced pace, vacancy is forecast to increase through 2026, peaking at around 8%, and begin declining into 2027 as deliveries moderate. The forecast for weaker absorption and higher near-term vacancy reflects a projected slowdown in U.S. retail spending growth, which Oxford Economics expects to remain positive but slow in 2026.
Annual net absorption remains sluggish, measuring 90.1 million SF over the last 12 months; however, it has strengthened in the second half of 2025. Tariffs present a risk to demand for logistics buildings, particularly in major West Coast port-dependent markets, as import traffic and U.S. consumer spending could slow. While industrial building deliveries are set to moderate further as the
72
Table of Contents
construction pipeline thins, supply growth will still likely outpace net absorption in upcoming quarters. Industrial tenants remain active, but the pace of new available space listings hitting the market continues to rise, outpacing leasing and raising the U.S. industrial availability rate, which, included under construction supply. Availability increased in most markets across the country. However, smaller spaces continue to lease relatively quickly. Spaces under 50,000 SF had a median month to lease of under 5 months in 2025, compared to 6.2 months for 50,000 to 100,000 SF spaces, and 8 months for spaces over 100,000 SF.
Rents for big-box logistics buildings have declined, while rent growth for small bay buildings remained positive. Rent growth has slowed down from a record gain of over 10% in 2022, diminishing further in 2025 from a 3.2% increase at the end of 2024. Nevertheless, due to the record rent growth achieved from 2021 through 2023, owners in many markets are still able to increase in-place rents when their tenants' long-term leases expire. While concessions were almost nonexistent when the market was booming during 2021 and 2022, three months of free rent are increasingly attainable on 5-to 7-year leases. Elevated vacancy levels will likely continue to restrict landlords' ability to raise rents on large buildings, while weak economic conditions and large rent increases recorded in recent years limit smaller tenants' ability to absorb further sharp increases in rent. Rent growth in 2026 will likely moderate for a third consecutive year due to elevated vacancy, even if net absorption increases gradually. Per CoStar, there is potential for rent growth to accelerate given the limited amount of new supply underway, downside risks to demand from trade disruption and a potential slowdown in U.S. retail spending weigh on the forecast.
For the fourth quarter of 2025, national industrial vacancy was 7.5% while our market areas reflected the following industrial vacancy: Springfield, Missouri at 1.5%, St. Louis at 5.4%, Kansas City at 6%, Minneapolis 4.1%, Dallas-Fort Worth at 8.8%, Chicago at 5.5%, Atlanta at 8.1%, Phoenix at 12.1%, Denver at 8.9% and Charlotte, North Carolina at 9.8%.
Our management will continue to monitor regional, national, and global economic indicators such as unemployment, GDP, housing starts and prices, consumer sentiment, commercial real estate price index and commercial real estate occupancy, absorption and rental rates, as these could significantly affect customers in each of our market areas.
For discussion of the risk factors associated with multi-family and commercial real estate loans, see “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Lending Activities – Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our relatively high concentration of commercial and residential construction, commercial real estate, other residential (multi-family) and other commercial loans” and “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Regulation – We currently exceed thresholds defined in interagency guidance on commercial real estate concentrations, and as such, we may incur additional expense or slow the growth of certain categories of commercial real estate lending.”
General
The profitability of the Company and, more specifically, the profitability of its primary subsidiary, the Bank, depend primarily on its net interest income, as well as provisions for credit losses and the level of non-interest income and non-interest expense. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income the Bank earns on its loans and investment portfolios, and the interest it pays on interest-bearing liabilities, which consists mainly of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on these balances. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income.
The Company’s total assets decreased $383.0 million, or 6.4%, from $5.98 billion at December 31, 2024, to $5.60 billion at December 31, 2025. Full details of the current year changes in total assets are provided below, under “Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.”
Loans. In the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s net loans decreased $333.5 million, or 7.1%, from $4.69 billion at December 31, 2024, to $4.36 billion at December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily in other residential (multi-family) loans ($161.8 million decrease), construction loans ($96.5 million decrease), one- to four- family residential loans ($51.3 million decrease), and commercial business loans ($41.8 million decrease). The pipeline of loan commitments remained strong at the end of 2025 and decreased slightly compared to the end of 2024. The pipeline of the unfunded portion of construction loans remained strong at the end of 2025 and decreased slightly compared to the end of 2024. As construction projects were completed, the related loans were either paid off or moved from the construction category to the appropriate permanent loan categories. As loan demand is affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, and because of the competition we face and our focus on pricing discipline
73
Table of Contents
and credit quality, no assurance can be given that our loan growth will match or exceed the average level of growth achieved in prior years. The Company’s strategy continues to be focused on maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels.
Until 2025, the Company had experienced total loans receivable balances that were stable to growing over the past few years. Total commercial real estate and commercial construction balances were fairly stable over the past five years. One- to four-family loan totals increased in 2022 and have since decreased each year. Recent significant growth occurred in other residential (multi-family) loans up until 2025; however, other residential (multi-family) loan balances decreased in 2025. Most of Great Southern’s loans are generated in its primary lending locations, including Springfield, St. Louis, Kansas City, Des Moines and Minneapolis, as well as our loan production offices in Atlanta, Charlotte, Chicago, Dallas, Denver, Omaha, and Phoenix. Certain minimum underwriting standards and monitoring help assure the Company’s portfolio quality. All new loan originations that exceed lender approval authorities are subject to review and approval by Great Southern’s loan committee. Generally, the Company considers commercial construction, consumer, other residential (multi-family) and commercial real estate loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to some other types of loans, such as first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential properties. For other residential (multi-family), commercial real estate, commercial business and construction loans, the credits are subject to an analysis of the borrower’s and guarantor’s financial condition, credit history, verification of liquid assets, collateral, market analysis and repayment ability. It has been, and continues to be, Great Southern’s practice to verify information from potential borrowers regarding assets, income or payment ability and credit ratings as applicable and as required by the authority approving the loan. To minimize construction risk, projects are monitored as construction draws are requested by comparison to budget and with progress verified through property inspections. The geographic and product diversity of collateral, equity requirements and limitations on speculative construction projects help to mitigate overall risk in these loans. Underwriting standards for all loans also include loan-to-value ratio limitations, which vary depending on collateral type, debt service coverage ratios or debt payment to income ratio guidelines, where applicable, credit histories, use of guaranties and other recommended terms relating to equity requirements, amortization, and maturity. Consumer loans, other than home equity loans, are primarily secured by new or used motor vehicles and these loans are subject to underwriting standards designed to assure portfolio quality. In 2019, the Company discontinued indirect auto loan originations.
Of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024, 92.3% and 92.0%, respectively, was secured by real estate, as this is the Bank’s primary focus in its lending efforts. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans (excluding multi-family loans) were 38.3% and 36.1% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, respectively. Commercial real estate and commercial construction loans generally afford the Bank an opportunity to increase the yield on, and the proportion of interest rate sensitive loans in, its portfolio. They do, however, present somewhat greater risk to the Bank because they may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy generally. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans made in the Springfield, Missouri metropolitan statistical area (Springfield MSA) comprised 8% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. The Company’s headquarters are located in Springfield and we have operated in this market since 1923. Loans made in the St. Louis metropolitan statistical area (St. Louis MSA) comprised 16% and 17% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company’s expansion into the St. Louis MSA, beginning in May 2009, has provided an opportunity to not only diversify from the Springfield MSA, but also has provided access to a larger economy with increased lending opportunities despite higher levels of competition. Loans made in the St. Louis MSA are primarily commercial real estate, commercial business and other residential (multi-family) loans, which are less likely to be impacted by the higher levels of unemployment rates, as mentioned above under “Current Economic Conditions,” than if the focus were on one- to four-family residential and consumer loans. For further discussions of the Bank’s loan portfolio, and specifically, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans, see “Item 1. Business – Lending Activities.”
74
Table of Contents
The percentage of fixed-rate loans in our loan portfolio has been as much as 39% in recent years and was 34% as of December 31, 2025. The majority of the increase in fixed rate loans over the past few years was in commercial real estate, which typically has short durations within our portfolio. Of the total amount of fixed rate loans in our portfolio as of December 31, 2025, approximately 80% mature within the next five years and therefore are not considered to create significant long-term interest rate risk for the Company. The majority of the loans within the portfolio that mature in over five years are one- to four- family residential loans. Fixed rate loans make up only a portion of our balance sheet and our overall interest rate risk strategy. As of December 31, 2025, our interest rate risk models indicated a one-year interest rate earnings sensitivity position that is generally balanced to modestly positive in an increasing rate environment. For further discussion of our interest rate sensitivity gap and the processes used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We Measure the Risks to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes.” For discussion of the risk factors associated with interest rate changes, see “Risk Factors – We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.”
While our policy allows us to lend up to 95% of the appraised value on one-to four-family residential properties, originations of loans with loan-to-value ratios at that level are minimal. Private mortgage insurance is typically required for loan amounts above the 80% level. Few exceptions occur and would be based on analyses which determined minimal transactional risk to be involved. We consider these lending practices to be consistent with or more conservative than what we believe to be the norm for banks our size. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, 0.2% of our owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, an estimated 0.4%, of total non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination.
The level of non-performing loans and foreclosed assets affects our net interest income and net income. We generally do not accrue interest income on these loans and do not recognize interest income until the loans are repaid or interest payments have been made for a period of time sufficient to provide evidence of performance on the loans. Generally, the higher the level of non-performing assets, the greater the negative impact on interest income and net income.
Available-for-sale Securities. Available-for-sale securities decreased $9.6 million, or 1.8%, from $533.4 million at December 31, 2024, to $523.8 million at December 31, 2025. For further information on investment securities, see Note 2 to the accompanying financial statements contained in this Report.
Held-to-maturity Securities. Held-to-maturity securities decreased $8.2 million, or 4.4%, from $187.4 million at December 31, 2024, to $179.2 million at December 31, 2025. For further information on investment securities, see Note 2 to the accompanying financial statements contained in this Report.
Deposits. The Company attracts deposit accounts through its retail branch network, correspondent banking and corporate services areas, internet channels and brokered deposits. The Company then utilizes these deposit funds, along with FHLBank advances and other borrowings, to meet loan demand or otherwise fund its activities. In the year ended December 31, 2025, total deposit balances decreased $122.8 million, or 2.7%. Compared to December 31, 2024, transaction account balances increased $73.2 million and retail certificates of deposit decreased $87.3 million. The increase in transaction accounts was primarily a result of an increase in various money market accounts, as small businesses and individuals appear to be seeking a higher-yielding alternative. Retail certificates of deposit decreased due to a decrease in retail certificates generated through the banking center network and time deposits initiated through internet channels, which experienced a planned decrease as part of the Company’s balance sheet management between funding sources. Brokered deposits, including IntraFi program purchased funds, were $663.4 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $108.7 million from $772.1 million at December 31, 2024. The Company uses brokered deposits of select maturities and interest rate characteristics from time to time to supplement its various funding channels and to manage interest rate risk.
Our deposit balances may fluctuate depending on customer preferences and our relative need for funding. We do not consider our retail certificates of deposit to be guaranteed long-term funding because customers can withdraw their funds at any time with minimal interest penalty. When loan demand trends upward, we can increase rates paid on deposits to attract more deposits and utilize brokered deposits to generate additional funding. The level of competition for deposits in our markets is high. It is our goal to gain deposit market share, particularly checking accounts, in our branch footprint. To accomplish this goal, increasing rates to attract deposits may be necessary, which could negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin.
75
Table of Contents
Our ability to fund growth in future periods may also depend on our ability to continue to access brokered deposits and FHLBank advances. In times when our loan demand has outpaced our generation of new deposits, we have utilized brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund these loans. These funding sources have been attractive to us because we can create either fixed or variable rate funding, as desired, which more closely matches the interest rate nature of much of our loan portfolio. It also gives us greater flexibility in increasing or decreasing the duration of our funding. While we do not currently anticipate that our ability to access these sources will be reduced or eliminated in future periods, if this should happen, the limitation on our ability to fund additional loans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers. Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers decreased $15.9 million, or 24.8%, from $64.4 million at December 31, 2024 to $48.5 million at December 31, 2025. These balances fluctuate over time based on customer demand for this product.
Short-Term Borrowings and Other Interest-bearing Liabilities. The Company’s FHLBank term advances were $-0- at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, overnight borrowings from the FHLBank were $330.0 million and $333.0 million, respectively, which are included in short-term borrowings.
Short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $183.3 million from $514.2 million at December 31, 2024 to $330.9 million at December 31, 2025. The Company may utilize overnight borrowings and short-term FHLBank advances, depending on relative interest rates. In addition, as of December 31, 2024, the Company had utilized BTFP borrowings of $180.0 million from FRBSTL, which were repaid in full in 2025.
Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk Management. Our net interest income may be affected positively or negatively by changes in market interest rates. A large portion of our loan portfolio is tied to one-month SOFR, three-month SOFR or the “prime rate” and adjusts immediately or shortly after the index rate adjusts (subject to the effect of contractual interest rate floors on some of the loans, which are discussed below). We monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes on an ongoing basis (see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”).
The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. Prior to its increase of 0.25% in December 2015, the FRB had last changed interest rates in December 2008. This was the first rate increase since September 2006. The FRB also implemented rate increases of 0.25% on eight additional occasions beginning in December 2016 through December 2018, with the Federal Funds rate reaching as high as 2.50%. After December 2018, the FRB paused its rate increases and, in July, September and October 2019, implemented rate decreases of 0.25% on each of those occasions. At December 31, 2019, the Federal Funds rate stood at 1.75%. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB decreased interest rates on two occasions in March 2020, a 0.50% decrease on March 3 and a 1.00% decrease on March 16. At December 31, 2021, the Federal Funds rate was 0.25%. In 2022, the FRB implemented rate increases of 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 0.75%, 0.75%, 0.75% and 0.50% in March, May, June, July, September, November and December 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Federal Funds rate was 4.50%. In 2023, the FRB implemented rate increases of 0.25%, 0.25%, 0.25% and 0.25% in February, March, May and July 2023, respectively. At December 31, 2023 the Federal Funds rate was 5.50%. In 2024, the FRB implemented rate decreases of 0.50%, 0.25%, and 0.25% in September, November and December, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the Federal Funds rate was 4.50%. In 2025, the FRB implemented rate decreases of 0.25% in each of September, October, and December 2025, respectively. At December 31, 2025 the Federal Funds rate was 3.75%. Financial markets now expect the possibility of further decreases in Federal Funds interest rates in 2026 to be mixed, if any, with potential cuts of only 0.25% at a methodical pace and with interest rate decisions being made at each FRB meeting based on economic data available at the time.
Great Southern’s loan portfolio includes loans ($1.58 billion at December 31, 2025) tied to various SOFR indices that will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days after December 31, 2025. All of these loans have interest rate floors at various rates. Great Southern also has a portfolio of loans ($654.1 million at December 31, 2025) tied to a “prime rate” of interest that will adjust immediately or within 90 days of a change to the “prime rate” of interest. Nearly all of these loans had interest rate floors at various rates. At December 31, 2025, nearly all of these SOFR and “prime rate” loans had fully-indexed rates that were at or above their floor rate. We expect the majority of these SOFR and “prime rate” loans to move fully with future market interest rate decreases, as many of these loans have floor rates well below their current index rate.
76
Table of Contents
A rate cut by the FRB generally would be expected to have an immediate negative impact on the Company’s interest income on loans due to the large total balance of loans tied to the SOFR indexes or the “prime rate” index that will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days or loans which generally adjust immediately as the Federal Funds rate adjusts. Interest rate floors may at least partially mitigate the negative impact of interest rate decreases. Loans at their floor rates are, however, subject to the risk that borrowers will seek to refinance elsewhere at the lower market rate. There may also be a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income if the Company is unable to significantly lower its funding costs due to a highly competitive rate environment for deposits, although interest rates on assets may decline further. Conversely, market interest rate increases would normally result in increased interest rates on our SOFR-based and prime-based loans.
As of December 31, 2025, Great Southern’s interest rate risk models indicate that, generally, rising interest rates are expected to have a modestly positive impact on the Company’s net interest income, while declining interest rates are expected to have a mostly neutral impact on net interest income. Any negative impact of a falling Federal Funds rate and other market interest rates also falling could be more pronounced if we are not able to decrease non-maturity deposit rates accordingly. We model various interest rate scenarios for rising and falling rates, including both parallel and non-parallel shifts in rates. The results of our modeling indicate that net interest income is not likely to be significantly affected either positively or negatively in the first twelve months following relatively minor changes in interest rates because our portfolios are relatively well matched in a twelve-month horizon.
In a situation where market interest rates increase significantly in a short period of time, our net interest margin increase may be more pronounced in the very near term (first one to three months), due to fairly rapid increases in SOFR interest rates and “prime” interest rates. In a situation where market interest rates decrease significantly in a short period of time, as they did in March 2020, our net interest margin decrease may be more pronounced in the very near term (first one to three months), due to fairly rapid decreases in SOFR interest rates and “prime” interest rates. In the subsequent months, we would expect that net interest margin would stabilize and begin to recover, as renewal interest rates on maturing time deposits decrease.
Beginning in March 2022, market interest rates, including LIBOR interest rates, SOFR interest rates and “prime” interest rates, began to increase rapidly. This resulted in increasing loan yields and expansion of our net interest income and net interest margin throughout 2022 and into the first three months of 2023. In 2023, market interest rate increases moderated and loan yield increases moderated in line with market rates. However, there has been increased competition for deposits and other sources of funding, resulting in higher costs for those funds. This has been especially true since early March 2023. Deposit and other funding costs moderated a bit in late 2024 as the FRB cut the federal funds rate. Deposit and other funding costs further moderated in late 2025 as the FRB cut the federal funds rate three times, but competition for deposits remains significant. For further discussion of the processes used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We Measure the Risks to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes.”
Non-interest Income and Non - interest (Operating) Expenses. The Company’s profitability is also affected by the level of its non-interest income and operating expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges and ATM fees, POS interchange fees, late charges and prepayment fees on loans, gains on sales of loans and available-for-sale investments and other general operating income. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related expenses, expenses related to foreclosed assets, postage, FDIC deposit insurance, advertising and public relations, telephone, professional fees, office expenses and other general operating expenses. Details of the current period changes in non-interest income and non-interest expense are provided under “Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.”
Business Initiatives
The Company maintains its focus on technology initiatives and advancements with its current core provider. Several projects to improve customer-facing online services and delivery continue to move forward. These investments in both foundational projects and a heightened customer experience continue to foster an organizational emphasis on innovation and forward progress.
The Company’s banking centers and loan production offices are consistently reviewed to measure performance and ensure responsiveness to changing customer needs and preferences. As such, the Company may open banking centers and loan production offices and invest resources where customer demand leads, and from time to time, consolidate offices or even exit markets when conditions dictate.
77
Table of Contents
The following changes were initiated in 2025 and early 2026:
| ● | The Company installed 10 ITM units in the St. Louis, Mo. market, replacing existing end-of-life ATM units. The ITMs, all located at banking center locations, offer customers live teller services, extended banking hours, and services beyond those traditionally available via an ATM. |
| ● | Great Southern’s new banking center at 723 N. Benton Ave. in Springfield, Mo., opened October 20, 2025, replacing an existing branch. The new facility, designed as a next-generation banking center, features customer-centered designs, tools, and technology, and will allow the Company to test new processes and innovations. The location is one of 12 banking centers the Company operates in Springfield, in addition to a drive-thru Express Center. |
| ● | In January 2026, the Company consolidated operations of its Edina, Minn., banking center, located at 3400 W. 66th St., in Edina, Minn., with its banking center at 10880 175th Court in Lakeville, Minn. Great Southern operates two additional banking centers in the greater Minneapolis area. A 24-hour deposit ATM will remain at the Edina location to serve customers. |
| ● | The Company expects to transition its banking center located at 4700 Mid Rivers Mall Dr. in Cottleville, Mo., to its second drive-thru Express Center location in Spring 2026. This will be the Company's first Express Center in the St. Louis, Mo., market. In addition to the Cottleville location, the Company operates 17 other locations in the St. Louis metro region. |
Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations
Federal legislation and regulation significantly affect the operations of the Company and the Bank, and have increased competition among commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking enterprises and other financial institutions. In particular, the capital requirements and operations of regulated banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank have been and will be subject to changes in applicable statutes and regulations from time to time, which changes could, under certain circumstances, adversely affect the Company or the Bank. For additional information, see “Item 1. Business—Government Supervision and Regulation.”
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 to the accompanying audited financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report, for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and expected effects on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024
During the year ended December 31, 2025, total assets decreased by $383.0 million, or 6.4%, to $5.60 billion. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in net loans receivable, which are further described below.
Cash and cash equivalents were $189.6 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 3.2%, from $195.8 million at December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to a $12.9 million decrease in interest-bearing deposits at the FRBSTL.
The Company’s available-for-sale securities decreased $9.6 million, or 1.8%, compared to December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, partially offset by increases in the fair value of securities due to declining market interest rates. Net proceeds from payments received were primarily used to reduce borrowings. The available-for-sale securities portfolio was 9.4% and 8.9% of total assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
The Company’s held-to-maturity securities decreased $8.2 million, or 4.4%, compared to December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Net proceeds from payments received were primarily used to reduce borrowings. The held-to-maturity securities portfolio was 3.2% and 3.1% of total assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
78
Table of Contents
Net loans decreased $333.5 million, or 7.1%, from December 31, 2024, to $4.36 billion at December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to decreases in other residential (multi-family) loans of $161.8 million, construction loans of $96.5 million, one- to four-family residential loans of $51.3 million and commercial business loans of $41.8 million. The pipeline of loan commitments and the unfunded portion of construction loans remained strong at December 31, 2025. As construction projects were completed, the related loans were either paid off or moved from the construction category to the appropriate permanent loan categories.
Total liabilities decreased $419.6 million from $5.38 billion at December 31, 2024 to $4.96 billion at December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in short-term borrowings from FHLBank, the repayment of the borrowings under the FRBSTL BTFP program, the repayment of the subordinated notes and decreases in brokered deposits.
Total deposits decreased $122.8 million, or 2.7%, from $4.61 billion at December 31, 2024 to $4.48 billion at December 31, 2025. Transaction account balances increased $73.2 million, from $3.06 billion at December 31, 2024 to $3.13 billion at December 31, 2025. Retail certificates of deposit decreased $87.3 million compared to December 31, 2024, to $688.4 million at December 31, 2025. Increases in transaction account balances were primarily in certain money market account types. Total interest-bearing checking increased $74.7 million and non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts decreased $1.4 million. Customer retail time deposits initiated through our banking center network decreased $87.8 million and time deposits initiated through our national internet network decreased $6.3 million. Customer deposits at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, totaling $11.7 million and $5.0 million, respectively, were part of the IntraFi Network Deposits program, which allows customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit. Brokered deposits decreased $108.7 million to $663.4 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $772.1 million at December 31, 2024. In 2024, brokered deposits were utilized to fund growth in outstanding loans and investment securities and to offset reductions in balances in other deposit categories. As net loans receivable decreased in 2025, a portion of these brokered deposits were not renewed at maturity. The Company has the capacity to further expand its use of brokered deposits if it chooses to do so. Of the total brokered deposits at December 31, 2025, $450.0 million were floating rate deposits which adjust daily based on the effective federal funds rate index.
The Company’s term Federal Home Loan Bank advances were $-0- at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no borrowings from the FHLBank, other than overnight borrowings, which are included in the short-term borrowings category. The Company maintains the flexibility to utilize both overnight borrowings and short-term FHLBank advances depending on relative interest rates.
Short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $183.3 million, or 35.6%, from $514.2 million at December 31, 2024 to $330.9 million at December 31, 2025. The short-term borrowings included overnight FHLBank borrowings of $330.0 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $333.0 million at December 31, 2024. In January 2024, the Bank borrowed $180.0 million under the Federal Reserve Bank’s Bank Term Funding Program (BTFP). The BTFP borrowing was repaid in full in January 2025. These short-term borrowings were primarily used to purchase new investment securities and originate loans in 2024. In 2025, as net loans receivable decreased, borrowings were repaid.
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers decreased $15.9 million, or 24.8%, from $64.4 million at December 31, 2024 to $48.5 million at December 31, 2025. These balances fluctuate over time based on customer demand for this product.
Total stockholders’ equity increased $36.5 million, or 6.1%, from $599.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $636.1 million at December 31, 2025. The Company recorded net income of $71.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. In addition, total stockholders’ equity increased $6.7 million due to the issuance of the Company’s common stock upon stock option exercises. Accumulated other comprehensive income increased $22.2 million due to increases in the fair value of investment securities and the fair value of cash flow hedges, as a result of decreasing short-term and intermediate-term market interest rates, which generally increased the fair value of the investment securities and interest rate swaps. Partially offsetting these increases, total stockholders’ equity decreased $44.5 million due to repurchases of the Company’s common stock, and dividends declared on common stock, which also decreased total stockholders’ equity, were $18.8 million.
79
Table of Contents
Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
General
Net income increased $9.2 million, or 14.8%, during the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Net income was $71.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $61.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net interest income of $11.1 million, or 5.9%, and a decrease in provision for credit losses on loans and unfunded commitments of $2.7 million, partially offset by an increase in provision for income taxes of $2.6 million, or 19.2%, and a decrease in non-interest income of $1.5 million, or 5.0%.
Total Interest Income
Total interest income decreased $11.0 million, or 3.4%, during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was due to an $11.7 million decrease in interest income on loans, partially offset by a $750,000 increase in interest income on investment securities and other interest-earning assets. Interest income on loans decreased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, due to lower average rates of interest on loans and due to lower average loan balances. Interest income from investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, due to higher average balances and higher average rates of interest on investment securities.
Interest Income – Loans
During the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, interest income on loans decreased $11.7 million. Of the $11.7 million decrease in interest income on loans, $6.6 million was due to a decrease in average yield on loans, from 6.30% during the year ended December 31, 2024 to 6.16% during the year ended December 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the federal funds rate in late 2024 and again during 2025. The remaining decrease in interest income on loans of $5.2 million was due to lower average loan balances, which fell from $4.72 billion during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $4.63 billion during the year ended December 31, 2025. Since the end of 2022, loan originations and net loan growth have been muted; however, some loan growth has come as a result of the funding of previously approved but unfunded balances on construction loans. Loan payoffs increased in 2025, which reduced net loan growth.
In October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction which was terminated in March 2020. Upon termination, the Company received $45.9 million, inclusive of accrued but unpaid interest, from its swap counterparty. The net amount, after deducting accrued interest and deferred income taxes, was accreted to interest income on loans monthly until the originally scheduled termination date of October 6, 2025. After this date, the Company no longer had the benefit of that income from the terminated swap. The Company recorded interest income related to the interest rate swap of $6.2 million and $8.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
In March 2022, the Company entered into another interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of the swap was $300 million, with a contractual termination date of March 1, 2024. The Company recorded a reduction of loan interest income related to this swap transaction of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2024. As this interest rate swap reached its contractual termination date of March 1, 2024, there was no further interest income impact related to this swap after that date.
In July 2022, the Company entered into two additional interest rate swap transactions as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of each swap is $200 million with an effective date of May 1, 2023 and a termination date of May 1, 2028. Under the terms of one swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 2.628% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-SOFR OIS. Under the terms of the other swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 5.725% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-Prime. In each case, the floating rate resets monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occur monthly. To the extent the fixed rate of interest exceeds the floating rate of interest, the Company receives net interest settlements, which are recorded as loan interest income. If the floating rate of interest exceeds the fixed rate of interest, the Company pays net settlements to the counterparty and records those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans. The Company recorded a reduction of loan interest income related to these swap transactions of $6.6 million and $10.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the USD-Prime rate was 6.75% and the one-month USD-SOFR OIS rate was 3.78659%.
80
Table of Contents
If market interest rates remain near their current levels, the Company’s interest rate swaps will continue to have a negative impact on net interest income.
Interest Income – Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets
Interest income on investments increased $1.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest income on investments increased $1.5 million as a result of higher average interest rates, from 3.13% during the year ended December 31, 2024, to 3.34% during the year ended December 31, 2025. Average balances increased from $719.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $727.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, increasing interest income by $252,000. Average balances of securities increased primarily due to investment securities purchases in 2025 and mid-year 2024, partially offset by normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.
Interest income on other interest-earning assets decreased $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average interest rates fell from 5.09% during the year ended December 31, 2024, to 4.10% during the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a decrease of $966,000 in interest income. This decrease in rate was due to reductions in market interest rates in late 2024 and late 2025, resulting in lower rates paid on deposits at the FRB. Interest income decreased $73,000 as a result of a decrease in average balances, from $98.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, to $97.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Total Interest Expense
Total interest expense decreased $22.1 million, or 16.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2025, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2024, due to a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $15.6 million, or 14.2%, a decrease in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $3.6 million, or 19.7%, a decrease in interest expense on subordinated notes of $2.4 million, or 54.4%, a decrease in interest expense on securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements of $247,000, or 17.6%, and a decrease in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts of $251,000, or 14.0%.
Interest Expense – Deposits
Interest expense on demand and savings deposits decreased $6.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average rates of interest on these accounts decreased from 1.71% in the year ended December 31, 2024 to 1.40% in the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a $7.0 million decrease in interest expense. Interest rates paid on demand deposits were lower in 2025 due to the Company strategically lowering rates throughout the year, as market rates decreased. Partially offsetting this decrease, the average balances of demand and savings deposits increased from $2.23 billion in the year ended December 31, 2024 to $2.25 billion in the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in an increase in interest expense on demand and savings deposits of $283,000.
Interest expense on time deposits decreased $9.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest expense on time deposits decreased $4.5 million as a result of a decrease in average rates of interest from 3.93% in the year ended December 31, 2024, to 3.37% in the year ended December 31, 2025. The average balance of time deposits decreased from $866.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 to $744.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $4.5 million. A large portion of the Company’s certificate of deposit portfolio matures within six months and therefore reprices fairly quickly; this is consistent with the portfolio term over the past several years. Market interest rates decreased in late 2024 and in 2025 as the FOMC reduced the federal funds rate. Competition for time deposits remains significant in our market areas, and upon maturity, a portion of these deposits may be redeemed by customers.
81
Table of Contents
Interest expense on brokered deposits increased $125,000 during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The average balance of brokered deposits increased from $729.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 to $847.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in an increase in interest expense of $795,000 during the year. Partially offsetting this increase, interest expense on brokered deposits decreased $670,000 due to average rates of interest that decreased from 5.15% in the year ended December 31, 2024 to 4.44% in the year ended December 31, 2025. Brokered deposits added throughout 2025 were at lower market rates than brokered deposits previously issued as the federal funds rate decreased. The Company uses brokered deposits of select maturities and interest rate structures from time to time to supplement its various funding channels and to manage interest rate risk. A portion of the Company’s brokered deposits are floating rate, and the rate resets with changes to the effective federal funds rate.
As of December 31, 2025, time deposit maturities over the next 12 months were as follows: within three months — $591.3 million, with a weighted-average rate of 3.53%; within three to six months — $262.9 million, with a weighted-average rate of 3.13%; and within six to twelve months — $38.7 million, with a weighted-average rate of 1.87%. Based on time deposit market rates in December 2025, replacement rates for these maturing time deposits are likely to be approximately 2.70-3.10%, depending on term.
Interest Expense – FHLBank Advances; Short-term Borrowings, Repurchase Agreements and Other Interest-bearing Liabilities; Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust and Subordinated Notes
FHLBank term advances were not utilized during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. FHLBank overnight borrowings were utilized in 2025 and 2024, and are included in short-term borrowings.
Interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements decreased $247,000 during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The average balance of repurchase agreements decreased from $75.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2024 to $61.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2025, due to fluctuations in customers’ desire for this product, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $319,000 during the year. Interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements increased $72,000 due to higher average interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The average rate of interest was 1.86% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 1.88% for the year ended December 31, 2025, due to changes in the mix of customer balances in these products.
Interest expense on short-term borrowings (including overnight borrowings from the FHLBank and BTFP borrowings from FRBSTL) and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The average rate of interest on short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 5.09% for the year ended December 31, 2024 to 4.50% for the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting in a decrease in interest expense of $2.0 million during the year. Interest rates on these borrowings decreased after the federal funds rate was cut in late 2024 and during 2025. Interest expense on short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $1.6 million due to lower average balances during the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The average balance of short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased from $358.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2024 to $325.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company chose to utilize more brokered deposits versus short-term borrowings in 2025.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts decreased $251,000 due to lower average interest rates. The average interest rate was 6.98% in the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 6.00% in the year ended December 31, 2025. The subordinated debentures are variable-rate debentures, which bear interest at an average rate of three-month SOFR (originally LIBOR), plus 1.60%, adjusted quarterly, which was 5.72% at December 31, 2025. There was no change in the average balance of the subordinated debentures between 2024 and 2025.
In June 2020, the Company issued $75.0 million of 5.50% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due June 15, 2030. The notes were sold at par, resulting in net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions and other issuance costs, of approximately $73.5 million. These issuance costs were amortized over the expected life of the notes, which was five years from the issuance date, impacting the overall interest expense on the notes. On June 15, 2025, the Company redeemed all $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of these subordinated notes. Interest expense on subordinated notes decreased $2.4 million when compared to 2024, due to the redemption of the subordinated notes during 2025.
82
Table of Contents
Net Interest Income
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased $11.1 million, or 5.9%, to $200.2 million, compared to $189.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Net interest margin was 3.67% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 3.42% for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of 25 basis points. The Company experienced a decrease in interest income on loans and a slight increase in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets, along with decreases in interest expense on deposits, short-term borrowings, subordinated notes, subordinated debentures issued to capital trust and repurchase agreements.
The Company’s overall interest rate spread increased 34 basis points, or 12.3%, from 2.76% during the year ended December 31, 2024, to 3.10% during the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in interest rate spread was due to a 46 basis point decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans decreased 14 basis points, the yield on investment securities increased 21 basis points and the yield on other interest-earning assets decreased 99 basis points. The rate paid on deposits decreased 42 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased 59 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts decreased 98 basis points and the rate paid on reverse repurchase agreements increased two basis points. Interest rates earned on loans and paid on deposits are affected by the mix of the loan and deposit portfolios, the stated maturity of loans and time deposits, the amount of fixed-rate and variable-rate loans and other repricing characteristics.
For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the “Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields” table in this Report.
Provision for and Allowance for Credit Losses
Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as changes in underwriting standards, portfolio mix and delinquency level or term, as well as for changes in economic conditions, including but not limited to, changes in the national unemployment rate, commercial real estate price index, consumer sentiment, gross domestic product (GDP) and construction spending.
Challenging or worsening economic conditions from higher inflation or interest rates, COVID-19 and subsequent variant outbreaks or similar events, global unrest or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio and/or requirements for an increase in provision expense. Management maintains various controls in an attempt to identify and limit future losses, such as a watch list of problem loans and potential problem loans, documented loan administration policies and loan review staff to review the quality and anticipated collectability of the portfolio. Additional procedures provide for frequent management review of the loan portfolio based on loan size, loan type, delinquencies, financial analysis, ongoing correspondence with borrowers and problem loan workouts. Management determines which loans are non-homogeneous or collateral-dependent, evaluates risk of loss and makes additional provisions to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not record a provision expense on its portfolio of outstanding loans, compared to a provision expense of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company experienced net recoveries of $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to net charge offs of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
The Company recorded a provision for losses on unfunded commitments of $45,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a provision of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The level of provisions for unfunded commitments is primarily related to the increases and decreases in the balance of unfunded commitments.
The Bank’s allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.46% and 1.36% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Management considers the allowance for credit losses adequate to cover losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2025, based on recent reviews of the Bank’s loan portfolio and current economic conditions. If challenging economic conditions were to last longer than anticipated or deteriorate further or management’s assessment of the loan portfolio were to change, additional credit loss provisions could be required, thereby adversely affecting the Company’s future results of operations and financial condition.
83
Table of Contents
Non-performing Assets
As a result of changes in loan portfolio composition, changes in economic and market conditions and other factors specific to a borrower’s circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate.
Non-performing assets at December 31, 2025, were $8.1 million, a decrease of $1.5 million from $9.6 million at December 31, 2024. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.15% at December 31, 2025, compared to 0.16% at December 31, 2024. Compared to December 31, 2024, non-performing loans decreased $1.5 million to $2.1 million at December 31, 2025, and foreclosed assets increased $43,000, remaining at $6.0 million at December 31, 2025.
Non-performing Loans. Activity in the non-performing loans category during the year ended December 31, 2025, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | Transfers to | | Transfers to | | | | | | | | | | ||
| | Beginning | | Additions | | Removed | | Potential | | Foreclosed | | | | | | | | Ending | ||||||
| | Balance, | | to Non- | | from Non- | | Problem | | Assets and | | Charge- | | | | | Balance, | |||||||
| | January 1 | | Performing | | Performing | | Loans | | Repossessions | | Offs | | Payments | | December 31 | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| 464 | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (464) | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 2,631 | |
| 1,017 | |
| (21) | | | — | | | (69) | | | — | | | (1,492) | | | 2,066 |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| 77 | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | (77) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| 384 | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | (135) | | | (249) | | | — |
Consumer | |
| 17 | |
| 58 | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | (9) | | | (38) | | | 28 |
Total non-performing loans | | $ | 3,573 | | $ | 1,075 | | $ | (21) | | $ | — | | $ | (146) | | $ | (144) | | $ | (2,243) | | $ | 2,094 |
At December 31, 2025, the non-performing one-to four-family residential category included six loans, three of which were added during 2025. The largest relationship in this category, totaling $821,000, was added to nonperforming loans during 2024, and is collateralized by multiple low-income single-family residential properties in New Orleans, La. This relationship was resolved through a sheriff’s sale of the assets in the first quarter of 2026, with no loss anticipated. Collateral for another unrelated loan in this category, a condominium in Florida totaling $614,000, was foreclosed upon in the first quarter of 2026. During 2025, non-performing one- to four-family residential loans experienced four loan pay-offs totaling $1.5 million. The only loan in the non-performing land development category at the beginning of 2025 paid off during the year. Additionally, there were two loans in the non-performing commercial business category at the beginning of 2025. One of these loans paid off and the other was charged off during 2025. The non-performing consumer category included three loans at December 31, 2025.
Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions. All of the $6.0 million of other real estate owned and repossessions at December 31, 2025 were acquired through foreclosure.
84
Table of Contents
Activity in foreclosed assets and repossessions during the year ended December 31, 2025, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Beginning | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Ending | ||
| | Balance, | | | | | | | | Capitalized | | | | Balance, | ||||
| | January 1 | | Additions | | Sales | | Costs | | Write-Downs | | December 31 | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | 69 | | | (69) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| 5,960 | | | 76 | | | — | | | — | | | (11) | | | 6,025 |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | |
| 33 | | | 101 | | | (123) | | | — | | | — | | | 11 |
Total foreclosed assets and repossessions | | $ | 5,993 | | $ | 246 | | $ | (192) | | $ | — | | $ | (11) | | $ | 6,036 |
At December 31, 2025, the commercial real estate category of foreclosed assets consisted of two foreclosed properties, the largest of which, totaling $6.0 million, consisted of an office building located in Clayton, Mo and was foreclosed upon in 2024. The additions and sales in the consumer category were due to the volume of repossessions of automobiles, which generally are subject to a shorter repossession process.
Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, from $7.1 million at December 31, 2024 to $1.4 million at December 31, 2025. Potential problem loans are loans which management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the borrowers difficulty in complying with the current repayment terms. These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets.
Activity in the potential problem loans category during the year ended December 31, 2025, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | Removed | | | | | Transfers to | | | | | | | | | | ||
| | Beginning | | Additions | | from | | Transfers | | Foreclosed | | | | | | | | Ending | ||||||
| | Balance, | | to Potential | | Potential | | to Non- | | Assets and | | | | | | | Balance, | |||||||
| | January 1 | | Problem | | Problem | | Performing | | Repossessions | | Charge-Offs | | Payments | | December 31 | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 1,202 | | | 1,464 | | | (1,421) | | | — | | | — | | | (9) | | | (57) | | | 1,179 |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| 4,331 | | | — | | | (4,297) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (34) | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | 33 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (32) | | | (1) | | | — |
Consumer | |
| 1,529 | | | 268 | | | (1,511) | | | — | | | (2) | | | (31) | | | (42) | | | 211 |
Total potential problem loans | | $ | 7,062 | | $ | 1,765 | | $ | (7,229) | | $ | — | | $ | (2) | | $ | (72) | | $ | (134) | | $ | 1,390 |
85
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2025, the one- to four-family residential category of potential problem loans included 14 loans, seven of which were added during 2025. The largest relationship in this category totaled $262,000 and was added during the current year. It is collateralized by a single-family residential property in the St. Louis area. During 2025, one loan relationship in the one- to four-family residential category ($963,000), which was reclassified from the consumer category, was upgraded from the substandard category to non-classified, removing it from potential problem loan status. During 2025, one loan relationship in the commercial real estate ($4.3 million) and consumer ($784,000) categories was upgraded from the substandard category to the special mention category, removing it from potential problem loan status. This relationship is collateralized by three nursing care facilities located in southwest Missouri. The consumer category of potential problem loans included 15 loans, nine of which were added during 2025.
Loans Categorized as “Watch” and “Special Mention”
The Company reviews the credit quality of its loan portfolio using an internal grading system that classifies loans as “Satisfactory,” “Watch,” “Special Mention,” “Substandard” and “Doubtful.” Multiple loan reviews take place on a continuous basis by credit risk and lending management. Reviews are focused on financial performance, occupancy trends, delinquency status, covenant compliance, collateral support, economic considerations and various other factors. See Note 3 for further discussion of the Company’s loan grading system.
Loans classified as “Watch” are being monitored due to indications of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future reclassification as special mention or substandard. Loans classified as “Watch” increased $4.6 million, from $15.9 million at December 31, 2024 to $20.5 million at December 31, 2025, due to the addition of four loans totaling $11.1 million, partially offset by loans totaling $4.8 million being downgraded during 2025 and net payments on “Watch” loans totaling $1.7 million. Of the total loans added to the “Watch” category, one relationship totaled $10.5 million and is collateralized by a senior residential healthcare facility in Florida.
While loans classified as “Special Mention” are not adversely classified, they are deserving of management’s close attention to ensure repayment prospects or the credit position of the assets does not deteriorate and expose the institution to elevated risk to warrant adverse classification at a future date. In the year ended December 31, 2025, loans classified as “Special Mention” increased $33.3 million, from $1.5 million at December 31, 2024 to $34.8 million at December 31, 2025, due to the addition of three loan relationships totaling $34.7 million, partially offset by payoffs of $1.4 million during 2025. The largest relationship added to the “Special Mention” category totaled $24.8 million and is collateralized by a multi-family housing project in Denver, Colorado. The second relationship totaled $5.2 million and is collateralized by three nursing facilities in the Springfield, Missouri area. This relationship was upgraded from the “Substandard” category. The third relationship totaled $4.8 million and was downgraded from the “Watch” category and is collateralized by a golf course, clubhouse and other amenities in the Springfield, Missouri area.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $29.1 million compared to $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease of $1.5 million, or 5.0%, was primarily as a result of the following items:
Other income: Other income decreased $1.7 million compared to the prior year. In 2024, the Company recorded $2.7 million of other income, net of expenses and write-offs, related to the termination of the Master Agreement between the Company and a third-party software vendor for the proposed conversion of the Company’s core banking platform. This amount represented the elimination of certain deferred credits and other liabilities, along with the write-off of certain capitalized hardware, software and other assets, that previously had been recorded as part of the preparation to convert to the intended new core-banking platform, with no similar activity in 2025. In 2025, the Company recorded income of $1.1 million related to exits from, and other activities of, its investments in tax credit partnerships, with no similar activity in 2024.
Net gains on loan sales: Net gains on loan sales decreased $507,000 during 2025 compared to 2024. The decrease was due to a decrease in the balance of fixed-rate single-family mortgage loans originated and sold in 2025 compared to 2024. Fixed rate single-family mortgage loans originated are generally subsequently sold in the secondary market.
Late charges and fees on loans: Late charges and fees on loans increased $681,000 during 2025 compared to 2024. This increase was primarily due to prepayment fees on a few large commercial real estate loans, which paid off in 2025.
86
Table of Contents
Non-Interest Expense
Total non-interest expense increased $448,000, or 0.3%, from $141.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2024, to $141.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2025. The Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2025 was 61.91%, compared to 64.40% for 2024. The Company’s ratio of non-interest expense to average assets was 2.44% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2025, decreased $71.6 million, or 1.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to decreases in average net loans receivable.
The following were significant items related to the change in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2024:
Net occupancy and equipment expense: Net occupancy expenses increased $3.2 million, or 9.9%, in 2025 from 2024. Various components of computer license and support expenses, related to upgrades of core systems capabilities and disaster recovery site, collectively increased by $1.9 million in 2025 compared to 2024. During 2025, the Company recorded expenses totaling $287,000 related to adjustments to asset values for branch closures and certain leased facilities. Also, during 2025, the Company recorded a total of $935,000 of seasonal expenses for snow removal and parking lot repairs, compared to $682,000 in 2024.
Salaries and employee benefits: Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.4 million, or 1.7%, in 2025 from 2024. Much of this increase related to normal annual merit increases in various lending and operations areas.
Legal, audit and other professional fees: Legal, audit and other professional fees decreased $1.2 million, or 22.8%, from the prior year, to $4.2 million. In 2024, the Company expensed a total of $2.0 million related to training and implementation costs for the intended core systems conversion and professional fees to consultants engaged to support the Company’s proposed related transition of core and ancillary software and information technology systems, compared to $105,000 expensed in 2025. This decrease in expense was partially offset by an increase in legal fees related to certain corporate matters along with loan collection activities.
Other operating expenses: Other operating expenses decreased $2.5 million, or 23.9%, from the prior year. In 2024, the Company recorded expenses totaling $600,000 related to the resolution of compliance matters. Also in 2024, the Company expensed $2.0 million due to developments related to a litigation/contract dispute matter. In 2025, there were no similar expenses recorded for these matters.
Provision for Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s effective tax rate was 18.7% and 18.1%, respectively. These effective rates were below the statutory federal tax rate of 21%, due primarily to the utilization of certain investment tax credits and the Company’s tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans, which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate in future periods as it is impacted by the level and timing of the Company’s utilization of tax credits, the level of tax-exempt investments and loans, the amount of taxable income in various state jurisdictions and the overall level of pre-tax income. State tax expense estimates continually evolve as taxable income and apportionment between states are analyzed. The Company currently expects its effective tax rate (combined federal and state) will be approximately 18.5% to 19.5% in future periods.
Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin. Average balances of loans receivable include the average balances of nonaccrual loans for each period. Interest income on loans includes interest received on nonaccrual loans on a cash basis. Interest income on loans also includes the amortization of net loan fees, which were deferred in accordance with accounting standards. Net fees included in interest income were $4.1 million, $4.6 million and $5.7 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes.
87
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Dec. 31, | | Year Ended | | Year Ended | | Year Ended |
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| | 2025 | | December 31, 2025 | | December 31, 2024 | | December 31, 2023 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||
| | Yield/ | | Average | | | | | Yield/ | | Average | | | | | Yield/ | | Average | | | | | Yield/ |
| |||||
| | Rate | | Balance | | Interest | | Rate | | Balance | | Interest | | Rate | | Balance | | Interest | | Rate |
| ||||||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Loans receivable: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family residential |
| | 4.26 | % | $ | 813,379 | | $ | 34,420 | | | 4.23 | % | $ | 866,735 | | $ | 34,841 |
| 4.02 | % | $ | 905,102 | | $ | 33,693 |
| 3.72 | % |
Other residential |
| | 6.33 | | | 1,510,317 | | | 103,941 | | | 6.88 | |
| 1,213,729 | |
| 88,364 |
| 7.28 | |
| 822,955 | |
| 56,274 |
| 6.84 | |
Commercial real estate |
| | 5.91 | | | 1,499,154 | | | 92,493 | | | 6.17 | |
| 1,514,012 | |
| 94,094 |
| 6.21 | |
| 1,493,130 | |
| 87,670 |
| 5.87 | |
Construction |
| | 6.16 | | | 437,153 | | | 30,788 | | | 7.04 | |
| 694,724 | |
| 52,841 |
| 7.61 | |
| 908,558 | |
| 65,999 |
| 7.26 | |
Commercial business (1) |
| | 5.60 | | | 204,666 | | | 13,383 | | | 6.54 | |
| 256,140 | |
| 16,644 |
| 6.50 | |
| 320,462 | |
| 19,191 |
| 5.99 | |
Other loans |
| | 6.03 | | | 169,323 | | | 10,435 | | | 6.16 | |
| 171,193 | |
| 10,392 |
| 6.07 | |
| 181,649 | |
| 9,125 |
| 5.02 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total loans receivable |
| | 5.76 | | | 4,633,992 | | | 285,460 | | | 6.16 | |
| 4,716,533 | |
| 297,176 |
| 6.30 | |
| 4,631,856 | |
| 271,952 |
| 5.87 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Investment securities (1) |
| | 3.13 | | | 727,548 | | | 24,290 | | | 3.34 | |
| 719,553 | |
| 22,501 |
| 3.13 | |
| 685,496 | |
| 19,942 |
| 2.91 | |
Interest-earning deposits in other banks |
| | 3.52 | | | 97,141 | | | 3,982 | | | 4.10 | |
| 98,594 | |
| 5,021 |
| 5.09 | |
| 98,049 | |
| 4,941 |
| 5.04 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total interest-earning assets |
| | 5.39 | | | 5,458,681 | | | 313,732 | | | 5.75 | |
| 5,534,680 | |
| 324,698 |
| 5.87 | |
| 5,415,401 | |
| 296,835 |
| 5.48 | |
Non-interest-earning assets: |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | |
Cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | | 97,967 | | | | | | | |
| 96,687 | |
| |
| | |
| 90,881 | |
| |
| | |
Other non-earning assets |
| | | | | 257,961 | | | | | | | |
| 254,847 | |
| |
| | |
| 212,914 | |
| |
| | |
Total assets | | | | | $ | 5,814,609 | | | | | | | | $ | 5,886,214 | |
| |
| | | $ | 5,719,196 | |
| |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest-bearing demand and savings | |
| 1.20 | | $ | 2,245,013 | | | 31,405 | | | 1.40 | | $ | 2,228,614 | |
| 38,140 |
| 1.71 | | $ | 2,202,242 | |
| 28,579 |
| 1.30 | |
Time deposits | |
| 3.13 | | | 744,116 | | | 25,073 | | | 3.37 | |
| 866,456 | |
| 34,031 |
| 3.93 | |
| 991,202 | |
| 29,459 |
| 2.97 | |
Brokered deposits | |
| 3.80 | | | 847,632 | | | 37,659 | | | 4.44 | | | 729,268 | | | 37,534 | | 5.15 | | | 611,821 | | | 30,719 | | 5.02 | |
Total deposits | |
| 2.04 | | | 3,836,761 | | | 94,137 | | | 2.45 | |
| 3,824,338 | |
| 109,705 |
| 2.87 | |
| 3,805,265 | |
| 88,757 |
| 2.33 | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | |
| 0.88 | | | 61,664 | | | 1,160 | | | 1.88 | |
| 75,575 | |
| 1,407 |
| 1.86 | |
| 82,218 | |
| 1,205 |
| 1.47 | |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLBank borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | | | 3.98 | | | 325,061 | | | 14,640 | | | 4.50 | | | 358,262 | | | 18,222 | | 5.09 | | | 142,866 | | | 7,500 | | 5.25 | |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| 5.72 | | | 25,774 | | | 1,547 | | | 6.00 | |
| 25,774 | |
| 1,798 |
| 6.98 | |
| 25,774 | |
| 1,736 |
| 6.74 | |
Subordinated notes | |
| — | | | 34,088 | | | 2,015 | | | 5.91 | |
| 74,734 | |
| 4,423 |
| 5.92 | |
| 74,430 | |
| 4,422 |
| 5.94 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total interest-bearing liabilities | |
| 2.21 | | | 4,283,348 | | | 113,499 | | | 2.65 | |
| 4,358,683 | |
| 135,555 |
| 3.11 | |
| 4,130,553 | |
| 103,620 |
| 2.51 | |
Non-interest-bearing liabilities: | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | |
Demand deposits | |
| | | | 842,337 | | | | | | | |
| 857,322 | |
| |
| | |
| 949,045 | |
| |
| | |
Other liabilities | |
| | | | 65,175 | | | | | | | |
| 84,249 | |
| |
| | |
| 88,678 | |
| |
| | |
Total liabilities | |
| | | | 5,190,860 | | | | | | | |
| 5,300,254 | |
| |
| | |
| 5,168,276 | |
| |
| | |
Stockholders’ equity | |
| | | | 623,749 | | | | | | | |
| 585,960 | |
| |
| | |
| 550,920 | |
| |
| | |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | | | | $ | 5,814,609 | | | | | | | | $ | 5,886,214 | |
| |
| | | $ | 5,719,196 | |
| |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net interest income: | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | |
Interest rate spread | |
| 3.18 | % | | | | $ | 200,233 | | | 3.10 | % |
| | | $ | 189,143 | | 2.76 | % |
| | | $ | 193,215 | | 2.97 | % |
Net interest margin* | |
| | | | | | | | | | 3.67 | % |
| | |
| | | 3.42 | % |
| | |
| | | 3.57 | % |
Average interest-earning assets to average interest- bearing liabilities | |
| | | | 127.4 | % | | | | | | |
| 127.0 | % |
| | |
| |
| 131.1 | % |
| | |
| |
*Defined as the Company’s net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.
(1) | Of the total average balance of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $53.0 million, $56.9 million and $56.0 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt industrial revenue bonds were $9.7 million, $10.6 million and $13.9 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $2.4 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $1.3 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. |
88
Table of Contents
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods shown. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to volume and rate. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | | Year Ended | ||||||||||||||
| | December 31, 2025 vs. | | December 31, 2024 vs. | ||||||||||||||
| | December 31, 2024 | | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||
| | Increase (Decrease) | | Total | | Increase (Decrease) | | Total | ||||||||||
| | Due to | | Increase | | Due to | | Increase | ||||||||||
| | Rate | | Volume | | (Decrease) | | Rate | | Volume | | (Decrease) | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Loans receivable | | $ | (6,566) | | $ | (5,150) | | $ | (11,716) | | $ | 20,180 | | $ | 5,044 | | $ | 25,224 |
Investment securities | |
| 1,537 | | | 252 | | | 1,789 | | | 1,539 | |
| 1,020 | | | 2,559 |
Interest-earning deposits in other banks | |
| (966) | | | (73) | | | (1,039) | | | 52 | |
| 28 | | | 80 |
Total interest-earning assets | |
| (5,995) | | | (4,971) | | | (10,966) | | | 21,771 | |
| 6,092 | | | 27,863 |
Interest-bearing liabilities: | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | |
Demand deposits | |
| (7,018) | | | 283 | | | (6,735) | | | 9,215 | |
| 346 | | | 9,561 |
Time deposits | |
| (4,493) | | | (4,465) | | | (8,958) | | | 7,513 | |
| (2,941) | | | 4,572 |
Brokered Deposits | |
| (670) | | | 795 | | | 125 | | | 788 | |
| 6,027 | | | 6,815 |
Total deposits | | | (12,181) | | | (3,387) | | | (15,568) | | | 17,516 | | | 3,432 | | | 20,948 |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | |
| 72 | | | (319) | | | (247) | | | 288 | |
| (86) | | | 202 |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLBank borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | |
| (1,980) | | | (1,602) | | | (3,582) | | | (226) | |
| 10,948 | | | 10,722 |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| (251) | | | — | | | (251) | | | 62 | |
| — | | | 62 |
Subordinated notes | |
| (5) | | | (2,403) | | | (2,408) | | | (13) | |
| 14 | | | 1 |
Total interest-bearing liabilities | |
| (14,345) | | | (7,711) | | | (22,056) | | | 17,627 | |
| 14,308 | | | 31,935 |
Net interest income | | $ | 8,350 | | $ | 2,740 | | $ | 11,090 | | $ | 4,144 | | $ | (8,216) | | $ | (4,072) |
Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
General
Net income decreased $6.0 million, or 8.8%, during the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Net income was $61.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $67.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in net interest income of $4.1 million, or 2.1%, and an increase in provision for credit losses on loans and unfunded commitments of $5.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in provision for income taxes of $3.9 million, or 22.0%.
89
Table of Contents
Total Interest Income
Total interest income increased $27.9 million, or 9.4%, during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was due to a $25.2 million increase in interest income on loans and a $2.6 million increase in interest income on investment securities and other interest-earning assets. Interest income on loans increased for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to higher average rates of interest on loans and also due to higher average loan balances. Interest income from investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, due to higher average balances and average rates of interest on investment securities.
Interest Income – Loans
During the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, interest income on loans increased $20.2 million as the result of higher average interest rates on loans. The average yield on loans increased from 5.87% during the year ended December 31, 2023 to 6.30% during the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to the repricing of floating rate loans in 2024 as market interest rates increased and the origination of new fixed-rate loans at higher market interest rates. In addition, interest income on loans increased $5.0 million as a result of higher average loan balances, which increased from $4.63 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $4.72 billion during the year ended December 31, 2024. In 2023, loan originations and net loan growth were muted; however, in 2024, there was some loan growth as a result of the funding of previously approved but unfunded balances on construction loans and a reduced level of loan repayments in 2024.
Described above, in the comparison of the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024, is an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $400 million that was previously terminated. The Company recorded interest income related to this interest rate swap of $8.1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Also described above, in the comparison of the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024, is an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $300 million that contractually terminated on March 1, 2024. The Company recorded a reduction of loan interest income related to this swap transaction of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to a reduction of loan interest income related to this swap transaction of $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2023.
In addition, described above, in the comparison of the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024, are two additional interest rate swap transactions, each with a notional amount of $200 million, an effective date of May 1, 2023 and a termination date of May 1, 2028. The Company recorded a reduction of loan interest income related to these swap transactions of $10.4 million and $7.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Interest Income – Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets
Interest income on investments increased $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest income increased $1.5 million due to an increase in average interest rates from 2.91% during the year ended December 31, 2023 to 3.13% during the year ended December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2024, the investment portfolio did not include a material amount of adjustable-rate securities. Interest income increased $1.0 million as a result of an increase in average balances from $685.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $719.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. Average balances and average rates of interest of securities increased primarily due to purchases in 2024 of agency multi-family mortgage-backed securities that have a fixed rate of interest with expected lives of four to ten years, which fits with the Company’s current asset/liability management strategies, partially offset by normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.
Interest income on other interest-earning assets increased $80,000 in the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest income increased $52,000 as a result of higher average interest rates from 5.04% during the year ended December 31, 2023, to 5.09% during the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest income increased $28,000 as a result of an increase in average balances from $98.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $98.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.
90
Table of Contents
Total Interest Expense
Total interest expense increased $31.9 million, or 30.8%, during the year ended December 31, 2024, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2023, due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $20.9 million, or 23.6%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $10.7 million, or 104.0%, an increase in interest expense on securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements of $202,000, or 16.8%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts of $62,000, or 3.6%.
Interest Expense – Deposits
Interest expense on demand deposits increased $9.2 million due to an increase in average rates from 1.30% during the year ended December 31, 2023, to 1.71% during the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest rates paid on demand deposits were higher in 2024 due to significant increases in overall market rates in 2023. Market interest rates peaked in early 2024 and generally declined in the latter part of 2024, but not to the same degree as the increases that occurred in 2023. Interest on demand deposits increased $346,000 due to an increase in average balances from $2.20 billion in the year ended December 31, 2023, to $2.23 billion in the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company experienced decreased balances in certain types of NOW accounts, mostly offset by increases in money market accounts, which generally have higher rates of interest than NOW accounts.
Interest expense on time deposits increased $7.5 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest from 2.97% during the year ended December 31, 2023, to 3.93% during the year ended December 31, 2024. Partially offsetting this increase, interest expense on time deposits decreased $2.9 million due to a decrease in the average balance of time deposits from $991.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $866.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. A large portion of the Company’s certificate of deposit portfolio matures within six to twelve months and therefore reprices fairly quickly, which is consistent with the portfolio over the past several years. Older certificates of deposit that renewed or were replaced with new deposits generally resulted in the Company paying a higher rate of interest due to increases in market interest rates throughout 2023 and targeted rate promotions during 2023 and 2024. Average time deposit interest rates continued to increase into mid-year 2024 and trended somewhat lower in the latter portion of 2024.
Interest expense on brokered deposits increased $6.0 million, due to an increase in average balances from $611.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 to $729.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest expense on brokered deposits also increased $788,000 due to average rates of interest that increased from 5.02% in the year ended December 31, 2023 to 5.15% in the year ended December 31, 2024. Brokered deposits added during 2024 were at higher market rates than brokered deposits previously issued. The Company uses brokered deposits of select maturities and interest rate structures from time to time to supplement its various funding channels and to manage interest rate risk.
In 2023, the Company entered into $95.0 million in interest rate swaps on brokered deposits. The Company elected to terminate these swaps in 2024, prior to their contractual termination date in February 2025. The Company received a net settlement payment from the swap counterparty totaling $26,500 upon termination.
Interest Expense - FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings, Repurchase Agreements and Other Interest-bearing Liabilities; Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust and Subordinated Notes
FHLBank term advances were not utilized during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. FHLBank overnight borrowings were utilized in 2024 and 2023.
Interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements increased $288,000 due to an increase in average rates during the year ended December 31, 2024 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The average rate of interest was 1.86% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 1.47% during the year ended December 31, 2023. The average balance of repurchase agreements decreased $6.6 million from $82.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 to $75.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2024, which was due to changes in customers’ desire for this product, which can fluctuate.
91
Table of Contents
Interest expense on short-term borrowings (including overnight borrowings from the FHLBank and BTFP borrowings from FRBSTL) and other interest-bearing liabilities increased $10.9 million due to an increase in average balances from $142.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, to $358.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, which was primarily due to changes in the Company’s funding needs for loans and investments and the mix of funding, which can fluctuate. Most of this increase was due to the increased utilization of overnight borrowings from the FHLBank and BTFP borrowings from FRBSTL. Partially offsetting this increase, interest expense on short-term borrowings, overnight FHLBank borrowings from the FHLBank and BTFP borrowings from FRBSTL and other interest-bearing liabilities decreased $226,000 due to average rates that decreased from 5.25% in the year ended December 31, 2023, to 5.09% in the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in the average rate of interest was primarily due to 2024 including the BTFP borrowing, which had a lower rate of interest at 4.83% than the FHLB overnight borrowings.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased $62,000 due to higher average interest rates. The average interest rate was 6.74% in 2023, compared to 6.98% in 2024. The subordinated debentures are variable-rate debentures. There was no change in the average balance of the subordinated debentures between 2023 and 2024.
In June 2020, the Company issued $75.0 million of 5.50% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due June 15, 2030. The notes were sold at par, resulting in net proceeds, after underwriting discounts and commissions and other issuance costs, of approximately $73.5 million. These issuance costs were amortized over the expected life of the notes, which was five years from the issuance date, impacting the overall interest expense on the notes. There was no material change in interest expense on subordinated notes between 2023 and 2024. As mentioned in the comparison of the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company redeemed all $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of the notes on June 15, 2025.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased $4.1 million, or 2.1%, to $189.1 million, compared to $193.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Net interest margin was 3.42% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2023, a decrease of 15 basis points. The Company experienced increases in interest income on both loans and investment securities and increases in interest expense on deposits, short-term borrowings, subordinated debentures issued to capital trust and repurchase agreements.
The Company’s overall interest rate spread decreased 21 basis points, or 7.3%, from 2.97% during the year ended December 31, 2023, to 2.76% during the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was due to a 60 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 39 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans increased 43 basis points, the yield on investment securities increased 22 basis points and the yield on other interest-earning assets increased five basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 54 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities increased 16 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased 24 basis points and the rate paid on reverse repurchase agreements increased 39 basis points. Interest rates earned on loans and paid on deposits are affected by the mix of the loan and deposit portfolios, the stated maturity of loans and time deposits, the amount of fixed-rate and variable-rate loans and other repricing characteristics.
For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the “Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields” table in this Report.
Provision for and Allowance for Credit Losses
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a provision expense of $1.7 million on its portfolio of outstanding loans, compared to a provision expense of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company experienced net charge offs of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to net charge offs of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
The Company recorded a provision for losses on unfunded commitments of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to a negative provision of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The level of provisions for unfunded commitments is primarily related to the increases and decreases in the balance of unfunded commitments.
92
Table of Contents
The Bank’s allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.36% and 1.39% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Non-performing Assets
Non-performing assets at December 31, 2024, were $9.6 million, a decrease of $2.2 million from $11.8 million at December 31, 2023. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.16% at December 31, 2024, compared to 0.20% at December 31, 2023.
Compared to December 31, 2023, non-performing loans decreased $8.1 million to $3.6 million at December 31, 2024, and foreclosed assets increased $6.0 million, to $6.0 million at December 31, 2024. The majority of the decrease in non-performing loans was in the non-performing commercial real estate loans category, which decreased $10.5 million from December 31, 2023, primarily due to one loan relationship, totaling $6.0 million, being transferred from non-performing loans to foreclosed assets held for sale in 2024. Additionally, non-performing commercial real estate loans also decreased in 2024 due to payments on such loans of $3.7 million. One other residential (multi-family) loan relationship, totaling $9.3 million, was added to non-performing loans, then transferred from non-performing loans to foreclosed assets held for sale and sold for a gain, all during 2024.
Non-performing Loans. Activity in the non-performing loans category during the year ended December 31, 2024, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | Transfers to | | Transfers to | | | | | | | | | | ||
| | Beginning | | Additions | | Removed | | Potential | | Foreclosed | | | | | | | | Ending | ||||||
| | Balance, | | to Non- | | from Non- | | Problem | | Assets and | | Charge- | | | | | Balance, | |||||||
| | January 1 | | Performing | | Performing | | Loans | | Repossessions | | Offs | | Payments | | December 31 | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| 384 | | | 553 | | | — | | | — | | | (133) | | | (101) | | | (239) | | | 464 |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 722 | | | 2,770 | | | (673) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (188) | | | 2,631 |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | 9,572 | | | — | | | — | | | (9,279) | | | — | | | (293) | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| 10,552 | | | 859 | | | — | | | — | | | (6,189) | | | (1,433) | | | (3,712) | | | 77 |
Commercial business | |
| 31 | | | 384 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (31) | | | — | | | 384 |
Consumer | |
| 59 | | | 130 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (103) | | | (69) | | | 17 |
Total non-performing loans | | $ | 11,748 | | $ | 14,268 | | $ | (673) | | $ | — | | $ | (15,601) | | $ | (1,668) | | $ | (4,501) | | $ | 3,573 |
At December 31, 2024, the non-performing one-to four-family residential category included seven loans, six of which were added during 2024. The largest relationship in this category, totaling $2.1 million and which was added during 2024, is collateralized by three rental duplexes, a one-to four-family residential property and a condominium unit. The non-performing land development category consisted of one loan, added in 2024, which totaled $464,000 and is collateralized by improved commercial land in the Omaha, Nebraska area. The non-performing commercial business category consisted of two loans, both of which were added during 2024. The non-performing commercial real estate category consisted of two loans, one of which was added during 2024. During 2024, a single commercial real estate loan totaling $6.0 million which had been collateralized by an office building in Clayton, Missouri was transferred from the non-performing commercial real estate category to foreclosed assets. Prior to the transfer in 2024, the Company collected payments of $1.1 million and charged down the loan balance by $1.2 million. Another relationship in the commercial real estate category totaling $2.4 million at December 31, 2023, was collected in full during 2024. During 2024, one loan of $9.6 million (discussed above), collateralized by a student housing project in Texas, was added to the other residential (multi-family) category. The Company collected payments of $293,000 and subsequently transferred this non-performing loan to foreclosed assets, after which the collateral was sold for a $300,000 gain.
Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions. All of the total $6.0 million of other real estate owned and repossessions at December 31, 2024 were acquired through foreclosure.
93
Table of Contents
Activity in foreclosed assets and repossessions during the year ended December 31, 2024, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Beginning | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Ending | ||
| | Balance, | | | | | | | | Capitalized | | Write- | | Balance, | ||||
| | January 1 | | Additions | | Sales | | Costs | | Downs | | December 31 | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | 133 | | | (133) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | 9,279 | | | (9,279) | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | 6,189 | | | (229) | | | — | | | — | | | 5,960 |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | |
| 23 | | | 151 | | | (141) | | | — | | | — | | | 33 |
Total foreclosed assets and repossessions | | $ | 23 | | $ | 15,752 | | $ | (9,782) | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 5,993 |
At December 31, 2024, the commercial real estate category of foreclosed assets consisted of one office building located in Clayton, Missouri that previously collateralized a $6.0 million loan that was transferred from non-performing loans during 2024 as described above in the discussion of non-performing loans. The other residential (multi-family) category of foreclosed assets previously included one property consisting of a student housing project in Texas, which was added and sold during 2024 as described previously in the discussion of non-performing loans. Upon the sale of this asset, the Company realized a gain of $300,000. The additions and sales in the consumer category were due to the volume of repossessions of automobiles, which generally are subject to a shorter repossession process.
Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $312,000 during the year ended December 31, 2024, from $7.4 million at December 31, 2023 to $7.1 million at December 31, 2024.
Activity in the potential problem loans category during the year ended December 31, 2024, was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | Removed | | | | | Transfers to | | | | | | | | | | ||
| | Beginning | | Additions | | from | | Transfers to | | Foreclosed | | | | | | | | Ending | ||||||
| | Balance, | | to Potential | | Potential | | Non- | | Assets and | | Charge- | | | | | Balance, | |||||||
| | January 1 | | Problem | | Problem | | Performing | | Repossessions | | Offs | | Payments | | December 31 | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| 158 | | | 1,234 | | | (83) | | | (33) | | | — | | | — | | | (74) | | | 1,202 |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| 7,162 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (7,162) | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | 4,358 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (27) | | | 4,331 |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | 213 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (213) | | | — |
Consumer | |
| 54 | | | 1,705 | | | (121) | | | — | | | (4) | | | (67) | | | (38) | | | 1,529 |
Total potential problem loans | | $ | 7,374 | | $ | 7,510 | | $ | (204) | | $ | (33) | | $ | (4) | | $ | (67) | | $ | (7,514) | | $ | 7,062 |
94
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2024, the commercial real estate category of potential problem loans included three loans totaling $4.3 million, all of which are part of one relationship and were added in 2024. This relationship is collateralized by three nursing care facilities located in southwest Missouri. The borrower’s business cash flow was negatively impacted by a reduction in labor participation and increased operating costs as well as ongoing changes to the Missouri Medicaid reimbursement rate. Monthly payments were timely made prior to the transfer to this category and continued to be paid timely. At December 31, 2024, the one- to four-family residential category of potential problem loans included 11 loans, 10 of which were added during 2024. The largest relationship in this category totaled $234,000, or 19.5% of the total category. The consumer category includes one home equity loan totaling $748,000 related to the nursing care facility relationship noted above. Another home equity loan totaling $642,000 is associated with the largest one- to four-family residential relationship described above in the non-performing loans discussion. The decrease in the other residential (multi-family) category of potential problem loans included the payment in full during 2024 of one $7.2 million loan relationship that was collateralized by an apartment and retail project in Oklahoma. This was the only loan relationship in the category.
Loans Categorized as “Watch” and “Special Mention”
The Company reviews the credit quality of its loan portfolio using an internal grading system that classifies loans as “Satisfactory,” “Watch,” “Special Mention,” “Substandard” and “Doubtful.” Multiple loan reviews take place on a continuous basis by credit risk and lending management. Reviews are focused on financial performance, occupancy trends, delinquency status, covenant compliance, collateral support, economic considerations and various other factors. Loans classified as “Watch” are being monitored due to indications of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future reclassification as special mention or substandard. Loans classified as “Watch” increased $7.6 million, from $8.3 million at December 31, 2023 to $15.9 million at December 31, 2024, due to the addition of ten loans totaling $11.3 million, partially offset by payoffs of $1.6 million and loans totaling $1.4 million being downgraded during 2024. While loans classified as “Special Mention” are not adversely classified, they are deserving of management’s close attention to ensure repayment prospects or the credit position of the assets does not deteriorate and expose the institution to elevated risk to warrant adverse classification at a future date. In the year ended December 31, 2024, loans classified as “Special Mention” decreased $25.2 million, from $26.7 million at December 31, 2023 to $1.5 million at December 31, 2024. The $1.5 million balance consisted of two relationships which were added in 2024. Two loan relationships totaling $7.2 million were upgraded to “Watch” and two loan relationships totaling $14.3 million were downgraded to “Substandard.” In addition, there were payments collected on loans categorized as “Watch” totaling $5.1 million in 2024. See Note 3 for further discussion of the Company’s loan grading system.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $30.6 million compared to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase of $492,000, or 1.6%, was primarily as a result of the following items:
Other income: Other income increased $2.2 million compared to the prior year. In 2024, the Company recorded $2.7 million of other income, net of expenses and write-offs, related to the termination of the Master Agreement between the Company and a third-party software vendor for the conversion of the Company’s core banking platform. This amount represented the elimination of certain deferred credits and other liabilities, along with the write-off of certain capitalized hardware, software and other assets, that previously had been recorded as part of the preparation to convert to the intended new core-banking platform.
Net gains on loan sales: Net gains on loan sales increased $1.4 million compared to the prior year. The increase was partially due to an increase in balance of fixed-rate single-family mortgage loans sold during 2024 compared to 2023. The Company also realized higher premiums on the sale of loans in 2024, as market interest rates were more stable when compared to the prior year.
Overdraft and insufficient funds fees: Overdraft and insufficient funds fees decreased $2.5 million compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the continuation of a multi-year trend whereby our customers are choosing to forego authorizing payments of certain items which exceed their account balances, resulting in fewer overdrafts in checking accounts and related fees.
Point-of-sale and ATM fees: Point-of-sale and ATM fees decreased $760,000 compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to a portion of these transactions now being routed through channels with lower fees to the Company, which is expected to continue in future periods, and certain increases in related processing costs during the transition to a new debit card processor.
95
Table of Contents
Non-Interest Expense
Total non-interest expense increased $472,000, or 0.3%, from $141.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2023, to $141.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 64.40%, compared to 63.16% for 2023. The Company’s ratio of non-interest expense to average assets was 2.40% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2.47% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2024, increased $167.0 million, or 2.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to increases in average net loans receivable.
The following were key items related to the increase in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023:
Other operating expenses: Other operating expenses increased $1.7 million from the prior year. In 2024, the Company expensed $2.0 million due to developments related to a litigation/contract dispute matter.
Net occupancy and equipment expenses: Net occupancy expenses increased $1.3 million from the prior year. Various components of computer license and support expenses collectively increased by $1.4 million in 2024 compared to 2023.
Legal, Audit and Other Professional Fees: Legal, audit and other professional fees decreased $1.7 million from the prior year, to $5.4 million. In 2023, the Company expensed a total of $4.1 million, primarily related to training and implementation costs for the core systems conversion and professional fees to consultants engaged to support the Company’s proposed transition of core and ancillary software and information technology systems, compared to $2.0 million expensed in 2024.
Expense on other real estate owned: Expense on other real estate owned decreased $615,000 when compared to 2023, to income of $304,000 in 2024. In 2024, the Company recorded a gain on foreclosed asset sales of $495,000 compared to a $39,000 loss in 2023.
Provision for Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s effective tax rate was 18.1% and 20.6%, respectively. These effective rates were at or below the statutory federal tax rate of 21%, due primarily to the utilization of certain investment tax credits and the Company’s tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans, which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate.
Liquidity
Liquidity is a measure of the Company’s ability to generate sufficient cash to meet present and future financial obligations in a timely manner through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. These obligations include the credit needs of customers, funding deposit withdrawals, and the day-to-day operations of the Company. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions and certain investment securities and loans. As a result of the Company’s ability to generate liquidity primarily through liability funding, management believes that the Company maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and meet its borrowers’ credit needs. At December 31, 2025, the Company had commitments of approximately $14.1 million to fund loan originations, $1.16 billion of unused lines of credit and unadvanced loans, and $15.2 million of outstanding letters of credit.
Loan commitments and the unfunded portion of loans at the dates indicated were as follows (in thousands):
96
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, | |||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | |||||
Closed non-construction loans with unused available lines |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Secured by real estate (one- to four-family) | | $ | 208,229 | | $ | 205,599 | | $ | 203,964 | | $ | 199,182 | | $ | 175,682 |
Secured by real estate (not one- to four-family) | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 23,752 |
Not secured by real estate - commercial business | |
| 114,568 | |
| 106,621 | |
| 82,435 | |
| 104,452 | |
| 91,786 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Closed construction loans with unused available lines | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Secured by real estate (one-to four-family) | |
| 112,684 | |
| 94,501 | |
| 101,545 | |
| 100,669 | |
| 74,501 |
Secured by real estate (not one-to four-family) | |
| 624,025 | |
| 703,947 | |
| 719,039 | |
| 1,444,450 | |
| 1,092,029 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loan commitments not closed | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Secured by real estate (one-to four-family) | |
| 14,113 | |
| 14,373 | |
| 12,347 | |
| 16,819 | |
| 53,529 |
Secured by real estate (not one-to four-family) | |
| 19,412 | |
| 53,660 | |
| 48,153 | |
| 157,645 | |
| 146,826 |
Not secured by real estate - commercial business | |
| 38,262 | |
| 22,884 | |
| 11,763 | |
| 50,145 | |
| 12,920 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | 1,131,293 | | $ | 1,201,585 | | $ | 1,179,246 | | $ | 2,073,362 | | $ | 1,671,025 |
The following table summarizes the Company’s fixed and determinable contractual obligations by payment date as of December 31, 2025. Additional information regarding these contractual obligations is discussed further in Notes 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 17 of the accompanying audited financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Payments Due In: | ||||||||||
| | One Year or | | Over One to | | Over Five | | | | |||
| | Less | | Five Years | | Years | | Total | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Deposits without a stated maturity | | $ | 3,130,908 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 3,130,908 |
Time and brokered certificates of deposit | |
| 1,142,827 | | | 208,326 | | | 713 | | | 1,351,866 |
Short-term borrowings | |
| 379,395 | | | — | | | — | | | 379,395 |
Subordinated debentures | |
| — | | | — | | | 25,774 | | | 25,774 |
Operating leases | |
| 1,281 | | | 2,673 | | | 768 | | | 4,722 |
Dividends declared but not paid | |
| 4,761 | | | — | | | — | | | 4,761 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | 4,659,172 | | $ | 210,999 | | $ | 27,255 | | $ | 4,897,426 |
The Company’s primary sources of funds are customer deposits, brokered deposits, short-term borrowings at the FHLBank, other borrowings, loan repayments, unpledged securities, proceeds from sales of loans and available-for-sale securities, and funds provided from operations. The Company utilizes some or all these sources of funds depending on the comparative costs and availability at the time. The Company has from time to time chosen not to pay rates on deposits as high as the rates paid by certain of its competitors and, when believed to be appropriate, supplements deposits with less expensive alternative sources of funds. The Company has utilized both fixed-rate and floating-rate brokered deposits of varying terms, as well as overnight FHLBank borrowings.
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had these available secured lines and on-balance sheet liquidity:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | | December 31, 2024 | ||
Federal Home Loan Bank line | | $ | 1,320.6 million | | $ | 1,058.8 million |
Federal Reserve Bank line | |
| 305.2 million | |
| 346.4 million |
Cash and cash equivalents | |
| 189.6 million | |
| 195.8 million |
Unpledged securities – Available-for-sale | | | 338.5 million | | | 329.9 million |
Unpledged securities – Held-to-maturity | |
| 24.4 million | |
| 25.0 million |
97
Table of Contents
Statements of Cash Flows. During each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company experienced positive cash flows from operating activities. The Company experienced positive cash flows from investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2025, and negative cash flows from investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Company experienced negative cash flows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2025, and positive cash flows from financing activities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Cash flows from operating activities for the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows have been primarily related to changes in accrued and deferred assets, credits and other liabilities, depreciation and amortization and the amortization of deferred loan origination fees and discounts (premiums) on loans and investments, all of which are non-cash or non-operating adjustments to operating cash flows. Net income adjusted for non-cash and non-operating items and the origination and sale of loans held-for-sale were the primary sources of cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided cash flows of $81.5 million, $44.1 million and $80.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, investing activities provided cash of $367.2 million, used cash of $175.4 million and used cash of $88.2 million, respectively. In 2025, investing activities provided cash primarily due to the net decrease in loans and cash received from the proceeds of repayments from investment securities, partially offset by purchases of premises and equipment and investments in tax credit partnerships. In 2024 and 2023, investing activities used cash primarily due to the net increase in loans and purchase of loans, the purchase of investment securities, and investments in tax credit partnerships, partially offset by cash received from the proceeds of repayments from investment securities.
Changes in cash flows from financing activities during the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows are primarily due to changes in deposits after interest credited, changes in short-term borrowings, proceeds from and repayment of FRB BTFP borrowings, redemption of subordinated notes, purchases of the Company’s common stock and dividend payments to stockholders. Financing activities used cash of $454.9 million, provided cash of $115.8 million and provided cash of $50.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In 2025, financing activities used cash primarily due to the repayment of FRB borrowings and the redemption of all of the Company’s subordinated notes, net decreases in time and brokered deposits, repurchases of the Company’s common stock and dividends paid to stockholders, partially offset by net increases in checking deposits. In 2024 and 2023, financing activities provided cash primarily due to proceeds from FRB BTFP borrowings (2024), net increases in brokered deposits, and net increases in short-term borrowings, partially offset by net decreases in time and checking deposits, repurchases of the Company’s common stock and dividends paid to stockholders.
Capital Resources
Management continuously reviews the capital position of the Company and the Bank to ensure compliance with minimum regulatory requirements, as well as to explore ways to increase capital either by retained earnings or other means.
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s total stockholders’ equity was $636.1 million, or 11.4% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $57.50 per common share. As of December 31, 2024, total stockholders’ equity was $599.6 million, or 10.0% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $51.14 per common share. At December 31, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 11.2%, compared to 9.9% at December 31, 2024.
Included in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2025 and 2024, were unrealized losses (net of taxes) on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities totaling $27.6 million and $46.1 million, respectively. This change in net unrealized losses during the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily resulted from decreasing short-term and intermediate-term market interest rates which generally increased the fair value of investment securities.
Also included in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2025 and 2024, were unrealized losses (net of taxes) on the Company’s two outstanding cash flow hedges (two interest rate swaps totaling $400 million notional value) totaling $4.2 million and $12.8 million, respectively. Increases in market interest rates in previous periods since the inception of these hedges caused their fair values to decrease. Decreasing short-term market interest rates in 2025 generally increased the fair value of these hedges.
98
Table of Contents
As noted above, total stockholders’ equity increased $36.5 million, from $599.6 million at December 31, 2024 to $636.1 million at December 31, 2025. Stockholders’ equity increased due to the Company recording net income of $71.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and due to $6.7 million in stock option exercises during 2025. Partially offsetting these increases were repurchases of the Company’s common stock totaling $44.5 million and dividends declared on common stock of $18.8 million. AOCI (loss) decreased $22.2 million (increase to stockholders’ equity) during the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily due to changes in the market value of available-for-sale securities and changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges.
The Company also had unrealized losses on its portfolio of held-to-maturity investment securities, which totaled $16.6 million and $24.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, that were not included in its total capital balance. If these held-to-maturity unrealized losses were included in capital (net of taxes), this would have decreased total stockholder’s equity by $12.5 million at December 31, 2025. This amount was equal to 2.0% of total stockholders’ equity of $636.1 million at that date.
Banks are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios. These ratios compare capital, as defined by the risk-based regulations, to assets adjusted for their relative risk as defined by the regulations. Under current guidelines, banks must have a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.50%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00%. To be considered “well capitalized,” banks must have a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.50%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.00%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.00%. On December 31, 2025, the Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.0%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.0%, its total capital ratio was 14.3% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.3%. As a result, as of December 31, 2025, the Bank was well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such. On December 31, 2024, the Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.6%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.6%, its total capital ratio was 13.9% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.0%. As a result, as of December 31, 2024, the Bank was well capitalized, with capital ratios in excess of those required to qualify as such.
The FRB has established capital regulations for bank holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. On December 31, 2025, the Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.6%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 14.1%, its total capital ratio was 15.3% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 12.2%. On December 31, 2024, the Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.3%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.8%, its total capital ratio was 15.4% and its Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.2%.
In addition to the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio, the Company and the Bank have to maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional common equity Tier 1 capital greater than 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above the required minimum levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying discretionary bonuses. Both the Company and the Bank had a capital conservation buffer that exceeded the required minimum levels at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
99
Table of Contents
Dividends. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $1.66 per share (26.8% of net income per common share) and paid common stock cash dividends of $1.63 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $1.60 per share (30.4% of net income per common share) and paid common stock cash dividends of $1.60 per share. The Board of Directors meets regularly to consider the level and the timing of dividend payments. The $0.43 per share dividend declared but unpaid as of December 31, 2025, was paid to stockholders in January 2026.
Common Stock Repurchases and Issuances. The Company has been in various buy-back programs since May 1990. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company repurchased 755,759 shares of its common stock at an average price of $58.35 per share and 284,483 shares of its common stock at an average price of $53.10 per share, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company issued 94,463 shares of common stock at an average price of $51.03 per share and 203,601 shares of common stock at an average price of $49.59 per share, respectively, to cover stock option exercises.
In April 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program to purchase shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The new stock repurchase program authorizes the purchase, from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions, of up to one million additional shares of the Company’s common stock. This program does not have an expiration date. The authorization of this program became effective in August 2025 upon completion of the previous repurchase program (authorized in November 2022). At December 31, 2025, a total of approximately 687,000 shares remained available in the Company’s current stock repurchase authorization.
Management has historically utilized stock buy-back programs from time to time as long as management believed that repurchasing the Company’s common stock would contribute to the overall growth of stockholder value. The number of shares that will be repurchased at any particular time and the prices that will be paid are subject to many factors, several of which are outside of the control of the Company. The primary factors typically include the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time, the market price of the stock and the projected impact on the Company’s earnings per share and capital.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). This non-GAAP financial information includes the tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio.
In calculating the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, we subtract period-end intangible assets from common equity and from total assets. Management believes that the presentation of this measure excluding the impact of intangible assets provides useful supplemental information that is helpful in understanding our financial condition and results of operations, as it provides a method to assess management’s success in utilizing our tangible capital as well as our capital strength. Management also believes that providing a measure that excludes balances of intangible assets, which are subjective components of valuation, facilitates the comparison of our performance with the performance of our peers. In addition, management believes that this is a standard financial measure used in the banking industry to evaluate performance.
This non-GAAP financial measurement is supplemental and is not a substitute for any analysis based on GAAP financial measures. Because not all companies use the same calculation of non-GAAP measures, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures as calculated by other companies.
100
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Reconciliation: Ratio of Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, | | December 31, |
| |||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
| |||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Common equity at period end | | $ | 636,126 | | $ | 599,568 | | $ | 571,829 | | $ | 533,087 | | $ | 616,752 | |
Less: Intangible assets at period end | |
| 9,660 | |
| 10,094 | |
| 10,527 | |
| 10,813 | |
| 6,081 | |
Tangible common equity at period end (a) | | $ | 626,466 | | $ | 589,474 | | $ | 561,302 | | $ | 522,274 | | $ | 610,671 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets at period end | | $ | 5,598,606 | | $ | 5,981,628 | | $ | 5,812,402 | | $ | 5,680,702 | | $ | 5,449,944 | |
Less: Intangible assets at period end | |
| 9,660 | |
| 10,094 | |
| 10,527 | |
| 10,813 | |
| 6,081 | |
Tangible assets at period end (b) | | $ | 5,588,946 | | $ | 5,971,534 | | $ | 5,801,875 | | $ | 5,669,889 | | $ | 5,443,863 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (a) / (b) | |
| 11.21 | % |
| 9.87 | % |
| 9.67 | % |
| 9.21 | % |
| 11.22 | % |
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk
A principal operating objective of the Company is to produce stable earnings by achieving a favorable interest rate spread that can be sustained during fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce its exposure to adverse changes in interest rates by attempting to achieve a closer match between the periods in which its interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets can be expected to reprice through the origination of adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms to maturity and the purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets.
Our Risk When Interest Rates Change
The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.
How We Measure the Risk to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes
In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor Great Southern’s interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk, we regularly analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.
101
Table of Contents
The ability to maximize net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a positive interest rate spread that can be sustained despite fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is a measure of the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate repricing “gap,” provides an indication of the extent to which an institution’s interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets during the same period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap within shorter repricing periods would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter repricing periods would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, the opposite would be true. As of December 31, 2025, Great Southern’s interest rate risk models indicated that, generally, rising interest rates are expected to have a modestly positive impact on the Company’s net interest income, while declining interest rates are expected to have a mostly neutral impact on net interest income. Any negative impact of a falling Federal Funds rate and other market interest rates also falling could be more pronounced if we are not able to decrease non-maturity deposit rates accordingly. We model various interest rate scenarios for rising and falling rates, including both parallel and non-parallel shifts in rates. The results of our modeling indicate that net interest income is not likely to be significantly affected either positively or negatively in the first twelve months following relatively minor changes in interest rates because our portfolios are relatively well matched in a twelve-month horizon. In a situation where market interest rates increase significantly in a short period of time, our net interest margin increase may be more pronounced in the very near term (first one to three months), due to fairly rapid increases in SOFR interest rates (which replaced LIBOR interest rates) and “prime” interest rates. In a situation where market interest rates decrease significantly in a short period of time, as they did in March 2020, our net interest margin decrease may be more pronounced in the very near term (first one to three months), due to fairly rapid decreases in SOFR interest rates and “prime” interest rates. In the subsequent months, we would expect that net interest margin would stabilize and begin to recover, as renewal interest rates on maturing time deposits decrease compared to the then-current rates paid on those products. During 2020, we experienced some compression of our net interest margin due to the Federal Funds rate being cut by 2.25% from July 2019 through March 2020. Margin compression primarily resulted from changes in the asset mix, mainly the addition of lower-yielding assets and the issuance of subordinated notes during 2020, and net interest margin remained lower than our historical average in 2021. LIBOR/SOFR interest rates decreased significantly in 2020 and remained very low in 2021 and into the first three months of 2022, putting pressure on loan yields, and strong pricing competition for loans and deposits remained in most of our markets. After March 2022, market interest rates increased fairly rapidly. This increased loan yields and expanded our net interest income and net interest margin in the latter half of 2022 and the first three months of 2023. While market interest rate increases are expected to result in increases to loan yields, we expect that much of this benefit will be offset by increased funding costs, including changes in the funding mix, as experienced in 2023 and much of 2024. Market interest rate decreases began in late 2024, with a short series of Federal Funds rate cuts. Another short series of Federal Funds rate cuts followed in late 2025. These rate cuts have not had a material negative impact on our net interest margin through the end of 2025. As of December 31, 2025, time deposit maturities over the next 12 months were as follows: within three months – $591.3 million with a weighted-average rate of 3.53%; within three to six months – $262.9 million with a weighted-average rate of 3.13%; and within six to twelve months – $38.7 million with a weighted-average rate of 1.87%. Based on time deposit market rates in December 2025, replacement rates for these maturing time deposits are likely to be approximately 2.70-3.10%, depending on term.
The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. Prior to its increase of 0.25% on December 16, 2015, the FRB had last changed interest rates on December 16, 2008. This was the first rate increase since September 29, 2006. The FRB also implemented rate increases of 0.25% on eight additional occasions beginning December 2016 and through December 2018, with the Federal Funds rate reaching as high as 2.50%. After December 2018, the FRB paused its rate increases and, in July, September and October 2019, implemented rate decreases of 0.25% on each of those occasions. At December 31, 2019, the Federal Funds rate stood at 1.75%. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FRB decreased interest rates on two occasions in March 2020, a 0.50% decrease on March 3 and a 1.00% decrease on March 16. At December 31, 2021, the Federal Funds rate was 0.25%. In 2022, the FRB implemented rate increases of 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 0.75%, 0.75%, 0.75% and 0.50% in March, May, June, July, September, November and December 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Federal Funds rate was 4.50%. In 2023, the FRB implemented rate increases of 0.25%, 0.25%, 0.25% and 0.25% in February, March, May and July 2023, respectively. At December 31, 2023 the Federal Funds rate was 5.50%. In 2024, the FRB implemented rate decreases of 0.50%, 0.25%, and 0.25% in September, November and December, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the Federal Funds rate was 4.50%. In 2025, the FRB implemented rate decreases of 0.25% in each of September, October and December, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the Federal Funds rate was 3.75%. Financial markets now expect the possibility of further decreases in Federal Funds interest rates in 2026 to be modest, if any, with potential cuts of only 0.25% at a methodical pace and with interest rate decisions being made at each FRB meeting based on economic data available at the time.
102
Table of Contents
Great Southern’s loan portfolio includes loans ($1.58 billion at December 31, 2025) tied to various SOFR indices that will be subject to adjustment at least once within 90 days after December 31, 2025. All of these loans have interest rate floors at various rates. Great Southern also has a portfolio of loans ($654.1 million at December 31, 2025) tied to a “prime rate” of interest that will adjust immediately or within 90 days of a change to the “prime rate” of interest. Nearly all of these loans have interest rate floors at various rates. At December 31, 2025, nearly all of these SOFR and “prime rate” loans had fully-indexed rates that were at or above their floor rate and so are expected to move fully with future market interest rate increases, and most are expected to move fully with future market interest rate decreases as many of these loans have floor rates well below their current index rate.
Interest rate risk exposure estimates (the sensitivity gap) are not exact measures of an institution’s actual interest rate risk. They are only indicators of interest rate risk exposure produced in a simplified modeling environment designed to allow management to gauge the Bank’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. They do not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Bank’s net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive and other factors beyond the Bank’s control. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period may in fact mature or reprice at different times and in different amounts and cause a change, which could be material, in the Bank’s interest rate risk.
In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases and decreases in interest rates on Great Southern’s results of operations, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management policies to better match the maturities and repricing terms of Great Southern’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management recommends and the Board of Directors sets the asset and liability policies of Great Southern which are implemented by the Asset and Liability Committee. The Asset and Liability Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is comprised of members of Great Southern’s senior management. The purpose of the Asset and Liability Committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with Great Southern’s business plan and board-approved policies. The Asset and Liability Committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources, taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. The Asset and Liability Committee meets on a monthly basis to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital positions and anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities. At each meeting, the Asset and Liability Committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The Chief Financial Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the Board of Directors at their monthly meetings.
In order to manage its assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, Great Southern has focused its strategies on originating adjustable rate loans or loans with fixed rates that mature in less than five years, and managing its deposits and borrowings to establish stable relationships with both retail customers and wholesale funding sources.
At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, we may determine to increase our interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain or increase our net interest margin.
The Asset and Liability Committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of Great Southern.
103
Table of Contents
In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management. In 2011, the Company began executing interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Because the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. These interest rate derivatives result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.
In October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of the swap was $400 million with a contractual termination date of October 6, 2025. Under the terms of the swap, the Company received a fixed rate of interest of 3.018% and paid a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-LIBOR (now SOFR). The floating rate reset monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occurred monthly. Due to lower market interest rates, the Company received net interest settlements which were recorded as loan interest income. If USD-SOFR exceeded the fixed rate of interest, the Company was required to pay net settlements to the counterparty and record those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative was reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affected earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.
In March 2020, the Company and its swap counterparty mutually agreed to terminate the $400 million interest rate swap prior to its contractual maturity. The Company was paid $45.9 million from its swap counterparty as a result of this termination.
In March 2022, the Company entered into another interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of the swap was $300 million with an effective date of March 1, 2022 and terminated March 1, 2024.
In July 2022, the Company entered into two interest rate swap transactions as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of each swap is $200 million with an effective date of May 1, 2023 and a termination date of May 1, 2028. Under the terms of one swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 2.628% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-SOFR OIS. Under the terms of the other swap, the Company receives a fixed rate of interest of 5.725% and pays a floating rate of interest equal to one-month USD-Prime. In each case, the floating rate resets monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occur monthly. To the extent the fixed rate of interest exceeds the floating rate of interest, the Company receives net interest settlements, which are recorded as loan interest income. If the floating rate of interest exceeds the fixed rate of interest (as it does currently), the Company pays net settlements to the counterparty and records those net payments as a reduction of interest income on loans.
In February 2023, the Company entered into interest rate swap transactions as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of certain of its fixed rate brokered deposits. The total notional amount of the swaps was $95 million with a termination date of February 28, 2025. Under the terms of the swaps, the Company received a fixed rate of interest of 4.65% and paid a floating rate of interest equal to USD-SOFR-COMPOUND plus a spread. The floating rate reset monthly and net settlements of interest due to/from the counterparty also occurred monthly. To the extent that the fixed rate of interest exceeded USD-SOFR-COMPOUND plus the spread, the Company received net interest settlements, which were recorded as a reduction of deposit interest expense. If USD-SOFR-COMPOUND plus the spread exceeded the fixed rate of interest, the Company was required to pay net settlements to the counterparty and record those net payments as interest expense on deposits.
In January 2024, the Company elected to terminate the swaps related to brokered deposits prior to their contractual termination date in 2025. The Company received a net settlement payment from the swap counterparty totaling $26,500 upon termination. At the time of the early termination, the Company recorded a market value adjustment to the brokered deposit of $163,000, which was amortized as a reduction of interest expense from January 2024 through February 2025.
The Company’s interest rate derivatives and hedging activities are discussed further in Note 15 of the accompanying audited financial statements, which are included in Item 8 of this Report.
104
Table of Contents
The following tables illustrate the expected maturities and repricing, respectively, of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2025. These schedules do not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. The tables are based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Maturities
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | | | | | | | December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2025 | |
| | 2026 | | 2027 | | 2028 | | 2029 | | 2030 | | 2031-2040 | | Thereafter | | Total | | Fair Value | |||||||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Assets: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Interest bearing deposits | | $ | 79,721 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — | | | — | | $ | 79,721 | | $ | 79,721 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.52 | % | | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — | | | — | |
| 3.52 | % |
| |
Available-for-sale debt securities (1) | | $ | 5,344 | | $ | 15,579 | | $ | 16,018 | | $ | 17,103 | | $ | 26,400 | | $ | 193,629 | | $ | 249,758 | | $ | 523,831 | | $ | 523,831 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.91 | % |
| 1.61 | % |
| 3.88 | % |
| 2.74 | % |
| 2.70 | % |
| 3.23 | % |
| 3.08 | % |
| 3.09 | % |
| |
Held-to-maturity securities (2) | | $ | 506 | | | — | | $ | 31,749 | | $ | 11,792 | | $ | 15,990 | | $ | 44,535 | | $ | 74,628 | | $ | 179,200 | | $ | 162,629 |
Weighted average rate | | | 1.49 | % | | — | | | 3.46 | % | | 2.91 | % | | 1.60 | % | | 2.60 | % | | 2.48 | % | | 2.64 | % | | |
Adjustable rate loans (3) | | $ | 1,042,528 | | $ | 538,346 | | $ | 270,272 | | $ | 192,478 | | $ | 174,617 | | $ | 125,193 | | $ | 572,544 | | $ | 2,915,978 | | $ | 2,863,316 |
Weighted average rate | | | 6.71 | % | | 6.56 | % | | 6.74 | % | | 6.71 | % | | 6.51 | % | | 6.16 | % | | 3.81 | % | | 6.08 | % | | |
Fixed rate loans (3) | | $ | 514,958 | | $ | 290,546 | | $ | 239,376 | | $ | 207,629 | | $ | 88,619 | | $ | 150,029 | | $ | 27,381 | | $ | 1,518,538 | | $ | 1,476,105 |
Weighted average rate | | | 5.26 | % |
| 5.07 | % |
| 5.35 | % |
| 5.74 | % |
| 6.57 | % | | 4.65 | % | | 4.54 | % | | 5.31 | % | | |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other interest earning assets | | $ | 1,620 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 18,459 | | $ | 20,079 | | $ | 20,079 |
Weighted average rate | | | 3.64 | % | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 9.02 | % | | 8.58 | % | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total financial assets | | $ | 1,644,677 | | $ | 844,471 | | $ | 557,415 | | $ | 429,002 | | $ | 305,626 | | $ | 513,386 | | $ | 942,770 | | $ | 5,237,347 | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial Liabilities: | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Time deposits | | $ | 679,400 | | $ | 6,009 | | $ | 1,302 | | $ | 672 | | $ | 343 | | $ | 713 | | | — | | $ | 688,439 | | $ | 686,422 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.16 | % |
| 0.82 | % |
| 0.61 | % |
| 1.26 | % |
| 0.64 | % |
| 1.18 | % |
| — | |
| 3.13 | % |
| |
Brokered funds | | $ | 463,427 | | $ | 150,000 | | $ | 50,000 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 663,427 | | $ | 663,440 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.82 | % |
| 3.79 | % |
| 3.80 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 3.80 | % |
| |
Interest-bearing demand | | $ | 2,289,393 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 2,289,393 | | $ | 2,289,393 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 1.20 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 1.20 | % |
| |
Non-interest-bearing demand | | $ | 841,515 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 841,515 | | $ | 841,515 |
Weighted average rate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 48,467 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 48,467 | | $ | 48,467 |
Weighted average rate | | | 0.88 | % | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 0.88 | % | | |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLB borrowings, and other liabilities | | $ | 330,928 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 330,928 | | $ | 330,928 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.98 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | 3.98 | % | | |
Subordinated debentures | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 25,774 | | | — | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 |
Weighted average rate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 5.72 | % |
| — | |
| 5.72 | % |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total financial liabilities | | $ | 4,653,130 | | $ | 156,009 | | $ | 51,302 | | $ | 672 | | $ | 343 | | $ | 26,487 | | $ | — | | $ | 4,887,943 | |
| |
| (1) | Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $472.4 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal. |
| (2) | Held-to-maturity debt securities include approximately $173.1 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal. |
| (3) | Fair value of loans is shown excluding the $64.8 million allowance for credit losses and $6.1 million of deferred loans fees to correlate with the gross loan balances shown in the “Total” column. |
105
Table of Contents
Repricing
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | | | | | | | December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2025 | |
| | 2026 | | 2027 | | 2028 | | 2029 | | 2030 | | 2031-2040 | | Thereafter | | Total | | Fair Value | |||||||||
|
| (Dollars In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Assets: |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Interest bearing deposits | | $ | 79,721 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — | | | — |
| | — | | $ | 79,721 | | $ | 79,721 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.52 | % | | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — | | | — |
| | — | |
| 3.52 | % |
| |
Available-for-sale debt securities(1) | | $ | 5,344 | | $ | 15,579 | | $ | 16,018 | | $ | 17,103 | | $ | 26,400 | | $ | 193,629 | | $ | 249,758 | | $ | 523,831 | | $ | 523,831 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.91 | % |
| 1.61 | % | | 3.88 | % |
| 2.74 | % |
| 2.70 | % |
| 3.23 | % |
| 3.08 | % |
| 3.09 | % |
| |
Held-to-maturity securities (2) | | $ | 506 | | | — | | $ | 31,749 | | $ | 11,792 | | $ | 15,990 | | $ | 44,535 | | $ | 74,628 | | $ | 179,200 | | $ | 162,629 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 1.49 | % |
| — | |
| 3.46 | % |
| 2.91 | % |
| 1.60 | % |
| 2.60 | % |
| 2.48 | % |
| 2.64 | % |
| |
Adjustable rate loans (3) | | $ | 2,383,006 | | $ | 79,208 | | $ | 55,730 | | $ | 51,022 | | $ | 68,729 | | $ | 278,270 | | $ | 13 | | $ | 2,915,978 | | $ | 2,863,316 |
Weighted average rate | | | 6.51 | % | | 4.62 | % | | 4.84 | % | | 4.39 | % | | 4.51 | % | | 3.74 | % | | 4.93 | % | | 6.08 | % | | |
Fixed rate loans (3) | | $ | 514,958 | | $ | 290,546 | | $ | 239,376 | | $ | 207,629 | | $ | 88,619 | | $ | 150,029 | | $ | 27,381 | | $ | 1,518,538 | | $ | 1,476,105 |
Weighted average rate | | | 5.26 | % | | 5.07 | % | | 5.35 | % | | 5.74 | % | | 6.57 | % | | 4.65 | % | | 4.54 | % | | 5.31 | % | | |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other interest earning assets | | $ | 20,079 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 20,079 | | $ | 20,079 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 8.58 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 8.58 | % |
| |
| | | | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Total financial assets | | $ | 3,003,614 | | $ | 385,333 | | $ | 342,873 | | $ | 287,546 | | $ | 199,738 | | $ | 666,463 | | $ | 351,780 | | $ | 5,237,347 | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial Liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
Time deposits | | $ | 679,400 | | $ | 6,009 | | $ | 1,302 | | $ | 672 | | $ | 343 | | $ | 713 | | | — | | $ | 688,439 | | $ | 686,422 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.16 | % |
| 0.82 | % |
| 0.61 | % |
| 1.26 | % |
| 0.64 | % |
| 1.18 | % |
| — | |
| 3.13 | % |
| |
Brokered funds | | $ | 663,427 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 663,427 | | $ | 663,440 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.80 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 3.80 | % |
| |
Interest-bearing demand | | $ | 2,289,393 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 2,289,393 | | $ | 2,289,393 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 1.20 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 1.20 | % |
| |
Non-interest-bearing demand (4) | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | | $ | 841,515 | | $ | 841,515 | | $ | 841,515 |
Weighted average rate | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | | $ | 48,467 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | $ | 48,467 | | $ | 48,467 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 0.88 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 0.88 | % |
| |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLB borrowings, and other liabilities | | $ | 330,928 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | $ | 330,928 | | $ | 330,928 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 3.98 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 3.98 | % |
| |
Subordinated debentures | | $ | 25,774 | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | $ | 25,774 | | $ | 25,774 |
Weighted average rate | |
| 5.72 | % |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| 5.72 | % |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total financial liabilities | | $ | 4,037,389 | | $ | 6,009 | | $ | 1,302 | | $ | 672 | | $ | 343 | | $ | 713 | | $ | 841,515 | | $ | 4,887,943 | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Periodic repricing GAP | | $ | (1,033,775) | | $ | 379,324 | | $ | 341,571 | | $ | 286,874 | | $ | 199,395 | | $ | 665,750 | | $ | (489,735) | | $ | 349,404 | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cumulative repricing GAP | | $ | (1,033,775) | | $ | (654,451) | | $ | (312,880) | | $ | (26,006) | | $ | 173,389 | | $ | 839,139 | | $ | 349,404 | |
| | |
| |
| (1) | Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $472.4 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal. |
| (2) | Held-to-maturity debt securities include approximately $173.1 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal. |
| (3) | Fair value of loans is shown excluding the $64.8 million allowance for credit losses and $6.1 million of deferred loans fees to correlate with the gross loan balances shown in the “Total” column. |
| (4) | Non-interest-bearing demand deposits are included in this table in the column labeled “Thereafter” since there is no interest rate related to these liabilities and therefore there is nothing to reprice. |
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
106
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders, Board of Directors, and Audit Committee
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Springfield, Missouri
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 6, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involves our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of this critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans
The Company’s loan portfolio totaled $4.4 billion as of December 31, 2025, and the allowance for credit losses on loans (ACL) was $64.8 million. As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the financial statements, the Company bases its estimate of credit losses on three primary components: (1) quantitatively with estimates of expected losses that exist in various segments of performing loans and leases over the remaining life of the loan portfolio based on historical loss rates; (2) qualitatively with factors related to portfolio
107
Table of Contents
composition, underwriting practices, economic conditions with a reasonable and supportable forecast and other relevant factors that address estimates of expected losses outside of the historical performance of the loan portfolio; and (3) specifically identified losses in individually analyzed credits which are collateral dependent. The Company measures the allowance for credit losses on loans on a collective (pool) basis. For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, the average historical loss rates are calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of macroeconomic variables. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecasts. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily classified loans with balances greater than or equal to $100,000, are evaluated on an individual basis.
We identified management’s scenario selection applied for the reasonable and supportable forecasts within allowance for credit losses on loans as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination of this qualitative factor adjustment to the allowance for credit losses on loans as a critical audit matter include the subjectivity and complexity involved in management’s determination of the scenario to apply. This required a high degree of auditor subjectivity due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address this matter.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following:
| ● | Evaluated and tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls, including those related to information technology, over the ACL, including: |
| o | Management’s review of the completeness and accuracy of key inputs and assumptions and establishment of the qualitative adjustments, |
| o | Management’s review of the scenario selection for use in the reasonable and supportable forecast applied; |
| ● | Evaluated management’s application of qualitative adjustments and inputs to the ACL, including testing the completeness and accuracy of the supporting calculation. |
| ● | Evaluated management’s determination of reasonable and supportable forecast, including testing the application of the forecast and the scenario selected in the qualitative calculation. |
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1975.
/s/
March 6, 2026
108
Table of Contents
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2025 and 2024
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
Assets | | | | | | |
Cash | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions | |
| | |
| |
Cash and cash equivalents | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Available-for-sale securities | |
| | |
| |
Held-to-maturity securities | | | | | | |
Mortgage loans held for sale | |
| | |
| |
Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $ | |
| | |
| |
Interest receivable | |
| | |
| |
Prepaid expenses and other assets | |
| | |
| |
Other real estate owned and repossessions, net | |
| | |
| |
Premises and equipment, net | |
| | |
| |
Goodwill and other intangible assets | |
| | |
| |
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other interest-earning assets | |
| | |
| |
Current and deferred income taxes | |
| | |
| |
Total assets | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | |
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | |
| | |
| |
Liabilities | |
| | |
| |
Deposits | | $ | | | $ | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers | |
| | |
| |
Short-term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | |
| | |
| |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| | |
| |
Subordinated notes | |
| — | |
| |
Accrued interest payable | |
| | |
| |
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance | |
| | |
| |
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | |
| | |
| |
Liability for unfunded commitments | |
| | |
| |
Total liabilities | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Commitments and Contingencies | |
| — | |
| — |
| | | | | | |
Stockholders’ Equity | |
| | |
| |
Capital stock | |
| | |
| |
Serial preferred stock, $ | |
| — | |
| — |
Common stock, $ | |
| | |
| |
Additional paid-in capital | |
| | |
| |
Retained earnings | |
| | |
| |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax credit of $( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Total stockholders’ equity | |
| | |
| |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | $ | | | $ | |
See Notes to Accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
109
Table of Contents
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
Interest Income | | | | | | | | | |
Loans | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Investment securities and other | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest Expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Deposits | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Short-term borrowings, overnight FHLBank borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Subordinated notes | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Net Interest Income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for Credit Losses on Loans | | | — | | | | | | |
Provision (Credit) for Unfunded Commitments | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses and Provision (Credit) for Unfunded Commitments | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Non-interest Income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Commissions | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Overdraft and insufficient funds fees | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Point-of-sale and ATM fee income and service charges | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net gain on loan sales | | | | | | | | | |
Late charges and fees on loans | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Loss on derivative interest rate products | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Other income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Non-interest Expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Salaries and employee benefits | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net occupancy and equipment expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Postage | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Insurance | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Advertising | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Office supplies and printing | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Telephone | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Legal, audit and other professional fees | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Expense (income) on other real estate and repossessions | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| |
Acquired intangible asset amortization | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Other operating expenses | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income Before Income Taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for Income Taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Earnings Per Common Share | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Basic | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Diluted | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
See Notes to Accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
110
Table of Contents
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(In Thousands)
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
Net Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes (credit) of $ | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity, net of taxes (credit) of $( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
Amortization of realized loss on termination of cash flow hedge, net of credit of $( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
Change in value of active cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $ | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
See Notes to Accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
111
Table of Contents
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | Accumulated | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Additional | | | | | Other | | | | | | | ||
| | Common | | Paid-in | | Retained | | Comprehensive | | Treasury | | | | |||||
| | Stock | | Capital | | Earnings | | Income (Loss) | | Stock | | Total | ||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2023 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | — | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| |
Common cash dividends declared [1] | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( |
Repurchase of the Company’s common stock | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | ( | | | ( |
Other comprehensive income | | | — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| |
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law | | | ( | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2023 | |
| | | | | | | | | | ( | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| |
Common cash dividends declared [2] | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( |
Retained Earnings effect of ASU 2023-02 adoption | | | — | | | — | | | ( | | | — | | | — | | | ( |
Repurchase of the Company’s common stock | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Other comprehensive loss | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| ( |
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2024 | |
| | | | | | | | | | ( | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| |
Common cash dividends declared [3] | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( |
Repurchase of the Company’s common stock | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Other comprehensive income | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| | |
| — | |
| |
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2025 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | — | | $ | |
[1]
[2]
[3]
See Notes to Accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
112
Table of Contents
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(In Thousands)
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | | | | | | | | |
Operating Activities | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Originations of loans held for sale | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Items not requiring (providing) cash | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Depreciation | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Amortization | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Compensation expense for stock option grants | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for credit losses | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Net gain on loan sales | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Loss (gain) on sale of premises and equipment | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Loss (gain) on sale/write-down of other real estate and repossessions | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Accretion of deferred income, premiums, discounts and other | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Loss on derivative interest rate products | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net non-cash gain recorded on contract termination | | | | | ( | | | | |
Deferred income taxes | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
Changes in | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest receivable | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Prepaid expenses and other assets | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Accrued expenses and other liabilities | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Income taxes refundable/payable | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Net cash provided by operating activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Investing Activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net change in loans | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Purchase of loans | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Purchase of premises and equipment | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Proceeds from repayments of held-to-maturity securities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Proceeds from maturities, calls and repayments of available-for-sale securities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Purchase of available-for-sale securities | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Investment in tax credit partnerships | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other interest-earning assets | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
Financing Activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net decrease in certificates of deposit | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Net increase (decrease) in checking and savings accounts | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Net increase (decrease) in brokered deposits | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
Net increase (decrease) in short‑term borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities | | | ( | | | | | | |
Proceeds from borrowing under Federal Reserve Bank Term Funding Program | | | | | | | | | |
Repayment of borrowing under Federal Reserve Bank Term Funding Program | |
| ( | |
| |
| ||
Redemption of subordinated notes | | | ( | | | | | ||
Advances from (to) borrowers for taxes and insurance | | | | | | | | | ( |
Repurchase of the Company’s common stock | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Dividends paid | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Stock options exercised | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| |
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
See Notes to Accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements
113
Table of Contents
Note 1: Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations and Operating Segments
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (“GSBC” or the “Company”) operates as a one-bank holding company. GSBC’s business primarily consists of the operations of Great Southern Bank (the “Bank”), which provides a full range of financial services to customers primarily located in Missouri, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Nebraska and Arkansas. The Bank also originates commercial loans from lending offices in Atlanta; Charlotte, North Carolina; Chicago; Dallas; Denver; Omaha, Nebraska; and Phoenix. The Company and the Bank are subject to regulation by certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory agencies.
The Company’s banking operation is its only reportable segment. The banking operation is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans by attracting deposits from the general public, accepting brokered deposits and borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others. The operating results of this segment are regularly reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance. Selected information is not presented separately for the Company’s reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans and fair values of financial instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowance for credit losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties. In addition, the Company considers that the determination of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets involves a high degree of judgment and complexity.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation, GSB One LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, GSB Two LLC), Great Southern Community Development Company, LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, Great Southern CDE, LLC), GS, LLC, GSSC, LLC, GSTC Investments, LLC, GS-RE Holding, LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, GS RE Management, LLC), GS-RE Holding II, LLC, and GS-RE Holding III, LLC. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in common stock is based on a predetermined formula, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment.
Securities
Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell but which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of related income tax effects, in other comprehensive income.
Held-to-maturity securities, which include any security for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
114
Table of Contents
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded as interest income from securities. Realized gains and losses are recorded as net security gains (losses). Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method.
The Company evaluates all securities quarterly to determine if any securities in a loss position require a provision for credit losses in accordance with ASC 326, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The Company’s consolidated statements of income reflect the full impairment (that is, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) on debt securities that the Company intends to sell or would more likely than not be required to sell before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis. For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities that management has no intent to sell and believes that it more likely than not will not be required to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in earnings, while the noncredit loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for available-for-sale securities. The credit loss component recognized in earnings through a provision for credit loss is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security based on cash flow projections.
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Write-downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to earnings at the time the decline in value occurs. Nonbinding forward commitments to sell individual mortgage loans are generally obtained to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage loans held for sale. Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans are recognized when the respective loans are sold to investors. Fees received from borrowers to guarantee the funding of mortgage loans held for sale and fees paid to investors to ensure the ultimate sale of such mortgage loans are recognized as income or expense when the loans are sold or when it becomes evident that the commitment will not be used.
Loans Originated by the Company
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for credit losses, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of a loan. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 90 days past due and interest is considered a loss, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied to principal until the loans are returned to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all payments contractually due are brought current, payment performance is sustained for a period of time, generally six months, and future payments are reasonably assured. With the exception of consumer loans, charge-offs on loans are recorded when available information indicates a loan is not fully collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable. Consumer loans are charged-off at specified delinquency dates consistent with regulatory guidelines.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses is measured using an average historical loss model that incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics, including borrower type, collateral and repayment types and expected credit loss patterns. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily classified loans with balances greater than or equal to $
For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, average historical loss rates are calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. Lookback periods can be different based on the individual pool and represent management’s credit expectations for the pool of loans over the remaining contractual life. In certain loan pools, if the Company’s own historical loss rate is not reflective of the loss expectations, the historical loss rate is augmented by industry and peer data. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given economic forecasts of key macroeconomic variables including, but not limited to, unemployment rate, gross domestic product (“GDP”), commercial real estate price index, consumer sentiment and construction spending. The adjustments are based on results from various regression models projecting the
115
Table of Contents
impact of the macroeconomic variables to loss rates. The forecast is used for a reasonable and supportable period before reverting to historical averages. The forecast-adjusted loss rate is applied to the principal balance over the remaining contractual lives, adjusted for expected prepayments. The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals and modifications. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecasts such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.
In addition, the Company is required to record an allowance for off balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded lines of credit, undisbursed portions of loans, written residential and commercial loan commitments, and letters of credit. To determine the amount needed for allowance purposes, a utilization rate is determined either by the model or internally for each pool. Our loss model calculates the reserve on unfunded commitments based upon the utilization rate multiplied by the average loss rate factors in each pool with unfunded and committed balances. The liability for unfunded lending commitments utilizes the same model as the allowance for credit losses on loans; however, the liability for unfunded lending commitments incorporates assumptions for the portion of unfunded commitments that are expected to be funded.
Loans Acquired in Business Combinations
Loans acquired in business combinations under ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, required the use of the acquisition method of accounting. Therefore, such loans were initially recorded at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology prescribed in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The Company’s historical acquisitions all occurred under previous US GAAP prior to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-13. No allowance for credit losses related to the acquired loans was recorded on the acquisition date as the fair value of the loans acquired incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. Loans acquired are recorded at fair value in accordance with the fair value methodology prescribed in ASC Topic 820. The fair value estimates associated with the loans include estimates related to expected prepayments and the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows.
For acquired loans not acquired in conjunction with an FDIC-assisted transaction that were not considered to be purchased credit-impaired loans, the Company evaluated those loans acquired in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. The fair value discount on these loans is accreted into interest income over the weighted average life of the loans using a constant yield method. These loans are not considered impaired loans. The Company’s historical acquisitions all occurred under previous US GAAP prior to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-13. The Company evaluated purchased credit-impaired loans in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected were considered to be credit impaired. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase dates may include information such as past-due and nonaccrual status, borrower credit scores and recent loan to value percentages. Acquired credit-impaired loans that are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality are initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. At the date of CECL adoption, the Company did not reassess whether purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans met the criteria of purchased with credit deterioration (PCD) loans.
The Company evaluated all of its loans acquired in conjunction with its FDIC-assisted transactions in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 310-30. For purposes of applying ASC 310-30, loans acquired in FDIC-assisted business combinations are aggregated into pools of loans with common risk characteristics. All loans acquired in the FDIC transactions, both covered and not covered by loss sharing agreements, were deemed to be purchased credit-impaired loans as there is general evidence of credit deterioration since origination in the pools and there is some probability that not all contractually required payments will be collected. As a result, related discounts are recognized subsequently through accretion based on changes in the expected cash flows of these acquired loans.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the expected cash flows of the acquired loan pools in excess of the fair values recorded, referred to as the accretable yield, was recognized in interest income over the remaining estimated lives of the loan pools for impaired loans accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30. Subsequent to acquisition date, the Company estimated cash flows expected to be collected on pools of loans sharing common risk characteristics, which are treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. Increases in the Company’s cash flow expectations have been recognized as increases to the accretable yield while decreases have been recognized as impairments through the allowance for credit losses.
116
Table of Contents
Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expense on foreclosed assets. Other real estate owned also includes bank premises formerly, but no longer, used for banking activities, as well as property originally acquired for future expansion but no longer intended to be used for that purpose.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.
Material lease obligations consist of leases for various loan offices and banking centers. All of our leases are classified as operating leases (as they were prior to January 1, 2019), and therefore were previously not recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. With the adoption of ASU 2016-02, these operating leases are now included as a right of use asset in the premises and equipment line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The corresponding lease liability is included in the accrued expenses and other liabilities line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.
The calculated amounts of the right of use assets and lease liabilities are impacted by the length of the lease term and the discount rate used to present value the minimum lease payments. The Company’s lease agreements often include one or more options to renew for an extended term in the calculation of the right of use asset and lease liability. If at lease inception, the Company considers the exercising of a renewal option to be reasonably certain, the Company will include the extended term in the calculation of the right of use asset and lease liability. Regarding the discount rate, the Company uses the rate implicit in the lease whenever this rate is readily determinable. As this rate is rarely determinable, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate at lease inception over a similar term. The discount rate utilized is the FHLBank borrowing rate for the term corresponding to the expected term of the lease.
Long-Lived Asset Impairment
The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If a long-lived asset is tested for recoverability and the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the asset cost is adjusted to fair value and an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is evaluated annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators are present. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company still may perform a qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary.
117
Table of Contents
Arena naming rights intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line basis generally over a period of
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets is as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, | ||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Goodwill – Branch acquisitions | | $ | | | $ | |
Arena Naming Rights (April 2022) | |
| | |
| |
| | $ | | | $ | |
Loan Servicing and Origination Fee Income
Loan servicing income represents fees earned for servicing real estate mortgage loans owned by various investors. The fees are generally calculated on the outstanding principal balances of the loans serviced and are recorded as income when earned. Loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan.
Stockholders’ Equity
The Company is incorporated in the State of Maryland. Under Maryland law, there is no concept of “Treasury Shares.” Instead, shares purchased by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares under Maryland law. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America state that accounting for treasury stock shall conform to state law. The cost of shares purchased by the Company has been allocated to common stock and retained earnings balances.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per common share are computed using the weighted average common shares and all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the year.
Earnings per common share (EPS) were computed as follows:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Net income and net income available to common shareholders | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Average common shares outstanding | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Average common share stock options outstanding | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Average diluted common shares | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Earnings per common share – basic | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Earnings per common share – diluted | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Options outstanding at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, to purchase
118
Table of Contents
Stock Compensation Plans
The Company has stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 19. In accordance with FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, compensation cost related to share-based payment transactions is recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the award using the modified prospective transition method. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, share-based compensation expense totaling $
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions. At December 31, 2025, nearly all of the interest-bearing deposits were uninsured and held at the Federal Home Loan Bank or the Federal Reserve Bank.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term “more likely than not” means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, no valuation allowance was established.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, provides the disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how the entity accounts for derivative instruments and related hedged items and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. Further, qualitative disclosures are required that explain the Company’s objectives and strategies for using derivatives, as well as quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments. For detailed disclosures on derivatives and hedging activities, see Note 15.
As required by FASB ASC 815, the Company records all derivatives in the statement of financial condition at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected
119
Table of Contents
to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method. ASU 2023-02 is intended to improve the accounting and disclosures for investments in tax credit structures. ASU 2023-02 allows entities to elect to account for qualifying tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method, regardless of the program giving rise to the related income tax credits. Previously, this method was only available for qualifying tax equity investments in low-income housing tax credit structures. Currently, the Company does not have a material amount of tax credit structures, other than low-income housing tax credit structures. The adoption of ASU 2023-02 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and resulted in a reduction of retained earnings of $
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. ASU 2023-07 expands reportable segment disclosure requirements through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. ASU 2023-07 implements a new requirement to disclose significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker, expands certain annual disclosures to interim periods, clarifies that single reportable segment entities must apply Topic 280 in its entirety and permits more than one measure of segment profit or loss to be reported under certain conditions. ASU 2023-07 became effective for the Company for our annual financial statements in 2024. See Note 26 – Operating Segments for application of this ASU.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. ASU 2023-09 is focused on additional income tax disclosures and requires public business entities, on an annual basis, to disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold (if the effect of those reconciling items is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the amount computed by multiplying pretax income by the applicable statutory income tax rate). ASU 2023-09 became effective for the Company beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. ASU 2024-03 requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for public business entities. ASU 2024-03 requires new financial statement disclosures in tabular format, disaggregating information about prescribed categories underlying any relevant income statement expense caption. The prescribed categories include, among other things, employee compensation, depreciation, and intangible asset amortization. Additionally, entities must disclose the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective for us, on a prospective basis, for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027, although early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. ASU 2024-03 is currently not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but will impact disclosures.
In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-08, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans. ASU 2025-08 expands the scope of the “gross-up” method, formerly applicable only to purchased credit-deteriorated (PCD) assets, to include acquired non-PCD loans that meet certain criteria, now referred to as “purchased seasoned loans” (PSLs). Under this ASU, an allowance for expected credit losses is recognized at acquisition, offsetting the loan’s amortized cost basis, thereby eliminating the day-one credit-loss expense previously required for non-PCD assets. PSLs are defined as non-PCD loans acquired either (1) through a business combination, or (2) purchased more than 90 days after origination when the acquirer was not involved in origination. ASU 2025-08 is effective for us, on a prospective basis for loans acquired on or after the adoption date, for interim and annual reporting periods beginning in 2027, though early adoption is permitted. ASU 2025-08 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
120
Table of Contents
In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-09, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Hedge Accounting Improvements. ASU 2025-09 amends ASC 815 to align hedge accounting more closely with an entity’s economic risk management practices. Key amendments (1) allow designating a variable price component of a nonfinancial forecasted purchase or sale as the hedged risk, (2) allow grouping individual forecasted transactions with similar (not identical) risk exposures, (3) include a new model for hedging forecasted interest on variable-rate debt, enabling changes in index or tenor without dedesignation, subject to simplifying assumptions, and (4) provide additional clarifications related to hedge accounting of nonfinancial components, net written options, and dual-hedge strategies. ASU 2025-09 is effective for us beginning in 2027, though early adoption is permitted. ASU 2025-09 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic270): Narrow-Scope Improvements. ASU 2025-11 clarifies and enhances guidance under ASC 270 on interim financial reporting by (1) clarifying the scope of ASC 270 such that it now explicitly applies only to entities that issue complete interim financial statements and related notes under U.S. GAAP, (2) establishing clear guidance on the form of interim statements and notes, incorporating a comprehensive list of required interim disclosures, and (3) introducing a requirement to disclose material events and changes occurring after the end of the last annual period that could impact interim results. ASU 2025-11 is effective for us for interim periods beginning in 2028, though early adoption is permitted. ASU 2025-11 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain prior‑year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current‑year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income, stockholders’ equity, or cash flows.
Note 2: Investment Securities
Available-for-sale securities (“AFS”), which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell but which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value. Realized gains and losses, based on the specifically identified amortized cost of the individual security, are included in non-interest income. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of related income tax effects, in stockholders’ equity. Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income over the estimated life of the security. Prepayments are anticipated for certain mortgage-backed and Small Business Administration (SBA) securities. Premiums on callable securities are amortized to their earliest call date.
Held-to-maturity securities (“HTM”), which include any security for which the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted, respectively, to interest income over the security’s estimated life. Prepayments are anticipated for certain mortgage-backed securities. Premiums on callable securities are amortized to their earliest call date.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company transferred, at fair value, $
The amortized cost and fair values of securities were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | | ||
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | | | | | | | | | | |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Small Business Administration securities | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
121
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | Amortized | | Gross | | Gross | | | | |||
| | Amortized | | Fair Value | | Carrying | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||||
| | Cost | | Adjustment | | Value | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| | | | ( | | | | | | — | | | | | | |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | | | | Gross | | Gross | | | | ||
| | Amortized | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities |
| $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| | | | — | | | | | | |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| | | | — | | | | | | |
|
| $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | Amortized | | Gross | | Gross | | |
| |||
| | Amortized | | Fair Value | | Carrying | | Unrealized | | Unrealized | | Fair | ||||||
| | Cost | | Adjustment | | Value | | Gains | | Losses | | Value | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities |
| $ | |
| $ | |
| $ | |
| $ | — |
| $ | |
| $ | |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | | | | ( | | | | | | — | | | | | | |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | | |
|
| $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | |
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale agency mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s available-for-sale agency collateralized mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of FNMA securities totaling $
122
Table of Contents
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2025, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Available-for-Sale | | Held-to-Maturity | ||||||||
| | Amortized | | Fair | | Amortized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Value | | Carrying Value | | Value | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
One year or less | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
After one through two years | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
After two through three years | | | | | | | | | — | | | — |
After three through four years | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
After four through five years | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
After five through fifteen years | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
After fifteen years | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Securities not due on a single maturity date | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
The amortized cost and fair values of securities pledged as collateral were as follows at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||||||||
| | Amortized | | Fair | | Amortized | | Fair | ||||
| | Cost | | Value | | Cost | | Value | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Public deposits | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Collateralized borrowing accounts | |
| | | | | |
| | | | |
FHLBank borrowing account | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal Reserve Bank’s Bank Term Funding Program | | | — | | | — | | | | | | |
Other | |
| — | | | — | |
| | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Available-for-sale investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at their fair value, which was $
Held -to-maturity investment securities are evaluated for potential losses under ASU 2016-13. The Company continually assesses its liquidity sources, both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet, and believes that at December 31, 2025, it had ample liquidity sources to fund its ongoing operations without selling investment securities in its portfolio.
Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for the Company’s available-for-sale debt securities are not credit related.
123
Table of Contents
The following table shows the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| | Less than 12 Months | | 12 Months or More | | Total | ||||||||||||
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | ||||||
Description of Securities | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
| | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| | Less than 12 Months | | 12 Months or More | | Total | ||||||||||||
| | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | | Fair | | Unrealized | ||||||
Description of Securities | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | | Value | | Losses | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
| | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | | | — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
States and political subdivisions securities | | | — | | | — | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( |
| | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | | | $ | ( |
Allowance for Credit Losses The Company evaluates all securities quarterly to determine if any securities in a loss position require a provision for credit losses in accordance with ASC 326, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. All of the mortgage-backed, collateralized mortgage, and SBA securities held by the Company are issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. Likewise, the Company has not experienced historical losses on these types of securities. Accordingly,
Regarding securities issued by state and political subdivisions, management considers the following when evaluating these securities: (i) current issuer bond ratings, (ii) historical loss rates for given bond ratings, (iii) whether issuers continue to make timely principal and interest payments under the contractual terms of the securities, (iv) updated financial information of the issuer, (v) internal forecasts and (vi) whether such securities provide insurance or other credit enhancement or are pre-refunded by the issuers. These securities are highly rated by major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses. Likewise, the Company has not experienced historical losses on these types of securities. Accordingly,
124
Table of Contents
Note 3: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company measures the allowance for credit losses under ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, referred to as the CECL methodology. The measurement of expected credit losses under the CECL methodology is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance, including loan commitments, standby letters of credits, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments.
Classes of loans at December 31, 2025 and 2024, included:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | December 31, | ||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | | | $ | |
Subdivision construction | |
| | |
| |
Land development | |
| | |
| |
Commercial construction | |
| | |
| |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | |
| |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | |
| |
Commercial real estate | |
| | |
| |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| | |
| |
Commercial business | |
| | |
| |
Consumer auto | |
| | |
| |
Consumer other | |
| | |
| |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| |
Allowance for credit losses | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Deferred loan fees and gains, net | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | $ | | | $ | |
Classes of loans by aging were as follows as of the dates indicated:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Total Loans | |
| | | | | | | | Over 90 | | | | | | | | Total | | > 90 Days Past | |||
| | 30-59 Days | | 60-89 Days | | Days | | Total Past | | | | | Loans | | Due and | ||||||
| | Past Due | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Due | | Current | | Receivable | | Still Accruing | |||||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Owner occupied one- to four- family residential | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Consumer auto | |
| | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Consumer other | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — |
125
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Total Loans | |
| | | | | | | | Over 90 | | | | | | | | Total | | > 90 Days Past | |||
| | 30-59 Days | | 60-89 Days | | Days | | Total Past | | | | | Loans | | Due and | ||||||
| | Past Due | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Due | | Current | | Receivable | | Still Accruing | |||||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Owner occupied one- to four- family residential | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Consumer auto | |
| | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Consumer other | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — |
Loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 90 days past due and interest is considered a loss unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied to principal until the loans are returned to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all payments contractually due are brought current, payment performance is sustained for a period of time, generally six months, and future payments are reasonably assured. With the exception of consumer loans, charge-offs on loans are recorded when available information indicates a loan is not fully collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable. Consumer loans are charged-off at specified delinquency dates consistent with regulatory guidelines.
Nonaccruing loans are summarized as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, | | December 31, | ||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | |
| — |
Land development | |
| — | |
| |
Commercial construction | |
| — | |
| — |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | |
| |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | |
| |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | |
| |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | |
| — |
Commercial business | |
| — | |
| |
Consumer auto | |
| — | |
| — |
Consumer other | |
| | |
| |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| | |
| — |
Total nonaccruing loans | | $ | | | $ | |
126
Table of Contents
Nonaccrual loans for which there is no related allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2025 had an amortized cost of $
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | One- to Four- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Family | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Residential | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | and | | Other | | Commercial | | Commercial | | Commercial | | | | | | | |||||
| | Construction | | Residential | | Real Estate | | Construction | | Business | | Consumer | | Total | |||||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for credit losses |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Balance, January 1, 2025 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | |
| ( | | | | | | | | | ( | | | ( | | | | | | — |
Losses charged off | |
| ( | | | — | | | ( | | | — | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Recoveries | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2025 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for credit losses | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2024 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | | | ( | | | | | | | | | ( | | | ( | | | | | | |
Losses charged off | | | ( | | | — | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Recoveries | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2024 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for credit losses | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2023 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | | | ( | | | | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | |
Losses charged off | | | ( | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Recoveries | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2023 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
127
Table of Contents
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for unfunded commitments by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | One- to Four- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Family | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Residential | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | and | | Other | | Commercial | | Commercial | | Commercial | | | | | | | |||||
| | Construction | | Residential | | Real Estate | | Construction | | Business | | Consumer | | Total | |||||||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for unfunded commitments | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2025 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | | | | | | ( | | | | | | | | | ( | | | ( | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2025 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for unfunded commitments | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2024 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | | | ( | | | | | | | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2024 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Allowance for unfunded commitments | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2023 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Provision (credit) charged to expense | | | ( | | | ( | | | | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Balance, December 31, 2023 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
The portfolio segments used in the preceding tables correspond to the loan classes used in all other tables in Note 3 as follows:
| ● | The one- to four-family residential and construction segment includes the one- to four-family residential construction, subdivision construction, owner occupied one- to four-family residential and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential classes. |
| ● | The other residential (multi-family) segment corresponds to the other residential (multi-family) class. |
| ● | The commercial real estate segment includes the commercial real estate and industrial revenue bonds classes. |
| ● | The commercial construction segment includes the land development and commercial construction classes. |
| ● | The commercial business segment corresponds to the commercial business class. |
| ● | The consumer segment includes the consumer auto, consumer other and home equity lines of credit classes. |
The weighted average interest rate on loans receivable at December 31, 2025 and 2024, was
Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at December 31, 2025, was $
128
Table of Contents
The following tables present the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans by class of loans at the dates indicated:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||
| | Principal | | Specific | ||
| | Balance | | Allowance | ||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — |
Land development | |
| — | | | — |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | | | — |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — |
Consumer auto | |
| — | | | — |
Consumer other | |
| — | | | — |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| — | | | — |
| | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | — |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||
| | Principal | | Specific | ||
| | Balance | | Allowance | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Subdivision construction | |
| — | | | — |
Land development | |
| | | | |
Commercial construction | |
| — | | | — |
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | | | — |
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential | |
| | | | |
Commercial real estate | |
| | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| | | | |
Consumer auto | |
| — | | | — |
Consumer other | |
| — | | | — |
Home equity lines of credit | |
| | | | — |
| | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | |
For loans that were nonaccruing, interest of approximately $
Modified Loans. Loan modifications are reported if concessions have been granted to borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty. The estimate of lifetime expected losses utilized in the allowance for credit losses model is developed using average historical loss on loans with similar risk characteristics, which includes losses from modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. As a result, a charge to the allowance for credit losses is generally not recorded upon modification. For modifications to loans made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are adversely classified, the Company determines the allowance for credit losses on an individual basis, using the same process that it utilizes for other adversely classified loans. If collection efforts have begun and the modified loan is subsequently deemed collateral-dependent, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status and the allowance for credit losses is determined based on an individual evaluation. If necessary, the loan is charged down to fair market value less estimated sales costs.
129
Table of Contents
The following tables show, as of the dates indicated, the composition of loan modifications made to loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, by the loan class and type of concessions granted. Each of the types of concessions granted comprised
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | Interest Rate | | Term | | | | | Total | |||
| | Reduction | | Extension | | Combination | | Modifications | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | Interest Rate | | Term | | | | | Total | |||
| | Reduction | | Extension | | Combination | | Modifications | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential | |
| — | | | | | | — | | | |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | | | | — | | | |
Commercial business | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | |
| — | | | | | | — | | | |
| | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | |
The Company closely monitors the performance of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are modified to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. The following table depicts the performance of loans (under modified terms) at December 31, 2025 and at December 31, 2024, respectively:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||
| | | | | 30-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | ||
| | Current | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial real estate | |
| — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Commercial business | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | |
130
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||
| | | | | 30-89 Days | | Over 90 Days | | | | ||
| | Current | | Past Due | | Past Due | | Total | ||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
Construction and land development | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
One- to four-family residential | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Other residential (multi-family) | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | |
Commercial real estate | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Commercial business | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Consumer | |
| | | | — | | | — | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | |
Loan Risk Ratings. The Company utilizes an internal risk rating system comprised of a series of grades to categorize loans according to perceived risk associated with the expectation of debt repayment. The analysis of the borrower’s ability to repay considers specific information, including but not limited to current financial information, historical payment experience, industry information and collateral levels and types. A risk rating is assigned at loan origination and then monitored throughout the contractual term for possible risk rating changes.
Satisfactory loans range from Excellent to Moderate Risk, but generally are loans supported by strong recent financial statements. The character and capacity of the borrower are solid, including reasonable project performance, good industry experience, liquidity and/or net worth. The probability of financial deterioration seems unlikely. Repayment is expected from approved sources over a reasonable period of time.
Watch loans are identified when the borrower has capacity to perform according to terms; however, elements of uncertainty exist. Margins of debt service coverage may be narrow, historical patterns of financial performance may be erratic, collateral margins may be diminished or the borrower may be a new and/or thinly capitalized company. Some management weakness on the part of the borrower may also exist, the borrower may have somewhat limited access to other financial institutions, and that access may diminish in difficult economic times.
Special Mention loans have weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects or the Bank’s credit position at some future date. This is a transitional grade closely monitored for improvement or deterioration.
The Substandard rating is applied to loans where the borrower exhibits well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize its continued performance and are of a severity that the distinct possibility of default exists. Loans are placed on “nonaccrual” when management does not expect to collect payments consistent with acceptable and agreed upon terms of repayment.
Doubtful loans have all the weaknesses inherent to those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.
The Loss category is used when loans are considered uncollectable and no longer included as an asset.
All loans are analyzed for risk rating updates regularly. For larger loans, rating assessments may be more frequent if relevant information is obtained earlier through debt covenant monitoring or overall relationship management. Smaller loans are monitored as identified by the loan officer based on the risk profile of the individual borrower or if the loan becomes past due related to credit issues. Loans rated Watch, Special Mention, Substandard or Doubtful are subject to formal quarterly review and continuous monitoring processes. In addition to the regular monitoring performed by the lending personnel and credit committees, loans are subject to review by the credit review department, which verifies the appropriateness of the risk ratings for the loans chosen as part of its risk-based review plan.
131
Table of Contents
The following tables present a summary of loans by category and risk rating separated by origination and loan class as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Term Loans by Origination Year | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Revolving | | |
| |
December 31, 2025 | | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Prior | | Loans | | Total | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to four-family residential construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Subdivision construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Construction and land development | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other residential (multi-family) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial real estate | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial business | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Consumer | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Combined | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
132
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Term Loans by Origination Year | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Revolving | | | | ||||
December 31, 2024 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | 2020 | | Prior | | Loans | | Total | ||||||||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | |
| — | | | — | |
| — | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Subdivision construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Construction and land development | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other construction | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
One- to four-family residential | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other residential (multi-family) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial real estate | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial business | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | — | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Consumer | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Classified (7-9) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Combined | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Satisfactory (1-4) | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Watch (5) | | | — | | | — | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Special Mention (6) | | | — | | | — | | | | |
| — | | | | |
| | | | — | | | |
Classified (7-9) | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Current Period Gross Charge Offs | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Certain of the Bank’s real estate loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings as set forth in Notes 8 and 10.
133
Table of Contents
Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank, and their affiliates, are customers of and had transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business. Except for the interest rates on loans secured by personal residences, in the opinion of management, all loans included in such transactions were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. Generally, residential first mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit to all employees and directors have been granted at interest rates equal to the Bank’s cost of funds, subject to annual adjustments in the case of residential first mortgage loans and monthly adjustments in the case of home equity lines of credit. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans outstanding to these directors and executive officers, and their related interests, are summarized as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Balance, beginning of year | | $ | | | $ | |
New loans and draws | |
| | |
| |
Payments | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | |
Balance, end of year | | $ | | | $ | |
Note 4: Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions
Major classifications of other real estate owned at December 31, 2025 and 2024, were as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
Foreclosed assets held for sale and repossessions |
| | |
| | |
One- to four-family construction | | $ | | | $ | |
Subdivision construction | |
| | |
| |
Land development | |
| | |
| |
Commercial construction | |
| | |
| |
One- to four-family residential | |
| | |
| |
Other residential | |
| | |
| |
Commercial real estate | |
| |
| | |
Commercial business | |
| | |
| |
Consumer | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Foreclosed assets held for sale and repossessions | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Other real estate owned and repossessions | | $ | | | $ | |
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, there was no other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure.
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, residential mortgage loans totaling $-
134
Table of Contents
Expense (income) applicable to other real estate owned and repossessions for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, included the following:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Net gains on sales of other real estate owned and repossessions | | $ | ( | | $ | ( | | $ | ( |
Valuation write-downs | |
| | |
| — | |
| |
Operating expenses, net of rental income | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | ( | | $ | ( | | $ | |
Note 5: Premises and Equipment
Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2025 and 2024, stated at cost, were as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Land | | $ | | | $ | |
Buildings and improvements | |
| | |
| |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment | |
| | |
| |
Operating leases right of use asset | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| |
Less accumulated depreciation | |
| | |
| |
| | $ | | | $ | |
Leases. The Company records leases in accordance with ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The amount of the right of use asset and corresponding lease liability will fluctuate based on the Company’s lease terminations, new leases and lease modifications and renewals. As of December 31, 2025, the lease right of use asset value was $
For each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, lease expense was $
135
Table of Contents
The Company does not sublease any of its leased facilities; however, it does lease to other third parties portions of facilities that it owns. In terms of being the lessor in these circumstances, all of these lease agreements are classified as operating leases. In the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, income recognized from these lease agreements was $
| | | | | | |
| | At or For the Year Ended | ||||
| | December 31, 2025 | | December 31, 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
Statement of Financial Condition |
| | | | | |
Operating leases right of use asset | | $ | | | $ | |
Operating leases liability | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | |
Statement of Income | |
| | |
| |
Operating lease costs classified as occupancy and equipment expense | | $ | | | $ | |
(includes short-term lease costs and amortization of right of use asset) | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Supplemental Cash Flow Information | |
| | |
| |
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: | |
| | |
| |
Operating cash flows from operating leases | | $ | | | $ | |
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations and adjustments for lease expected lives: | |
| | |
| |
Operating leases | | $ | ( | | $ | |
At December 31, 2025, future expected lease payments for leases with terms exceeding one year were as follows (in thousands):
| | | |
2026 | | $ | |
2027 | |
| |
2028 | |
| |
2029 | |
| |
2030 | |
| |
Thereafter | |
| |
| | | |
Future lease payments expected | |
| |
| | | |
Less interest portion of lease payments | |
| ( |
| | | |
Lease liability | | $ | |
Note 6: Investments in Limited Partnerships
Investments in Affordable Housing Partnerships
Periodically, the Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate apartments and single-family houses designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income tenants throughout Missouri and contiguous states (“Affordable Housing Partnerships”). At December 31, 2025, the Company had
136
Table of Contents
The remaining federal affordable housing tax credits to be utilized through 2036 were $
The Company’s usage of federal affordable housing tax credits approximated $
Investments in Community Development Entities
From time to time, the Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate business and real estate projects located in low-income communities. At December 31, 2025, the Company had one such investment, with a net carrying value of $
The Company’s usage of federal New Market Tax Credits approximated $
Investments in Limited Partnerships for Federal Rehabilitation/Historic Tax Credits
From time to time, the Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to provide certain federal rehabilitation/historic tax credits. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had
The Company’s usage of certain federal rehabilitation/historic tax credits approximated $
Investments in Limited Partnerships for State Tax Credits
On occasion, the Company has invested in limited partnerships that were formed to provide certain state tax credits. The Company has primarily syndicated these tax credits and the impact to the Consolidated Statements of Income has not been material.
137
Table of Contents
Note 7: Deposits
Deposits at December 31, 2025 and 2024, are summarized as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
| | Weighted Average | | | | | | |
| | Interest Rate | | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | | | (In Thousands, Except Interest Rates) | ||||
| | | | | | | | |
Non-interest-bearing accounts |
| — | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest-bearing checking and savings accounts |
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | |
Certificate accounts |
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| |
| | |
| | |
|
| |
| — | |
| — | |
|
| |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | |
Brokered deposits | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
|
| | | $ | | | $ | |
The weighted average interest rate on certificates of deposit was
The Bank utilizes brokered deposits as an additional funding source. The aggregate amount of brokered deposits was approximately $
At December 31, 2025, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit and brokered deposits were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Retail | | Brokered | | Total | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
2026 | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
2027 | |
| | | | | | | |
2028 | |
| | | | | | | |
2029 | |
| | | | — | | | |
2030 | |
| | | | — | | | |
Thereafter | |
| | | | — | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
138
Table of Contents
A summary of interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Checking and savings accounts | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Certificate accounts | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Brokered deposits | | | | | | | | | |
Early withdrawal penalties | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Note 8: Advances From Federal Home Loan Bank
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were
The Bank has pledged FHLB stock, investment securities and first mortgage loans free of other pledges, liens and encumbrances as collateral for outstanding advances or borrowings. Investment securities with carrying values of approximately $
Note 9: Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2025 and 2024, are summarized as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Notes payable – Community Development Equity Funds | | $ | | | $ | |
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements | |
| | |
| |
Short-term borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank | |
| — | |
| |
Overnight borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | |
Short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2024, were part of the Federal Reserve Bank’s Bank Term Funding Program (BTFP). The BTFP borrowing matured and was repaid in January 2025 and had a fixed interest rate of
The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase agreements). Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statements of financial condition. The dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset accounts. Securities underlying the agreements are held by the Bank during the agreement period. All agreements are written on a term of one-month or less.
Short-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of
139
Table of Contents
The following table represents the Company’s securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements, which contractually mature daily, at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
|
| | (In Thousands) | |||
| | | | | | |
Mortgage-backed securities – GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC | | $ | | | $ | |
Note 10: Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had $
As discussed in Note 9, in January 2024, the Bank borrowed $
Note 11: Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts
In November 2006, Great Southern Capital Trust II (Trust II), a statutory trust formed by the Company for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued a $
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts were as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Subordinated debentures | | $ | | | $ | |
Note 12: Subordinated Notes
On June 10, 2020, the Company completed the public offering and sale of $
On June 15, 2025, in accordance with the terms of the notes, the Company redeemed all $
Amortization of the debt issuance costs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, totaled $
140
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, subordinated notes are summarized as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Subordinated notes | | $ | — | | $ | |
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs | |
| — | |
| |
| | $ | — | | $ | |
Note 13: Income Taxes
On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was enacted in the U.S. The OBBBA includes significant provisions, such as the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, modifications to the international tax framework and the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. Provisions effective in 2025 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s operations or financial statements.
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, retained earnings included approximately $
All income is from continuing operations and is from a single country, the United States of America. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the provision for income taxes included these components:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Current federal income tax expense | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Current state income tax expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Deferred income tax expense | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income tax expense | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
141
Table of Contents
The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the statements of financial condition were:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, | ||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
Deferred tax assets |
| | |
| | |
Allowance for credit losses | | $ | | | $ | |
Liability for unfunded commitments | | | | | | |
Interest on nonperforming loans | |
| | |
| |
Accrued expenses and other | |
| | |
| |
Capital loss carryforward | |
| | |
| |
Tax credit carryforward | | | | | | — |
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities | | | | | | |
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity securities | | | | | | |
Unrealized loss on active cash flow derivatives | | | | | | |
Income recognized for tax in excess of book related to terminated cash flow derivatives | |
| — | |
| |
Deferred income | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Deferred tax liabilities | |
| | |
| |
Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Partnership tax credits | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Prepaid expenses | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Difference in basis for acquired assets and liabilities | | | ( | | | ( |
Unrealized gain on terminated cash flow derivatives | |
| — | |
| ( |
Other | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | |
Net deferred tax asset | | $ | | | $ | |
Reconciliations of the Company’s effective tax rates to the statutory corporate tax rates were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||||||||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) | | |||||||||||||
Tax at statutory rate |
| $ | | | | % | $ | | | | % | $ | | | | % |
Nontaxable interest and dividends |
| | ( | | ( |
| | ( | | ( |
| | ( | | ( | |
U.S. federal tax credits, net (predominantly low-income housing) |
| | ( | | ( |
| | ( | | ( |
| | ( | | ( | |
State income/franchise taxes, net of federal benefit |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | | |
Other |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | | |
|
| $ | | | | % | $ | | | | % | $ | | | | % |
The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have not been audited recently by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). As a result, federal tax years through December 31, 2021 are now closed. In addition, there were
142
Table of Contents
During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company paid U.S. federal income taxes totaling $
Tax payments made to individual state jurisdictions representing five percent or more of total income taxes paid (net of refunds) in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, included: for 2025, Illinois $
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the state and local jurisdictions that contribute to the majority (totaling greater than 50%) of the effect of the state and local income tax expense included Minnesota, Colorado, and Illinois. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the state and local jurisdictions that contribute to the majority (totaling greater than 50%) of the effect of the state and local income tax expense included Minnesota and Illinois.
Note 14: Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
| ● | Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1): Inputs that are quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market for the asset is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. |
| ● | Other observable inputs (Level 2): Inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity including quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices for securities in inactive markets and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. |
| ● | Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): Inputs that reflect assumptions of a source independent of the reporting entity or the reporting entity’s own assumptions that are supported by little or no market activity or observable inputs. |
Financial instruments are broken down by recurring or nonrecurring measurement status. Recurring assets are initially measured at fair value and are required to be remeasured at fair value in the financial statements at each reporting date. Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis are assets that, due to an event or circumstance, were required to be remeasured at fair value after initial recognition in the financial statements at some time during the reporting period.
The Company considers transfers between the levels of the hierarchy to be recognized at the end of related reporting periods.
143
Table of Contents
Recurring Measurements
The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fell at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Fair Value Measurements Using | |||||||
| | | | | Quoted Prices | | | | | | | |
| | | | | in Active | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Markets | | Other | | Significant | |||
| | | | | for Identical | | Observable | | Unobservable | |||
|
| | |
| Assets |
| Inputs | | Inputs | |||
| | Fair Value | | (Level 1) | | (Level 2) | | (Level 3) | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2025 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Available-for-sale securities | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | — |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Interest rate derivative asset | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Interest rate derivative liability | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2024 | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Available-for-sale securities | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Agency mortgage-backed securities | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | — |
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
States and political subdivisions securities | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Small Business Administration securities | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Interest rate derivative asset | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Interest rate derivative liability | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| ( | |
| — |
The following is a description of inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition at December 31, 2025 and 2024, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. There were no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Available-for-Sale Securities. Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values used by the Company are obtained from an independent pricing service, which represent either quoted market prices for the identical asset or fair values determined by pricing models, or other model-based valuation techniques, that consider observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, SOFR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems. Recurring Level 2 securities include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal bonds and certain other investments. Inputs used for valuing Level 2 securities include observable data that may include dealer quotes, benchmark yields, market spreads, live trading levels and market consensus prepayment speeds, among other things. Additional inputs include indicative values derived from the independent pricing service’s proprietary computerized models. There were
Interest Rate Derivatives. The fair value is estimated using forward-looking interest rate curves and is determined using observable market rates and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
144
Table of Contents
Nonrecurring Measurements
The following tables present the fair value measurement of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fell at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Fair Value Measurements Using | ||||||||||
| | | | | Quoted | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Prices | | | | | | | |
| | | | | in Active | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Markets | | Other | | Significant | |||
|
| | |
| for Identical |
| Observable | | Unobservable | |||
|
| | |
| Assets |
| Inputs | | Inputs | |||
| | Fair Value | | (Level 1) | | (Level 2) | | (Level 3) | ||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||
December 31, 2025 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Collateral-dependent loans | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreclosed assets held for sale | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2024 | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Collateral-dependent loans | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreclosed assets held for sale | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — |
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. For assets classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the process used to develop the reported fair value is described below.
Loans Held for Sale. Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. As such, the Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale as Nonrecurring Level 2. Write-downs to fair value typically do not occur as the Company generally enters into commitments to sell individual mortgage loans at the time the loan is originated to reduce market risk. The Company typically does not have commercial loans held for sale. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held for sale was not materially different than their cost. Accordingly, no mortgage loans held for sale were marked down and reported at fair value.
Collateral-Dependent Loans. The Company records collateral-dependent loans as Nonrecurring Level 3. If a loan’s fair value as estimated by the Company is less than its carrying value, the Company either records a charge-off of the portion of the loan that exceeds the fair value or establishes a reserve within the allowance for credit losses specific to the loan. Loans for which such charge-offs or reserves were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, are shown in the table above (net of reserves).
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale. Foreclosed assets held for sale are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition at amounts other than fair value.
145
Table of Contents
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Held-to-Maturity Securities. Fair values for held-to-maturity securities are estimated based on quoted market prices of similar securities. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service, which represent either quoted market prices for the identical asset or fair values determined by pricing models, or other model-based valuation techniques, that consider observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, SOFR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems. These securities include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal bonds and certain other investments.
Loans and Interest Receivable. The fair value of loans is estimated on an exit price basis incorporating contractual cash flows, prepayment discount spreads, credit loss and liquidity premiums. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.
Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable. The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated based on a discounted cash flow calculation using the average advances yield curve from 11 districts of the FHLB for the as of date. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Short-Term Borrowings. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts. The subordinated debentures have floating rates that reset quarterly. The carrying amount of these debentures approximates their fair value.
Subordinated Notes. The fair values used by the Company are obtained from independent sources and are derived from quoted market prices of the Company’s subordinated notes and quoted market prices of other subordinated debt instruments with similar characteristics.
Commitments to Originate Loans, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit. The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
146
Table of Contents
The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value in the financial statements. The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties. Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Company does not know whether the fair values shown below represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, 2025 | | December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| | Carrying | | Fair | | Hierarchy | | Carrying | | Fair | | Hierarchy | ||||
| | Amount | | Value | | Level | | Amount | | Value | | Level | ||||
| | (Dollars in Thousands) | ||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial assets | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | $ | | | $ | |
| |
Held-to-maturity securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Mortgage loans held for sale | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Interest receivable | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Investment in FHLB stock and other assets | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial liabilities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Deposits | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Short-term borrowings | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Subordinated debentures | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Subordinated notes | |
| — | |
| — |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Interest payable | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Unrecognized financial instruments (net of contractual value) | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Commitments to originate loans | |
| — | |
| — |
| | |
| — | |
| — |
| |
Letters of credit | |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
Lines of credit | |
| — | |
| — |
| | |
| — | |
| — |
| |
Note 15: Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its assets and liabilities. In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management. The Company has interest rate derivatives that result from a service provided to certain qualifying loan customers that are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities and are not designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. In addition, the Company has interest rate derivatives that have been designated in a qualified hedging relationship.
147
Table of Contents
Nondesignated Hedges
The Company has interest rate swaps that are not designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain loan customers. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had
Fair Value Hedges
Interest Rate Swaps. As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations, in February 2023, the Company entered into interest rate swap transactions. These transactions hedged the risk of certain of its fixed rate brokered deposits. The total notional amount of the swaps was $
In January 2024, the Company elected to terminate these swaps prior to their contractual termination date in 2025. The Company received a net settlement payment from the swap counterparty totaling $
Cash Flow Hedges
Interest Rate Swaps. As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows due to interest rate fluctuations, in October 2018, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of the swap was $
148
Table of Contents
In March 2020, the Company and its swap counterparty mutually agreed to terminate the $
In March 2022, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of the swap was $
In July 2022, the Company entered into two additional interest rate swap transactions as part of its ongoing interest rate management strategies to hedge the risk of its floating rate loans. The notional amount of each swap is $
The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affected earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recognized
149
Table of Contents
The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition:
| | | | | | | | |
| | Location in | | Fair Value | ||||
| | Consolidated Statements | | December 31, | | December 31, | ||
| | of Financial Condition | | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | | | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | | | |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments | | | | | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | |
Derivative Liabilities | | | | | | | | |
Active interest rate swaps | | Accrued expenses and other liabilities | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | |
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments | | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | |
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | |
Derivative Assets |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest rate products |
| Prepaid expenses and other assets | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | |
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments | | | | $ | | | $ | |
|
| | |
| | |
| |
Derivative Liabilities |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest rate products |
| Accrued expenses and other liabilities | | $ | | | $ | |
|
| | |
| | |
| |
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments | | | | $ | | | $ | |
The following table presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting through AOCI on the statements of comprehensive income:
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Amount of Gain (Loss) | |||||||
| | Recognized in AOCI | |||||||
| | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
Cash Flow Hedges | | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
|
| (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Terminated interest rate swaps, net of income taxes | | $ | ( | | $ | ( | | $ | ( |
Active interest rate swaps, net of income taxes | | | | | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | ( | | $ | |
The following table presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on the statements of income:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
Cash Flow Hedges | | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | ||||||||||||
| | Interest | | Interest | | Interest | | Interest | | Interest | | Interest | ||||||
| | Income | | Expense | | Income | | Expense | | Income | | Expense | ||||||
|
| (In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Terminated interest rate swaps | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | — | | $ | | | $ | — |
Active interest rate swaps | | | ( | | | — | | | ( | | | — | | | ( | | | — |
| | $ | ( | | $ | — | | $ | ( | | $ | — | | $ | ( | | $ | — |
150
Table of Contents
Agreements with Derivative Counterparties
The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties. If the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including a default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. If the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if certain regulatory events occur, such as the issuance of a formal directive, or if the Company’s credit rating is downgraded below a specified level.
At December 31, 2025, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparties (related to loan level swaps with commercial lending customers and interest rate swaps to hedge risk related to the Company’s variable rate loans) in an overall net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $
At December 31, 2024, the termination value of derivatives with our derivative dealer counterparties (related to loan level swaps with commercial lending customers and interest rate swaps to hedge risk related to the Company’s variable rate loans) in an overall net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $
If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value. Under the collateral agreements between the parties, either party may choose to provide cash or securities to satisfy its collateral requirements.
Note 16: Commitments and Credit Risk
Commitments to Originate Loans
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a significant portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans and fund commercial construction loans aggregating approximately $-
Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent amounts that the Bank plans to fund within a normal period of 60 to 90 days, many of which are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to approximately $
151
Table of Contents
Letters of Credit
Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Financial standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Performance standby letters of credit are issued to guarantee performance of certain customers under nonfinancial contractual obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Fees for letters of credit issued are initially recorded by the Bank as deferred revenue and are included in earnings at the termination of the respective agreements. Should the Bank be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit, the Bank may seek recourse from the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid.
The Company had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to approximately $
Lines of Credit
Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. The Bank uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
At December 31, 2025, the Bank had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $
Credit Risk
The Bank grants collateralized commercial, real estate and consumer loans primarily to customers in its market areas. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, loans (including FDIC-assisted acquired loans) aggregating approximately $
Note 17: Additional Cash Flow Information
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended December 31, | |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
Noncash Investing and Financing Activities | | | | | | | | | |
Foreclosed assets acquired in settlement of loans | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Sale and financing of foreclosed assets | | | — | | | | |
| — |
Conversion of premises and equipment to foreclosed assets | | | — | | | | | | — |
Increase in unfunded portion of investments in tax credit partnerships and corresponding liability for future funding upon accounting standard adoption | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Dividends declared but not paid | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Additional Cash Payment Information | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest paid | |
| | |
| | | | |
Federal income taxes paid | | | | | | | | | |
Income taxes paid to state and local jurisdictions | |
| | |
| | | | |
152
Table of Contents
Note 18: Employee Benefits
The Company participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (Pentegra DB Plan), a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan covering all employees who have met minimum service requirements. Effective July 1, 2006, this plan was closed to new participants. Employees already in the plan continue to accrue benefits. The Pentegra DB Plan’s Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the Plan Number is 333. The Company’s policy is to fund pension cost accrued. Employer contributions charged to expense for this plan for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, were approximately $
The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches
Note 19: Stock Compensation Plans
The Company established the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) for employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, stock options or other awards could be granted with respect to
The Company established the 2018 Plan for employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, stock options or other awards could be granted with respect to
The 2022 Plan provides for the grant from time to time to directors, emeritus directors, officers, employees and advisory directors of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units. The number of shares of common stock available for awards under the 2022 Plan is
Stock options may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, and the option price must be at least equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Options generally are granted for a 10-year term and generally become exercisable in four cumulative annual installments of
Stock awards may be granted upon terms and conditions determined solely at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.
153
Table of Contents
The table below summarizes transactions under the Company’s stock compensation plans, all of which related to stock options granted under such plans:
| | | | | | | |
| | | | Shares | | Weighted | |
| | Available | | Under | | Average | |
| | to be Granted | | Option | | Exercise Price | |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, January 1, 2023 |
| |
| |
| $ | |
Forfeited from terminated plan(s) |
| — |
| ( |
| | |
Granted from 2022 Plan |
| ( |
| |
| | |
Exercised |
| — |
| ( |
| | |
Forfeited from current plan(s) |
| |
| ( |
| | |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2023 |
| |
| |
| | |
Forfeited from terminated plan(s) | | — | | ( | | | |
Granted from 2022 Plan | | ( | | | | | |
Exercised |
| — |
| ( |
| | |
Forfeited from current plan(s) |
| |
| ( |
| | |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2024 |
| |
| | | | |
Forfeited from terminated plan(s) | | — | | ( | | | |
Granted from 2022 Plan | | ( | | | | | |
Exercised |
| — |
| ( |
| | |
Forfeited from current plan(s) |
| |
| ( |
| | |
| | | | | | | |
Balance, December 31, 2025 |
| |
| | | $ | |
The Company’s stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the options vest in increments over the requisite service period. These options typically vest one-fourth at the end of each of years two, three, four and five from the grant date. As provided for under FASB ASC 718, the Company has elected to recognize compensation expense for options with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire option grant. In addition, ASC 718 requires companies to recognize compensation expense based on the estimated number of stock options for which service is expected to be rendered. The Company’s historical forfeitures of its share-based awards have not been significant. Forfeitures are estimated annually based on historical information.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 |
| |||
| | | | | | | | | |
|
Expected dividends per share | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
| | | % | | | % | | | % |
Expected life of options |
| | | | | | | |||
Expected volatility |
| | | % | | | % | | | % |
Weighted average fair value of options granted during year | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | |
Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over the measured period. The expected life of options granted is based on actual historical exercise behavior of all employees and directors and approximates the graded vesting period of the options. Expected dividends are based on the annualized dividends declared at the time of the option grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the average of the five-year treasury rate and the seven-year treasury rate on the grant date of the options.
154
Table of Contents
The following table presents the activity related to options under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2025:
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | Weighted |
| | | | Weighted | | Average | |
| | | | Average | | Remaining | |
| | | | Exercise | | Contractual | |
|
| Options |
| Price |
| Term | |
| | | | | | | |
Options outstanding, January 1, 2025 |
| | | $ | |
| |
Granted |
| | | | |
| |
Exercised |
| ( | | | |
| |
Forfeited |
| ( | | | |
| |
Options outstanding, December 31, 2025 |
| | | | |
| |
| | | | | | | |
Options exercisable, December 31, 2025 |
| | | $ | |
| |
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, options granted were
The following table presents the activity related to nonvested options under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2025.
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | Weighted | | Weighted | ||
| | | | Average | | Average | ||
| | | | Exercise | | Grant Date | ||
| | Options | | Price | | Fair Value | ||
| | | | | | | | |
Nonvested options, January 1, 2025 |
| | | $ | | | $ | |
Granted |
| | | | | | | |
Vested this period |
| ( | | | | | | |
Nonvested options forfeited |
| ( | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
Nonvested options, December 31, 2025 |
| | | $ | | | $ | |
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, compensation expense for stock option grants was $
155
Table of Contents
The following table further summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2025:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Options Outstanding | | | | | | |||||
| | | | Weighted | | | | | Options Exercisable | |||
| | | | Average | | Weighted | | | | Weighted | ||
| | | | Remaining | | Average | | | | Average | ||
| | Number | | Contractual | | Exercise | | Number | | Exercise | ||
Range of Exercise Prices | | Outstanding | | Term | | Price | | Exercisable | | Price | ||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
$ |
| |
| | $ | |
| | | $ | | |
$ |
| |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
$ |
| |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
| |
| | $ | |
| | | $ | | |
Note 20: Significant Estimates and Concentrations
GAAP requires disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Estimates related to the allowance for credit losses are reflected in Note 3. Current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations of credit risk are discussed in the footnotes on loans, deposits and on commitments and credit risk.
Note 21: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
| | | | | | |
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities | | $ | ( | | $ | ( |
| | | | | | |
Net unrealized loss on held-to-maturity securities | | | ( | | | ( |
| | | | | | |
Net unrealized loss on active derivatives used for cash flow hedges | | | ( | | | ( |
| | | | | | |
Net unrealized gain on terminated derivatives used for cash flow hedges | |
| — | |
| |
| |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | |
Tax effect | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
Net-of-tax amount | | $ | ( | | $ | ( |
156
Table of Contents
Amounts reclassified from AOCI and the affected line items in the statements of income during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | |||||||
| | Amounts Reclassified | | | |||||||
| | from AOCI | | Affected Line Item in the | |||||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | Statements of Income | |||
| | (In Thousands) | | | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Change in fair value of cash flow hedge | | | | | | | | | | | Amortization of realized gain on |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Income taxes | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| Provision for income taxes |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total reclassifications out of AOCI | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| |
Note 22: Regulatory Matters
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct and material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under GAAP, regulatory reporting practices, and regulatory capital standards. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulatory reporting standards to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below as of December 31, 2025) of Total and Tier I Capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), of Tier I Capital (as defined) to adjusted tangible assets (as defined) and of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2025, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was then subject.
As of December 31, 2025, the most recent notification from the Bank’s regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized as of December 31, 2025, the Bank must have maintained minimum Total capital, Tier I capital, Tier 1 Leverage capital and Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The Company and the Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be declared without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company and the Bank exceeded their minimum capital requirements then in effect. The entities may not pay dividends which would reduce capital below the minimum requirements shown below. In addition to the minimum capital ratios, the capital rules include a capital conservation buffer, under which a banking organization must have Common Equity Tier 1 capital more than 2.5% above each of its minimum risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid restrictions on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and paying certain discretionary bonuses. The net unrealized gain or loss on securities is not included in computing regulatory capital.
157
Table of Contents
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table. No amount was deducted from capital for interest-rate risk.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | To Be Well |
| |||
| | | | | | | | | | | | Capitalized Under |
| |||
| | | | | | | For Capital | | Prompt Corrective |
| ||||||
| | Actual | | Adequacy Purposes | | Action Provisions |
| |||||||||
| | Amount | | Ratio | | Amount | | Ratio | | Amount | | Ratio |
| |||
| | (Dollars In Thousands) |
| |||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2025 |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Total capital |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | | N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I leverage capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Common equity Tier I capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As of December 31, 2024 |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Total capital |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | | N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tier I leverage capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Common equity Tier I capital | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
| |
| | |
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
| N/A |
| N/A | |
Great Southern Bank | | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % | $ | |
| | % |
Note 23: Litigation Matters
In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some of which seek substantial relief or damages. While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, after reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Company previously reported certain issues and contractual disputes regarding its proposed conversion to a new core banking platform to be delivered by a third-party vendor. These issues and disputes ultimately led to the Company terminating the Master Agreement with the third-party vendor and initiating litigation against them, with the third-party vendor filing a counterclaim against the Company.
158
Table of Contents
In December 2024, an agreement in principle was reached between the Company and the third-party vendor whereby the Master Agreement would be terminated and the parties’ card servicing agreement would be continued and expanded. The Company recorded a $
Note 24: Summary of Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results
Following is a summary of unaudited quarterly operating results for the years 2025, 2024 and 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | 2025 | | | | ||||
| | Three Months Ended | ||||||||||
| | March 31 | | June 30 | | September 30 | | December 31 | ||||
| | (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for credit losses on loans | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( | | | |
Net realized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Non-interest income | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Non-interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for income taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net income available to common shareholders | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Earnings per common share – diluted | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | 2024 | | | | ||||
| | Three Months Ended | ||||||||||
| | March 31 | | June 30 | | September 30 | | December 31 | ||||
| | (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for credit losses on loans | |
| | |
| — | |
| | |
| — |
Provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | |
| | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| |
Net realized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — |
Non-interest income | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Non-interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for income taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net income available to common shareholders | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Earnings per common share – diluted | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | 2023 | | | | ||||
| | Three Months Ended | ||||||||||
| | March 31 | | June 30 | | September 30 | | December 31 | ||||
| | (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for credit losses on loans | |
| | |
| — | |
| — | |
| |
Provision (credit) for unfunded commitments | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( | | | ( |
Net realized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
Non-interest income | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Non-interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for income taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net income available to common shareholders | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Earnings per common share – diluted | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| |
159
Table of Contents
Note 25: Condensed Parent Company Statements
The condensed statements of financial condition at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, for the parent company, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., were as follows:
| | | | | | |
| | December 31, | ||||
| | 2025 | | 2024 | ||
| | (In Thousands) | ||||
Statements of Financial Condition | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Assets | | | | | | |
Cash | | $ | | | $ | |
Investment in subsidiary bank | |
| | |
| |
Deferred and accrued income taxes | |
| | |
| |
Prepaid expenses and other assets | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | |
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | |
| | |
| |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | | $ | | | $ | |
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust | |
| | |
| |
Subordinated notes | |
| — | |
| |
Common stock | |
| | |
| |
Additional paid-in capital | |
| | |
| |
Retained earnings | |
| | |
| |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | |
| | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Statements of Income | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income |
| | |
| | |
| | |
Dividends from subsidiary bank | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Other income | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Operating expenses | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income before income tax and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Credit for income taxes | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Net income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
160
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Statements of Cash Flows | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Operating Activities | | | | | | | | | |
Net income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Items not requiring (providing) cash | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Compensation expense for stock option grants | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Amortization of interest rate derivative and deferred costs on subordinated notes | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Changes in | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Prepaid expenses and other assets | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
Income taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Net cash provided by operating activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Investing Activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net cash provided by investing activities | |
| — | |
| — | |
| — |
| | | | | | | | | |
Financing Activities | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Purchases of the Company’s common stock | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Dividends paid | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
Stock options exercised | |
| | | | | | | |
Redemption of subordinated notes | |
| ( | |
| — | |
| — |
Net cash used in financing activities | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| ( |
| | | | | | | | | |
Increase (Decrease) in Cash | |
| ( | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Cash, Beginning of Year | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Cash, End of Year | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Additional Cash Payment Information | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Interest paid | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
161
Table of Contents
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | (In Thousands) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | |
Statements of Comprehensive Income | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Net Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries | |
| | |
| ( | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Note 26: Operating Segments
The Company’s banking operation is its only operating segment. The banking operation is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans by attracting deposits from the general public, accepting brokered deposits and borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others. The operating results of this segment are regularly reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance. The parent holding company does not have any significant operations other than ownership of the Bank, and the parent holding company’s only income is equity in the earnings of the Bank.
Our chief executive officer is our chief operating decision maker. Our chief executive officer reviews actual net income versus budgeted net income, as well as comparison to other comparable financial reporting periods, to assess performance on a monthly basis and to make decisions about allocating capital and personnel.
162
Table of Contents
Financial results by operating segment (all attributed to the banking segment), including significant expense categories provided to the chief operating decision maker, are detailed below at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
| | | | | | | | | |
| | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | |||
| | | | | (In Thousands) | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Interest income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
Interest expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net interest income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Credit loss expense | |
| | |
| | |
| ( |
Net interest income after credit loss expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Non-interest Income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Commissions | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Overdraft and insufficient funds fees | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Point-of-sale and ATM fee income and service charges | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net gain on loan sales | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Late charges and fees on loans | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Fees from debit card contracts | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Other income | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Non-interest Expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Salaries and incentives | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Employee benefits | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net occupancy expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Technology, furniture and equipment expense | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Postage | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Insurance | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Advertising | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Office supplies and printing | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Telephone | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Legal, audit and other professional fees | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Expense (income) on other real estate and repossessions | |
| ( | |
| ( | |
| |
Intangible asset amortization | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Travel, meals and entertainment | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Other operating expenses | |
| | |
| | |
| |
| |
| | |
| | |
| |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income Before Income Taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Provision for Income Taxes | |
| | |
| | |
| |
Net Income | | $ | | | $ | | | $ | |
The measure of segment assets is based on total assets as reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no adjustments or reconciling items between the banking segment total assets and total assets as presented on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
163
Table of Contents
ITEM 9. | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. |
None.
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate. An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures was carried out as of December 31, 2025, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and several other members of our senior management. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. The annual report of management on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth below under “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
We do not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns in controls or procedures can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
164
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The management of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, has been audited by Forvis Mazars, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 is set forth below.
165
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders, Board of Directors, and Audit Committee
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Springfield, Missouri
Opinion on the Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and our report dated March 6, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
166
Table of Contents
Definitions and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/Forvis Mazars, LLP
Springfield, Missouri
March 6, 2026
167
Table of Contents
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION.
Trading Plans
During the three months ended December 31, 2025, no director or officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) of the Company
ITEM 9C.DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
Directors and Executive Officers. The information concerning our directors and executive officers and corporate governance matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports. Any information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and ten percent stockholders required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
Insider Trading Policy. The information concerning our insider trading policy required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. A copy of our insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19 to this Form 10-K.
Code of Ethics. We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions, and to all of our other employees and our directors. Our code of ethics is available on our website, at https://investors.greatsouthernbank.com/governance/governance-documents/default.aspx.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information concerning compensation and other matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
ITEM 12. | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. |
The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
168
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2025 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued:
| | | | | | | | |
Equity Compensation Plan Information |
| |||||||
| | Number of Shares | | | | | | |
| | to be issued upon | | Weighted Average | | Number of Shares | | |
| | Exercise of | | Exercise Price of | | Remaining Available for Future Issuance | | |
| | Outstanding | | Outstanding | | Under Equity Compensation | | |
| | Options, Warrants | | Options, Warrants | | Plans (Excluding Shares | | |
Plan Category | | and Rights | | and Rights | | Reflected in the First Column) |
| |
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders | | 1,306,262 | | $ | 56.470 | | 93,161 | (1) |
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders | | N/A | | | N/A | | N/A |
|
Total | | 1,306,262 | | $ | 56.470 | | 93,161 |
|
| (1) | Represents shares available for future awards under the Company’s 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Awards in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units will reduce the number of shares available under the Company’s 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan on a 2.5-to-1 basis. |
ITEM 13. | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. |
The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information concerning principal accounting fees and services required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.
169
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
| | | |
(a) | List of Documents Filed as Part of This Report | ||
| | | |
| (1) | Financial Statements | |
| | | |
| | The Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Auditor’s Report are included in Item 8. | |
| | | |
| (2) | Financial Statement Schedules | |
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| (3) | List of Exhibits | |
| | | |
| | Exhibits incorporated by reference below are incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 12b-32. | |
| | | |
| Exhibit | Exhibit | |
| | | |
| (2) | Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, or succession | |
| | | |
| (i) | The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of TeamBank, N.A., Paola, Kansas, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(i). | |
| | | |
| (ii) | The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Vantus Bank, Sioux City, Iowa, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(ii). | |
| | | |
| (iii) | The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Sun Security Bank, Ellington, Missouri, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iii) to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(iii). | |
| | | |
| (iv) | The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2012, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Inter Savings Bank, FSB, Maple Grove, Minnesota, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iv) to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(iv). | |
| | | |
| (v) | The Purchase and Assumption Agreement All Deposits, dated as of June 20, 2014, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Valley Bank, Moline, Illinois, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iv) to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(v) | |
| | | |
| (3) | Articles of incorporation and Bylaws | |
| | | |
| (i) | The Registrant’s Charter previously filed with the Commission as Appendix D to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 2004 (File No. 000-18082), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.1. | |
| | | |
170
Table of Contents
| (ii) | The Registrant’s Bylaws, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2007, are incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.2. | |
| | | |
| (4) | Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures | |
| | | |
| | The description of the Registrant’s securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference. The Indenture, dated June 12, 2020, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2020, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.1. The First Supplemental Indenture, dated June 12, 2020, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (relating to the Registrant’s 5.50% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due June 15, 2030), including the form of subordinated note included therein, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2020, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 4.2. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each other issue of the Registrant’s long-term debt. | |
| | | |
| (9) | Voting trust agreement | |
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| (10) | Material contracts | |
| | | |
| | The Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 4, 2019, between the Registrant and William V. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.3.* | |
| | | |
| | Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 17, 2021, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2019, between the Registrant and William V. Turner, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2021, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.3A.* | |
| | | |
| | The Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 4, 2019, between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.4.* | |
| | | |
| | Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 5, 2020, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2019, between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.4A to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.4A.* | |
| | | |
| | Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 17, 2021, to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2019, between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2021, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.4B.* | |
| | | |
| A description of the current salary and bonus arrangements for the Registrant’s executive officers for 2026 is attached as Exhibit 10.7.* | ||
| | ||
171
Table of Contents
| A description of the current fee arrangements for the Registrant’s directors is attached as Exhibit 10.8.* | ||
| | ||
| The Registrant’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 4, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.10.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of incentive stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.11.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of non-qualified stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-189497) filed on June 20, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.12.* | ||
| | ||
| The Registrant’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 27, 2018, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.15.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of incentive stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-225665) filed on June 15, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.16.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of non-qualified stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-225665) filed on June 15, 2018 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.17.* | ||
| | ||
| The Registrant’s 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 2022, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.18.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of incentive stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-265683) filed on June 17, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.19.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of non-qualified stock option award agreement under the Registrant’s 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File no. 333-265683) filed on June 17, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.20.* | ||
| | ||
| The form of Executive Officer Stock Option Alternative Cash Payment Election Form previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2024, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.21.* | ||
| | ||
| (13) | Annual report to security holders, Form 10-Q or quarterly report to security holders | |
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| (14) | Code of Ethics | |
| | | |
| | Available on the investor relations page of the Registrant’s website, at | |
| | https://investors.greatsouthernbank.com/governance/governance-documents/default.aspx | |
| | | |
| (16) | Letter re change in certifying accountant | |
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| (18) | Letter re change in accounting principles | |
172
Table of Contents
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| ( | Insider trading policies and procedures | |
| | | |
| | The Registrant’s insider trading policy previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 19 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 19. | |
| | | |
| (21) | Subsidiaries of the registrant | |
| | | |
| | A list of the Registrant’s subsidiaries is attached hereto as Exhibit 21. | |
| | | |
| (22) | Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders | |
| | | |
| | Inapplicable. | |
| | | |
| (23) | Consents of experts and counsel | |
| | | |
| | The consent of Forvis Mazars, LLP (PCAOB ID | |
| | | |
| (24) | Power of attorney | |
| | | |
| | Included as part of signature page. | |
| | | |
| (31.1) | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer | |
| | | |
| | Attached as Exhibit 31.1 | |
| | | |
| (31.2) | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Treasurer | |
| | | |
| | Attached as Exhibit 31.2 | |
| | | |
| (32) | Certification pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) | |
| | | |
| | Attached as Exhibit 32. | |
| | | |
| (97) | Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. Compensation Recovery Policy | |
| | | |
| | The Registrant’s Compensation Recovery Policy previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 97 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 97. | |
| | | |
| (101) | Attached as Exhibit 101 are the following financial statements from the Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated statements of financial condition, (ii) consolidated statements of income, (iii) consolidated statements of cash flows and (iv) the notes to consolidated financial statements. | |
| | | |
| (104) | Cover Page Interactive Data File formatted in Inline XBRL (contained in Exhibit 101). | |
| | | |
| | * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. | |
ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
173
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. | ||
| | | |
Date: March 6, 2026 | By: | /s/ Joseph W. Turner | |
| | Joseph W. Turner | |
| | President and Chief Executive Officer | |
| | (Duly Authorized Representative) | |
174
Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned officers and directors of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., hereby severally and individually constitute and appoint Joseph W. Turner and Rex A. Copeland, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys and agents of each of us to execute in the name, place and stead of each of us (individually and in any capacity stated below) any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all instruments necessary or advisable in connection therewith and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of said attorneys and agents to have the power to act with or without the other and to have full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned every act whatsoever necessary or advisable to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as any of the undersigned might or could do in person, and we hereby ratify and confirm our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys and agents or each of them to any and all such amendments and instruments.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | | Capacity in Which Signed | | Date |
| | | | |
/s/ Joseph W. Turner | | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Joseph W. Turner | | (Principal Executive Officer) | | |
| | | | |
/s/ William V. Turner | | Chairman of the Board | | March 6, 2026 |
William V. Turner | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Rex A. Copeland | | Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and | | March 6, 2026 |
Rex A. Copeland | | Principal Accounting Officer) | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Kevin R. Ausburn | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Kevin R. Ausburn | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Julie T. Brown | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Julie T. Brown | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Thomas J. Carlson | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Thomas J. Carlson | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Amelia A. Counts | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Amelia A. Counts | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Steven D. Edwards | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Steven D. Edwards | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Debra Mallonee (Shantz) Hart | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Debra Mallonee (Shantz) Hart | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Douglas M. Pitt | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Douglas M. Pitt | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Earl A. Steinert, Jr. | | Director | | March 6, 2026 |
Earl A. Steinert, Jr. | | | | |
175
FAQ
What are Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC)’s key balance sheet figures for 2025?
How is Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC)’s loan portfolio composed at year-end 2025?
In which markets does Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC) operate its banking centers?
What is Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC)’s geographic distribution of deposits?
How significant are non-performing and classified assets for Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC)?
What is the mix of fixed-rate versus adjustable-rate loans at Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC)?
How active is Great Southern Bancorp (GSBC) in loan sales and servicing?
